libreoffice-help-sk 1:5.1.4-0ubuntu1 / usr / share / libreoffice / help / sk / smath.ht

c SID_NEXTMARK 2d Posunie kurzor na ďalšiu značku (doprava).
c SID_PREVMARK 35 Posunie kurzor na predchádzajúcu značku (doľava).
b SID_NEXTERR 2b Posunie kurzor na ďalšiu chybu (doprava).
b SID_PREVERR 33 Posunie kurzor na predchádzajúcu chybu (doľava).
a SID_ZOOMIN 25 Zväčšenie zobrazenia vzorca o 25%.
b SID_ZOOMOUT 28 Zmenší mierku zobrazenia vzorca o 25%.
a SID_ADJUST f4 Zobrazí celý vzorec v maximálnej možnej veľkosti tak, aby boli vidieť všetky prvky. Vzorec sa zmenší alebo zväčší tak, aby na pracovnej ploche  boli zobrazené všetky časti vzorca. Zobraziť všetko zodpovedá ikone Celý vzorec.
8 SID_DRAW 32 Tento príkaz aktualizuje vzorec v okne dokumentu.
f SID_AUTO_REDRAW c6 Ak použijete tento príkaz, vzorec sa bude po každej zmene automaticky aktualizovať. V opačnom prípade sa bude vzorec aktualizovať, ak vyberiete  Zobraziť - Aktualizovať alebo stlačíte F9.
b SID_TOOLBOX 6c Toto je zoznam operátorov, funkcií, symbolov a možností formátovania, ktoré možno vložiť do vzorca.
14 HID_SMA_XWIDEBSLASHY 7c Keď do okna Príkazy  napíšete a widebslash b, vložia sa do vzorca dva znaky oddelené lomkou (zľava hore vpravo dolu).
13 HID_SMA_XWIDESLASHY 7b Keď do okna Príkazy  napíšete a wideslash b, vložia sa do vzorca dva znaky oddelené lomkou (sprava hore vľavo dolu).
d HID_SMA_XANDY 34 Vloží Booleovské AND s dvoma zástupnými znakmi.
c HID_SMA_NEGX 35 Vloží Booleovské NOT s jedným zástupným znakom.
13 HID_SMA_XSYMDIVIDEY 2e Vloží lomku '/' s dvoma zástupnými znakmi.
d HID_SMA_XDIVY 36 Vloží znamienko delenie s dvoma zástupnými znakmi.
12 HID_SMA_PLUSMINUSX 31 Vloží plus/mínus s jedným zástupným znakom.
d HID_SMA_PLUSX 2a Vloží plus s jedným zástupným znakom.
f HID_SMA_XMINUSY 3a Vloží znamienko odčítanie s dvoma zástupnými znakmi.
30 smath%2Fui%2Ffloatingelements%2FRID_UNBINOPS_CAT 115 You can choose various unary and binary operators to build your $[officename] Math formula. Unary refers to operators that affect one placeholder. Binary refers to operators that connect two placeholders. The lower area of the Elements window displays the individual operators.
e HID_SMA_XCIRCY 3a Vloží znamienko zreťazenie s dvoma zástupnými znakmi.
c HID_SMA_XORY 33 Vloží Booleovské OR s dvoma zástupnými znakmi.
12 HID_SMA_MINUSPLUSX 31 Vloží mínus/plus s jedným zástupným znakom.
12 HID_SMA_XSYMTIMESY 33 Vloží '*' násobenie s dvoma zástupnými znakmi.
e HID_SMA_XOVERY 2b Vloží zlomok s dvoma zástupnými znakmi.
e HID_SMA_MINUSX 2c Vloží mínus s jedným zástupným znakom.
f HID_SMA_XTIMESY 33 Vloží 'x' násobenie s dvoma zástupnými znakmi.
e HID_SMA_XPLUSY 29 Vloží plus s dvoma zástupnými znakmi.
e HID_SMA_XCDOTY 35 Vloží operátor bodka sa dvoma zástupnými znakmi.
e HID_SMA_XCIRCY 3a Vloží znamienko zreťazenie s dvoma zástupnými znakmi.
12 HID_SMA_XNDIVIDESY 36 Vloží znamienko nedelí s dvoma zástupnými znakmi.
11 HID_SMA_XDIVIDESY 34 Vloží znamienko delí s dvoma zástupnými znakmi.
f HID_SMA_XEQUIVY 48 Vloží znamienko je identické (zhodnosť) s dvoma zástupnými znakmi.
10 HID_SMA_XAPPROXY 3f Vloží reláciu približne rovné s dvoma zástupnými znakmi.
d HID_SMA_XSIMY 39 Vloží reláciu je podobné s dvoma zástupnými znakmi.
c HID_SMA_XGTY 3b Vloží reláciu väčší ako s dvoma zástupnými znakmi.
f HID_SMA_XORTHOY 41 Vloží znak je kolmé (pravý uhol) s dvoma zástupnými znakmi.
10 HID_SMA_XTOWARDY 36 Vloží reláciu smerom k s dvoma zástupnými znakmi.
3b modules%2Fsmath%2Fui%2Ffloatingelements%2FRID_RELATIONS_CAT a3 You can choose among various relations to structure your $[officename] Math formula. The relation functions are displayed in the lower part of the Elements window.
c HID_SMA_XLTY 39 Vloží reláciu menší ako s dvoma zástupnými znakmi.
d HID_SMA_XNEQY 39 Vloží znamienko nerovnosti s dvoma zástupnými znakmi.
12 HID_SMA_XPARALLELY 3c Vloží reláciu rovnobežnosti s dvoma zástupnými znakmi.
f HID_SMA_DLARROW 32 Vloží logickú reláciu dvojitá šípka vľavo.
11 HID_SMA_XGESLANTY 44 Vloží reláciu väčšie alebo rovné s dvoma zástupnými znakmi.
c HID_SMA_XLEY 42 Vloží reláciu menší alebo rovné s dvoma zástupnými znakmi.
f HID_SMA_XSIMEQY 46 Vloží reláciu je podobné alebo rovné s dvoma zástupnými znakmi.
f HID_SMA_DRARROW 32 Vloží logickú reláciu dvojitá šípka vpravo.
e HID_SMA_XPROPY 40 Vloží reláciu je priamo úmerné s dvoma zástupnými znakmi.
c HID_SMA_XEQY 3c Vloží znamienko  rovnosti (=) s dvoma zástupnými znakmi.
11 HID_SMA_XLESLANTY 42 Vloží reláciu menšie alebo rovné s dvoma zástupnými znakmi.
c HID_SMA_XGEY 44 Vloží reláciu väčšie alebo rovné s dvoma zástupnými znakmi.
10 HID_SMA_DLRARROW 3b Vloží logickú reláciu dvojitá šípka vľavo a vpravo.
b HID_SMA_TOX 45 Vloží horný limit integrálu alebo sumácie s zástupnými znakmi.
c HID_SMA_SUMX 48 Vloží znak celkového súčtu (sumácia) s jedným zástupným znakom.
d HID_SMA_PRODX 49 Vloží znak celkového súčinu (produktu) s jedným zástupným znakom.
c HID_SMA_INTX 37 Vloží symbol integrálu s jedným zástupným znakom.
e HID_SMA_LLINTX 42 Vloží symbol plošného integrálu s jedným zástupným znakom.
c HID_SMA_LIMX 31 Vloží znak limity s jedným zástupným znakom.
31 smath%2Fui%2Ffloatingelements%2FRID_OPERATORS_CAT 9d You can choose among various operators to structure your $[officename] Math formula. All available operators appear in the lower part of the Elements window.
d HID_SMA_FROMX 46 Vloží dolný limit integrálu alebo sumácie so zástupnými znakmi.
f HID_SMA_COPRODX 35 Vloží znak koproduktu s jedným zástupným znakom.
10 HID_SMA_FROMXTOY 55 Vloží horný a dolný limit integrálu alebo sumácie s jedným zástupným znakom.
d HID_SMA_IINTX 42 Vloží symbol dvojitého integrálu s jedným zástupným znakom.
d HID_SMA_LINTX 43 Vloží symbol krivkového integrálu s jedným zástupným znakom.
d HID_SMA_FACTX 38 Vloží symbol faktoriálu s jedným zástupným znakom.
f HID_SMA_ARCOTHX 41 Vloží funkciu arg-hyper-kotangens s jedným zástupným znakom.
f HID_SMA_ARTANHX 3f Vloží funkciu arg-hyper-tangens s jedným zástupným znakom.
d HID_SMA_SINHX 42 Vloží funkciu hyperbolický sínus s jedným zástupným znakom.
c HID_SMA_LOGX 42 Vloží logaritmus (so základom 10) s jedným zástupným znakom.
f HID_SMA_ARSINHX 3d Vloží funkciu arg-hyper-sinus s jedným zástupným znakom.
a SID_ZOOMIN 25 Zväčšenie zobrazenia vzorca o 25%.
c HID_SMA_COSX 36 Vloží funkciu kosínus s jedným zástupným znakom.
c HID_SMA_SINX 34 Vloží funkciu sínus s jedným zástupným znakom.
a HID_SMA_EX 2b Vloží prirodzenú exponenciálnu funkciu.
f HID_SMA_ARCTANX 3a Vloží funkciu arkustangens s jedným zástupným znakom.
c HID_SMA_COTX 37 Vloží funkciu kotangens s jedným zástupným znakom.
d HID_SMA_TANHX 43 Vloží funkciu hyperbolický tangens s jedným zástupným znakom.
c HID_SMA_ABSX 40 Vloží symbol absolútnej hodnoty s jedným zástupným znakom.
d HID_SMA_COTHX 45 Vloží funkciu hyperbolický kotangens s jedným zástupným znakom.
c HID_SMA_TANX 35 Vloží funkciu tangens s jedným zástupným znakom.
c HID_SMA_EXPX 3c Vloží exponenciálnu funkciu s jedným zástupným znakom.
d HID_SMA_SQRTX 36 Vloží symbol odmocniny s jedným zástupným znakom.
d HID_SMA_COSHX 44 Vloží funkciu hyperbolický kosínus s jedným zástupným znakom.
f HID_SMA_NROOTXY 35 Vloží symbol odmocniny s dvoma zástupnými znakmi.
b HID_SMA_LNX 4d Vloží prirodzený (so základom e) logaritmus s jedným zástupným znakom.
f HID_SMA_ARCCOSX 3b Vloží funkciu arkuskosínus s jedným zástupným znakom.
f HID_SMA_ARCCOTX 3c Vloží funkciu arkuskotangens s jedným zástupným znakom.
f HID_SMA_ARCSINX 39 Vloží funkciu arkussínus s jedným zástupným znakom.
f HID_SMA_ARCOSHX 40 Vloží funkciu arg-hyper-kosínus s jedným zástupným znakom.
11 HID_SMA_SLRFLOORX 8a Pre vloženie zväčšujúcich sa zátvoriek so symbolom zaokrúhlenia smerom nadol napíšte left lfloor<?>right rfloor do okna Príkazy.
f HID_SMA_LRCEILX 69 Pre vloženie zátvoriek so symbolom zaokrúhlenia smerom nahor napíšte lceil<?>rceil do okna Príkazy.
10 HID_SMA_LRDLINEX 36 Vloží zástupný znak medzi dvojité zvislé čiary.
10 HID_SMA_LRFLOORX 63 Pre vloženie zátvoriek so symbolom zaokrúhlenia dolu napíšte lfloor<?>rfloor do okna Príkazy.
12 HID_SMA_SLRPARENTX 4a Vloží zväčšujúce sa guľaté zátvorky s jedným zástupným znakom.
11 HID_SMA_SLRANGLEX 4b Vloží zväčšujúce sa špicaté zátvorky s jedným zástupným znakom.
13 HID_SMA_LRDBRACKETX 3c Vloží zástupný znak do dvojitých hranatých zátvoriek.
11 HID_SMA_LRPARENTX 3d Vloží zástupný znak do normálnych guľatých zátvoriek.
13 HID_SMA_SLMRANGLEXY 4e Vloží zväčšujúce sa operátorové zátvorky s dvoma zástupnými znakmi.
12 HID_SMA_LRBRACKETX 31 Vloží zástupný znak do hranatých zátvoriek.
10 HID_SMA_LRGROUPX 33 Vloží zástupný znak medzi skupinové zátvorky.
12 HID_SMA_LMRANGLEXY 36 Vloží zástupný znak medzi operátorové zátvorky.
13 HID_SMA_SLRBRACKETX 4a Vloží zväčšujúce sa hranaté zátvorky s jedným zástupným znakom.
f HID_SMA_LRLINEX 2d Vloží zástupný znak medzi zvislé čiary.
10 HID_SMA_LRBRACEX 32 Vloží zástupný znak do zložených zátvoriek.
14 HID_SMA_SLRDBRACKETX 53 Vloží zväčšujúce sa dvojité hranaté zátvorky s jedným zástupným znakom.
30 smath%2Fui%2Ffloatingelements%2FRID_BRACKETS_CAT 9b You can choose among various bracket types to structure a $[officename] Math formula. Bracket types are displayed in the lower part of the Elements window.
11 HID_SMA_SLRBRACEX 4b Vloží zväčšujúce sa zložené zátvorky s jedným zástupným znakom.
10 HID_SMA_SLRCEILX 88 Pre vloženie zväčšujúcich sa zátvoriek so symbolom zaokrúhlenia smerom nahor napíšte left lceil<?>right rceil do okna Príkazy.
14 HID_SMA_XUNDERBRACEY 5c Vloží zväčšujúcu sa vodorovnou dolnú zloženú zátvorku s dvoma zástupnými znakmi.
10 HID_SMA_LRANGLEX 32 Vloží zástupný znak medzi špicaté zátvorky.
10 HID_SMA_SLRLINEX 46 Vloží zväčšujúce sa zvislé čiary s jedným zástupným znakom.
11 HID_SMA_SLRDLINEX 4f Vloží zväčšujúce sa dvojité zvislé čiary s jedným zástupným znakom.
13 HID_SMA_XOVERBRACEY 5c Vloží zväčšujúcu sa vodorovnou hornou zloženou zátvorku s dvoma zástupnými znakmi.
e HID_SMA_FONTXY da Vloží príkaz pre zmenu typu písma s dvoma zástupnými znakmi. Prvý zástupný znak nahraďte menom jedného z užívateľských písmen, Serif, Sans alebo Fixed. Miesto druhého zástupného znaku napíšte text.
e HID_SMA_SIZEXY 9c Vloží príkaz pre zmenu veľkosti písma s dvoma zástupnými znaky. Prvý zástupný znak odkazuje na veľkosť písma (napr. 12) a druhý obsahuje text.
32 smath%2Fui%2Ffloatingelements%2FRID_ATTRIBUTES_CAT 8d You can choose from various attributes for %PRODUCTNAMEMath formulas. Some attributes are displayed in the lower part of the Elements window.
11 HID_SMA_OVERLINEX 22 Inserts a line over a placeholder.
e HID_SMA_TILDEX 23 Vloží zástupný znak s vlnovkou.
e HID_SMA_BREVEX 2f Vloží zástupný znak s čiarkou nad (breve).
f HID_SMA_CIRCLEX 24 Vloží zástupný znak s krúžkom.
e HID_SMA_GRAVEX 2d Vloží zástupný znak so spätnou čiarkou.
e HID_SMA_CHECKX 24 Vloží zástupný znak s háčikom.
e HID_SMA_ACUTEX 23 Vloží zástupný znak s čiarkou.
c HID_SMA_DOTX 21 Vloží zástupný znak s bodkou.
10 HID_SMA_WIDEVECX 38 Vloží zástupný znak so širokou vektorovou šípkou.
c HID_SMA_VECX 2e Vloží zástupný znak s vektorovou šípkou.
12 HID_SMA_WIDETILDEX 2d Vloží zástupný znak so širokou vlnovkou.
13 HID_SMA_OVERSTRIKEX 33 Vloží čiaru cez zástupný znak (preškrtnutie).
e HID_SMA_DDDOTX 2a Vloží zástupný znak s trojitou bodkou.
10 HID_SMA_WIDEHATX 2f Vloží zástupný znak so širokou strieškou.
d HID_SMA_DDOTX 2a Vloží zástupný znak s dvojitou bodkou.
12 HID_SMA_UNDERLINEX 23 Vloží čiaru pod zástupný znak.
c HID_SMA_BARX 21 Vloží zástupný znak s pruhom.
10 HID_SMA_PHANTOMX 64 Vloží zástupný znak pre priehľadný znak. Tento znak zaberie miesto ako "a", ale nezobrazí sa.
d HID_SMA_BOLDX 29 Vloží zástupný znak tučného písma.
c HID_SMA_HATX 33 Vloží zástupný znak so strieškou (cirkumflex).
d HID_SMA_ITALX 23 Vloží zástupný znak v kurzíve.
d HID_SMA_BLANK 2b Vloží medzeru medzi dva zástupné znaky.
f HID_SMA_ALIGNLX 44 Tato ikona priradí "a" zarovnanie vľavo a vloží zástupný znak.
e HID_SMA_SBLANK 3f Vloží malú medzeru medzi zástupný znak a ďalší element.
d HID_SMA_RSUPX 33 Vloží horný index napravo od zástupného znaku.
f HID_SMA_ALIGNCX 47 Táto ikona priradí "a" zarovnanie na stred a vloží zástupný znak.
d HID_SMA_RSUBX 33 Vloží dolný index napravo od zástupného znaku.
d HID_SMA_CSUPX 29 Vloží horný index nad zástupný znak.
d HID_SMA_CSUBX 29 Vloží dolný index pod zástupný znak.
f HID_SMA_ALIGNRX 45 Táto ikona priradí "a" zarovnanie vpravo a vloží zástupný znak.
d HID_SMA_LSUPX 33 Vloží horný index naľavo od zástupného znaku.
e HID_SMA_MATRIX 39 Táto ikona vloží maticu so štyrmi zástupnými znakmi
f HID_SMA_NEWLINE 22 Vloží do dokumentu nový riadok.
d HID_SMA_LSUBX 33 Vloží dolný index naľavo od zástupného znaku.
f HID_SMA_BINOMXY 3a Vloží vertikálny zásobník s dvoma zástupnými znaky.
2e smath%2Fui%2Ffloatingelements%2FRID_FORMAT_CAT a4 You can choose among various options for formatting a $[officename] Math formula. The format options are displayed in the lower half of the Formula Elements window.
d HID_SMA_STACK 3a Vloží vertikálny zásobník s troma zástupnými znaky.
c HID_SMA_SETC 3d Táto ikona vloží symbol pre množinu komplexných čísel.
f HID_SMA_XSLASHY 51 Táto ikona vloží lomku pre množinu deliteľnosti s dvoma zástupnými znakmi.
12 HID_SMA_XSUBSETEQY 53 Táto ikona vloží operátor podmnožina alebo rovné s dvoma zástupnými znakmi.
13 HID_SMA_XNSUPSETEQY 5a Táto ikona vloží operátor nie je nadmnožina alebo rovné s dvoma zástupnými znakmi.
d HID_SMA_ALEPH 2f Táto ikona vloží symbol kardinálne číslo.
f HID_SMA_XUNIONY 46 Táto ikona vloží operátor zjednotenie s dvoma zástupnými znakmi.
e HID_SMA_XOWNSY 43 Táto ikona vloží operátor obsahuje s dvoma zástupnými znakmi.
10 HID_SMA_XSUPSETY 46 Táto ikona vloží operátor nadmnožina s dvoma zástupnými znakmi.
f HID_SMA_XNOTINY 4f Táto ikona vloží operátor nie je obsiahnuté v s dvoma zástupnými znakmi.
12 HID_SMA_XSETMINUSY 4b Táto ikona vloží operátor rozdiel množín s dvoma zástupnými znakmi.
10 HID_SMA_EMPTYSET 2d Táto ikona vloží symbol prázdna množina.
13 HID_SMA_XNSUBSETEQY 59 Táto ikona vloží operátor nie je podmnožina nebo rovné s dvoma zástupnými znakmi.
c HID_SMA_SETZ 38 Táto ikona vloží symbol pre množinu celých čísel.
35 smath%2Fui%2Ffloatingelements%2FRID_SETOPERATIONS_CAT a3 Assign different set operators to the characters in your $[officename] Math formula. The individual operators are shown in the lower section of the Elements window
16 HID_SMA_XINTERSECTIONY 4b Táto ikona vloží operátor prienik množín s dvoma zástupnými znakmi.
11 HID_SMA_XNSUPSETY 4d Táto ikona vloží operátor nie je nadmnožina s dvoma zástupnými znakmi.
c HID_SMA_XINY 4b Táto ikona vloží operátor je obsiahnuté v s dvoma zástupnými znakmi.
10 HID_SMA_XSUBSETY 46 Táto ikona vloží operátor podmnožina s dvoma zástupnými znakmi.
c HID_SMA_SETQ 3e Táto ikona vloží symbol pre množinu racionálnych čísel.
12 HID_SMA_XSUPSETEQY 53 Táto ikona vloží operátor nadmnožina alebo rovné s dvoma zástupnými znakmi.
11 HID_SMA_XNSUBSETY 4d Táto ikona vloží operátor nie je podmnožina s dvoma zástupnými znakmi.
c HID_SMA_SETN 3e Táto ikona vloží symbol pre množinu prirodzených čísel.
c HID_SMA_SETR 3a Táto ikona vloží symbol pre množinu reálnych čísel.
10 HID_SMA_DOTSDOWN 56 Vloží výpustku diagonálne dolu (tri bodky na diagonále zľava nahor vpravo dolu).
e HID_SMA_DOTSUP 57 Vloží výpustku diagonálne nahor (tri bodky na diagonále zľava dole vpravo nahor).
f HID_SMA_DOTSLOW 23 Vloží výpustku (tri bodky dole).
f HID_SMA_UPARROW 1d Vloží symbol šípku nahor.
12 HID_SMA_RIGHTARROW 1e Vloží symbol šípku vpravo.
a HID_SMA_WP 29 Vloží symbol Weierstrassovej p-funkcie.
e HID_SMA_FORALL 3e Vloží symbol univerzálneho kvantifikátora ("pre všetky").
11 HID_SMA_LEFTARROW 1e Vloží symbol šípku vľavo.
f HID_SMA_PARTIAL 26 Vloží symbol parciálnej derivácie.
11 HID_SMA_LAMBDABAR 1f Vloží symbol lambda s pruhom.
10 HID_SMA_DOTSVERT 26 Vloží zvislú výpustku (tri bodky).
d HID_SMA_NABLA 1c Vloží symbol Nabla vektor.
11 HID_SMA_DOWNARROW 1c Vloží symbol šípku dole.
10 HID_SMA_INFINITY 1e Vloží symbol pre nekonečno.
11 HID_SMA_MISC_MENU 27 Zobrazí ďalšie matematické symboly.
e HID_SMA_EXISTS 2e Vloží symbol existenčného kvantifikátora.
10 HID_SMA_DOTSAXIS 3e Vloží matematickú výpustku (tri bodky zvisle vystredené).
c HID_SMA_HBAR 25 Vloží symbol konštanty h s pruhom.
a HID_SMA_RE 38 Vloží symbol pre reálnou časť komplexného čísla.
a HID_SMA_IM 3b Vloží symbol pre imaginárnu časť komplexného čísla.
2f modules%2Fsmath%2Fui%2Ffonttypedialog%2Fdefault 5b Kliknutím na toto tlačidlo uložíte svoje zmeny ako východzie pre všetky nové vzorce.
2e modules%2Fsmath%2Fui%2Ffonttypedialog%2Fmodify b9 Kliknutím na niektorú z možností v rozbalovacej ponuke sa zobrazí dialóg Písma, kde môžete určiť písmo a atribúty pre vybranú časť vzorca alebo používateľské písmo.
2f modules%2Fsmath%2Fui%2Ffonttypedialog%2FfixedCB 41 Môžete určiť písmo použité po zadaní príkazu font fixed.
2e modules%2Fsmath%2Fui%2Ffonttypedialog%2FsansCB 40 Môžete určiť písmo použité po zadaní príkazu font sans.
2f modules%2Fsmath%2Fui%2Ffonttypedialog%2FserifCB 41 Môžete určiť písmo použité po zadaní príkazu font serif.
2e modules%2Fsmath%2Fui%2Ffonttypedialog%2FtextCB 23 Určenie písma pre text vo vzorci.
33 modules%2Fsmath%2Fui%2Ffonttypedialog%2FFontsDialog 39 Určuje písma, ktoré možno použiť pre prvky vzorcov.
32 modules%2Fsmath%2Fui%2Ffonttypedialog%2FvariableCB 30 Môžete určiť písmo pre premenné vo vzorci.
30 modules%2Fsmath%2Fui%2Ffonttypedialog%2FnumberCB 2e Môžete vybrať písmo pre čísla vo vzorci.
32 modules%2Fsmath%2Fui%2Ffonttypedialog%2FfunctionCB 30 Výber písma pre názvy a vlastností funkcií.
2a modules%2Fsmath%2Fui%2Ffontdialog%2Fitalic 31 Zaškrtnutím tohoto políčka zvolíte kurzívu.
28 modules%2Fsmath%2Fui%2Ffontdialog%2Fbold 37 Zaškrtnutím tohoto políčka zvolíte tučné písmo.
28 modules%2Fsmath%2Fui%2Ffontdialog%2Ffont 1a Vyberie písmo zo zoznamu.
2e modules%2Fsmath%2Fui%2Ffontdialog%2FFontDialog 53 Use this dialog to select the font for the respective category in the Fonts dialog.
33 modules%2Fsmath%2Fui%2Ffontsizedialog%2FspinB_limit 51 Určí relatívnu veľkosť limitov vo vzorcoch vzhľadom k základnej veľkosti.
2f modules%2Fsmath%2Fui%2Ffontsizedialog%2Fdefault 5b Kliknutím na toto tlačidlo uložíte svoje zmeny ako východzie pre všetky nové vzorce.
36 modules%2Fsmath%2Fui%2Ffontsizedialog%2FspinB_operator 64 Určí relatívnu veľkosť matematických operátorov vo vzorcoch vzhľadom k základnej veľkosti.
36 modules%2Fsmath%2Fui%2Ffontsizedialog%2FspinB_function 6e Určí relatívnu veľkosť názvu a ďalších častí funkcií vo vzorcoch vzhľadom k základnej veľkosti.
36 modules%2Fsmath%2Fui%2Ffontsizedialog%2FFontSizeDialog 99 V tomto dialógu nastavíte veľkosti písma vo vzorcoch.Vyberte základnú veľkosť a všetky prvky vzorca sa v závislosti na tieto veľkosti upravia.
32 modules%2Fsmath%2Fui%2Ffontsizedialog%2FspinB_text 4f Určí relatívnu veľkosť textu vo vzorcoch vzhľadom k základnej veľkosti.
36 modules%2Fsmath%2Fui%2Ffontsizedialog%2FspinB_baseSize 12b Veľkosť všetkých prvkov vzorca sa proporcionálne mení podľa základnej veľkosti. Ak chcete zmeniť základnú veľkosť, vyberte alebo zadajte požadovanú veľkosť v bodoch (pt). Tiež môžete použiť iné jednotky z ďalších merných systémov, ktoré sa automaticky prevedú na body.
33 modules%2Fsmath%2Fui%2Ffontsizedialog%2FspinB_index 51 Určí relatívnu veľkosť indexov vo vzorcoch vzhľadom k základnej veľkosti.
2e modules%2Fsmath%2Fui%2Fspacingdialog%2Fdefault 41 Saves your changes as your default settings for all new formulas.
17 HID_SMA_LEFTBORDER_DIST 2d Ľavé ohraničenie medzi vzorcom a pozadím.
18 HID_SMA_LOWERBORDER_DIST 2d Dolné ohraničenie medzi vzorcom a pozadím.
10 HID_SMA_SUP_DIST 27 Určuje vzdialenosti pre horné indexy.
16 HID_SMA_MATRIXCOL_DIST 2c Určuje vzdialenosť medzi stĺpcami matice.
10 HID_SMA_SUB_DIST 27 Určuje vzdialenosti pre dolné indexy.
11 HID_SMA_ROOT_DIST 37 Určuje vzdialenosť medzi znakom odmocniny a hodnotou.
1a HID_SMA_FRACLINE_LINEWIDTH 21 Určuje hrúbku zlomkovej čiary.
15 HID_SMA_OPERATOR_DIST 3e Určuje vodorovnou vzdialenosť medzi operátorom a premennou.
32 modules%2Fsmath%2Fui%2Fspacingdialog%2Fcheckbutton 25 Zväčšuje všetky druhy zátvoriek.
18 HID_SMA_UPPERBORDER_DIST 2d Horné ohraničenie medzi vzorcom a pozadím.
16 HID_SMA_MATRIXROW_DIST 2b Určuje vzdialenosť medzi riadkami matice.
19 HID_SMA_FRACLINE_EXCWIDTH 29 Určuje dĺžku presahu zlomkovej čiary.
11 HID_SMA_LINE_DIST 24 Určuje vzdialenosti medzi riadkami.
18 HID_SMA_DENOMINATOR_DIST 3c Určuje vzdialenosť medzi zlomkovou čiarou a menovateľom.
2f modules%2Fsmath%2Fui%2Fspacingdialog%2Fcategory 56 Týmto tlačidlom môžete vybrať kategóriu, pre ktorú chcete zmeniť vzdialenosti.
1a HID_SMA_OPERATOR_EXCHEIGHT 4b Určuje zvislú vzdialenosť medzi premennou a horným okrajom operátorov.
16 HID_SMA_NUMERATOR_DIST 3b Určuje vzdialenosť medzi zlomkovou čiarou a čitateľom.
1a HID_SMA_BRACKET_EXCHEIGHT2 28 Upraví veľkosť presahu v percentách.
18 HID_SMA_RIGHTBORDER_DIST 2d Pravé ohraničenie medzi vzorcom a pozadím.
14 HID_SMA_DEFAULT_DIST 35 Určuje vzdialenosti medzi premennými a operátormi.
17 HID_SMA_UPPERLIMIT_DIST 3b Určuje vzdialenosť medzi symbolom sumy a horným limitom.
34 modules%2Fsmath%2Fui%2Fspacingdialog%2FSpacingDialog ad V tomto dialógu môžete určiť vzdialenosti medzi prvky vzorca. Vzdialenosti sa určujú relatívne k základnej veľkosti určené v dialógu Formát - Veľkosť písma.
19 HID_SMA_BRACKET_EXCHEIGHT 55 Určuje zvislú vzdialenosť medzi horným okrajom obsahu a horným koncom zátvorky.
14 HID_SMA_BRACKET_DIST 49 Určuje vodorovnú vzdialenosť medzi obsahom a horným koncom zátvorky.
15 HID_SMA_ATTRIBUT_DIST 39 Určuje výšku symbolov vzhľadom k základnému riadku.
17 HID_SMA_LOWERLIMIT_DIST 3b Určuje vzdialenosť medzi symbolom sumy a dolným limitom.
1a HID_SMA_INTERATTRIBUT_DIST 3b Určuje minimálnu vzdialenosť medzi symbolom a premennou.
30 modules%2Fsmath%2Fui%2Falignmentdialog%2Fdefault 3c Uloží vaše zmeny ako východzie pre všetky nové vzorce.
38 modules%2Fsmath%2Fui%2Falignmentdialog%2FAlignmentDialog 65 Môžete určiť zarovnanie viacriadkových vzorcov a vzorcov s niekoľkými prvkami v jednom riadku.
2f modules%2Fsmath%2Fui%2Falignmentdialog%2Fcenter 1f Zarovná prvky vzorca na stred.
2e modules%2Fsmath%2Fui%2Falignmentdialog%2Fright 1d Zarovná prvky vzorca doprava
2d modules%2Fsmath%2Fui%2Falignmentdialog%2Fleft 1d Zarovná prvky vzorca vľavo.
c SID_TEXTMODE 66 Zapína a vypína textový režim. V textovom režime sa vzorce zobrazujú rovnakou výškou ako text.
2b modules%2Fsmath%2Fui%2Fcatalogdialog%2Fedit 2b Click here to open the Edit Symbols dialog.
30 modules%2Fsmath%2Fui%2Fcatalogdialog%2Fsymbolset 9a All symbols are organized into symbol sets. Select the desired symbol set from the list box. The corresponding group of symbols appear in the field below.
34 modules%2Fsmath%2Fui%2Fcatalogdialog%2FCatalogDialog 54 Opens the Symbols dialog, in which you can select a symbol to insert in the formula.
30 modules%2Fsmath%2Fui%2Fsymdefinedialog%2Fsymbols 80 Zobrazuje názvy symbolov v aktuálnej sade symbolov. Vyberte meno zo zoznamu alebo napíšte názov novo pridávaného symbolu.
36 modules%2Fsmath%2Fui%2Fsymdefinedialog%2FoldSymbolSets 66 Tento výber obsahuje názov aktuálnej sady symbolov. Ak chcete, môžete vybrať inú sadu symbolov.
33 modules%2Fsmath%2Fui%2Fsymdefinedialog%2FsymbolSets 78 The Symbol set list box contains the names of all existing symbol sets. You can modify a symbol set or create a new one.
34 modules%2Fsmath%2Fui%2Fsymdefinedialog%2FEditSymbols 7e Pomocou tohto dialógu môžete pridať nové symboly do sady symbolov, upravovať sady symbolov alebo meniť názvy symbolov.
2e modules%2Fsmath%2Fui%2Fsymdefinedialog%2Ffonts 43 Zobrazuje meno aktuálneho písma a umožňuje zvoliť iné písmo.
36 modules%2Fsmath%2Fui%2Fsymdefinedialog%2FfontsSubsetLB f8 Ak v zozname Písmo  vyberiete nesymbolové písmo, môžete si vybrať Unicode podmnožinu, do ktorej chcete umiestiť nový alebo upravený symbol. Keď vyberiete podmnožinu, zobrazia sa v zozname symbolov všetky symboly, ktoré do neho patria.
33 modules%2Fsmath%2Fui%2Fsymdefinedialog%2FoldSymbols 23 Vyberte názov aktuálneho symbolu.
2c modules%2Fsmath%2Fui%2Fsymdefinedialog%2Fadd 6f Kliknutím na toto tlačidlo pridáte symbol zobrazený v pravom náhľadovom okne do aktuálnej sady symbolov.
2f modules%2Fsmath%2Fui%2Fsymdefinedialog%2Fstyles 4f Je zobrazený aktuálny štýl písma. Môžete ho zmeniť výberom zo zoznamu.
2f modules%2Fsmath%2Fui%2Fsymdefinedialog%2Fdelete 7b Kliknite na toto tlačidlo, ak chcete odstrániť symbol zobrazený v ľavom náhľadovom okne zo súčasnej sady symbolov.
2f modules%2Fsmath%2Fui%2Fsymdefinedialog%2Fmodify c3 Kliknutím na toto tlačidlo nahradíte názov symbolu zobrazeného v ľavom náhľadovom okne (pôvodný názov je zobrazený v poli  Pôvodný symbol) názvom, ktorý ste zadal do poľa Symbol.
1c .uno%3AImportMathMLClipboard 6b This command transforms MathML clipboard content to StarMath and inserts it at the current cursor position.
14 .uno%3AImportFormula 34 This command opens a dialog for importing a formula.
11 SID_FORMULACURSOR 62 Kliknutím na túto ikonu v paneli nástrojov môžte zapnúť alebo vypnúť zvýraznenie prvkov.
18 HID_SMA_COMMAND_WIN_EDIT 99 V okne Príkazy aplikácie $[officename] Math môžete zadávať a upravovať vzorce. Keď zadáte príkazy v tomto okne, uvidíte výsledok v dokumente.
17 HID_TABDLG_STANDARD_BTN 66 Click the More button to expand the dialog to show further options. Click again to restore the dialog.
14 HID_TABDLG_RESET_BTN 32 Resets modified values back to the default values.
21 cui%2Fui%2Foptionsdialog%2Frevert 40 Resets modified values back to the $[officename] default values.
1e EXTENSIONS_HID_LISTWIZARD_NEXT 9e Click the Next button, and the wizard uses the current dialog settings and proceeds to the next step. If you are on the last step, this button becomes Create.
11 WIZARDS_HID0_NEXT 9e Click the Next button, and the wizard uses the current dialog settings and proceeds to the next step. If you are on the last step, this button becomes Create.
17 DBACCESS_HID_DBWIZ_NEXT 9e Click the Next button, and the wizard uses the current dialog settings and proceeds to the next step. If you are on the last step, this button becomes Create.
17 SVX_HID_GALLERY_PREVIEW 2c Displays a preview of the current selection.
38 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fadvancedfilterdialog%2Frbcopyarea f9 Click the Shrink icon to reduce the dialog to the size of the input field. It is then easier to mark the required reference in the sheet. The icons then automatically convert to the Maximize icon. Click it to restore the dialog to its original size.
1b CUI_HID_MEASURE_CTL_PREVIEW 2c Displays a preview of the current selection.
38 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fstandardfilterdialog%2Frbcopyarea f9 Click the Shrink icon to reduce the dialog to the size of the input field. It is then easier to mark the required reference in the sheet. The icons then automatically convert to the Maximize icon. Click it to restore the dialog to its original size.
3b modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fdefinedatabaserangedialog%2Fassignrb f9 Click the Shrink icon to reduce the dialog to the size of the input field. It is then easier to mark the required reference in the sheet. The icons then automatically convert to the Maximize icon. Click it to restore the dialog to its original size.
39 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fconditionalformatdialog%2Frbassign f9 Click the Shrink icon to reduce the dialog to the size of the input field. It is then easier to mark the required reference in the sheet. The icons then automatically convert to the Maximize icon. Click it to restore the dialog to its original size.
35 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fprintareasdialog%2Frbrepeatcol f9 Click the Shrink icon to reduce the dialog to the size of the input field. It is then easier to mark the required reference in the sheet. The icons then automatically convert to the Maximize icon. Click it to restore the dialog to its original size.
1c WIZARDS_HID_DLGTABLE_CMDNEXT 9e Click the Next button, and the wizard uses the current dialog settings and proceeds to the next step. If you are on the last step, this button becomes Create.
35 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fprintareasdialog%2Frbrepeatrow f9 Click the Shrink icon to reduce the dialog to the size of the input field. It is then easier to mark the required reference in the sheet. The icons then automatically convert to the Maximize icon. Click it to restore the dialog to its original size.
35 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fprintareasdialog%2Frbprintarea f9 Click the Shrink icon to reduce the dialog to the size of the input field. It is then easier to mark the required reference in the sheet. The icons then automatically convert to the Maximize icon. Click it to restore the dialog to its original size.
1d cui%2Fui%2Fcolorpage%2Fdelete 3c Deletes the selected element or elements after confirmation.
1f EXTENSIONS_HID_GROUPWIZARD_NEXT 9e Click the Next button, and the wizard uses the current dialog settings and proceeds to the next step. If you are on the last step, this button becomes Create.
3a modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fadvancedfilterdialog%2Frbfilterarea f9 Click the Shrink icon to reduce the dialog to the size of the input field. It is then easier to mark the required reference in the sheet. The icons then automatically convert to the Maximize icon. Click it to restore the dialog to its original size.
31 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fmanagenamesdialog%2Fassign f9 Click the Shrink icon to reduce the dialog to the size of the input field. It is then easier to mark the required reference in the sheet. The icons then automatically convert to the Maximize icon. Click it to restore the dialog to its original size.
31 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fconsolidatedialog%2Fdelete 48 Deletes the selected element or elements without requiring confirmation.
2c modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Foptsortslist%2Fdelete 3c Deletes the selected element or elements after confirmation.
21 WIZARDS_HID_DLGREPORT_0_CMDCANCEL 53 Kliknutím na Zrušiť zavriete okno bez uloženia akýchkoľvek vykonaných zmien.
39 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fdefinedatabaserangedialog%2Fdelete 3c Deletes the selected element or elements after confirmation.
42 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fpivottablelayoutdialog%2Fdestination-button f9 Click the Shrink icon to reduce the dialog to the size of the input field. It is then easier to mark the required reference in the sheet. The icons then automatically convert to the Maximize icon. Click it to restore the dialog to its original size.
32 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fnamerangesdialog%2Frbassign f9 Click the Shrink icon to reduce the dialog to the size of the input field. It is then easier to mark the required reference in the sheet. The icons then automatically convert to the Maximize icon. Click it to restore the dialog to its original size.
27 cui%2Fui%2Flineendstabpage%2FBTN_DELETE 3c Deletes the selected element or elements after confirmation.
2f modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fautoformattable%2Fremove 3c Deletes the selected element or elements after confirmation.
30 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fnamerangesdialog%2Fdelete 3c Deletes the selected element or elements after confirmation.
1e WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_CREATE 2a Applies all changes and closes the wizard.
23 hid%2Fcui%2Fui%2Fhatchpage%2Fdelete 3c Deletes the selected element or elements after confirmation.
28 cui%2Fui%2Flinestyletabpage%2FBTN_DELETE 3c Deletes the selected element or elements after confirmation.
20 EXTENSIONS_HID_LISTWIZARD_CANCEL 53 Kliknutím na Zrušiť zavriete okno bez uloženia akýchkoľvek vykonaných zmien.
1c WIZARDS_HID_FAXWIZARD_CANCEL 53 Kliknutím na Zrušiť zavriete okno bez uloženia akýchkoľvek vykonaných zmien.
21 EXTENSIONS_HID_GROUPWIZARD_CANCEL 53 Kliknutím na Zrušiť zavriete okno bez uloženia akýchkoľvek vykonaných zmien.
35 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fconsolidatedialog%2Frbdataarea f9 Click the Shrink icon to reduce the dialog to the size of the input field. It is then easier to mark the required reference in the sheet. The icons then automatically convert to the Maximize icon. Click it to restore the dialog to its original size.
25 cui%2Fui%2Fbitmaptabpage%2FBTN_DELETE 3c Deletes the selected element or elements after confirmation.
1e WIZARDS_HID_DLGTABLE_CMDCANCEL 53 Kliknutím na Zrušiť zavriete okno bez uloženia akýchkoľvek vykonaných zmien.
1b WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_CMDNEXT 9e Click the Next button, and the wizard uses the current dialog settings and proceeds to the next step. If you are on the last step, this button becomes Create.
13 WIZARDS_HID0_CANCEL 53 Kliknutím na Zrušiť zavriete okno bez uloženia akýchkoľvek vykonaných zmien.
25 cui%2Fui%2Facorexceptpage%2Fdeldouble 48 Deletes the selected element or elements without requiring confirmation.
33 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fnamerangesdialog%2Frbassign2 f9 Click the Shrink icon to reduce the dialog to the size of the input field. It is then easier to mark the required reference in the sheet. The icons then automatically convert to the Maximize icon. Click it to restore the dialog to its original size.
1d WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_CMDCANCEL 53 Kliknutím na Zrušiť zavriete okno bez uloženia akýchkoľvek vykonaných zmien.
2d modules%2Fsmath%2Fui%2Fcatalogdialog%2Finsert 43 Applies the modified or selected values without closing the dialog.
1a ui%2Fgradientpage%2Fdelete 3c Deletes the selected element or elements after confirmation.
1e WIZARDS_HID_DLGTABLE_CMDFINISH 2a Applies all changes and closes the wizard.
1e WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_CANCEL 53 Kliknutím na Zrušiť zavriete okno bez uloženia akýchkoľvek vykonaných zmien.
27 cui%2Fui%2Fparatabspage%2FbuttonBTN_DEL 3c Deletes the selected element or elements after confirmation.
2a modules%2FBasicIDE%2Fui%2Flibpage%2Fdelete 3c Deletes the selected element or elements after confirmation.
2c modules%2FBasicIDE%2Fui%2Fmacropage%2Fdelete 3c Deletes the selected element or elements after confirmation.
24 cui%2Fui%2Fselectpathdialog%2Fdelete 48 Deletes the selected element or elements without requiring confirmation.
32 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fgoalseekdlg%2Fformulabutton f9 Click the Shrink icon to reduce the dialog to the size of the input field. It is then easier to mark the required reference in the sheet. The icons then automatically convert to the Maximize icon. Click it to restore the dialog to its original size.
2e modules%2FBasicIDE%2Fui%2Fdialogpage%2Flibrary 3c Deletes the selected element or elements after confirmation.
33 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fcustomslideshows%2Fdelete 48 Deletes the selected element or elements without requiring confirmation.
2a sw%3APushButton%3ADLG_BIB_BASE%3APB_DELETE 48 Deletes the selected element or elements without requiring confirmation.
23 cui%2Fui%2Fmultipathdialog%2Fdelete 48 Deletes the selected element or elements without requiring confirmation.
31 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fmanagenamesdialog%2Fdelete 3c Deletes the selected element or elements after confirmation.
23 cui%2Fui%2Facorreplacepage%2Fdelete 48 Deletes the selected element or elements without requiring confirmation.
21 WIZARDS_HID_DLGIMPORT_0_CMDCANCEL 53 Kliknutím na Zrušiť zavriete okno bez uloženia akýchkoľvek vykonaných zmien.
3d modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fmultipleoperationsdialog%2Fformulasref f9 Click the Shrink icon to reduce the dialog to the size of the input field. It is then easier to mark the required reference in the sheet. The icons then automatically convert to the Maximize icon. Click it to restore the dialog to its original size.
38 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fmultipleoperationsdialog%2Frowref f9 Click the Shrink icon to reduce the dialog to the size of the input field. It is then easier to mark the required reference in the sheet. The icons then automatically convert to the Maximize icon. Click it to restore the dialog to its original size.
2e modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fgoalseekdlg%2Fvarbutton f9 Click the Shrink icon to reduce the dialog to the size of the input field. It is then easier to mark the required reference in the sheet. The icons then automatically convert to the Maximize icon. Click it to restore the dialog to its original size.
38 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fmultipleoperationsdialog%2Fcolref f9 Click the Shrink icon to reduce the dialog to the size of the input field. It is then easier to mark the required reference in the sheet. The icons then automatically convert to the Maximize icon. Click it to restore the dialog to its original size.
1c WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_NEXT 9e Click the Next button, and the wizard uses the current dialog settings and proceeds to the next step. If you are on the last step, this button becomes Create.
15 SW_HID_MD_GLOS_DELETE 3c Deletes the selected element or elements after confirmation.
25 cui%2Fui%2Facorexceptpage%2Fdelabbrev 48 Deletes the selected element or elements without requiring confirmation.
35 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fconsolidatedialog%2Frbdestarea f9 Click the Shrink icon to reduce the dialog to the size of the input field. It is then easier to mark the required reference in the sheet. The icons then automatically convert to the Maximize icon. Click it to restore the dialog to its original size.
1f SID_EXPLORERCONTENT_OPEN_OBJECT 3f Use the Open command to open the selected object in a new task.
19 SID_EXPLORERCONTENT_PASTE 46 Inserts the element that you moved to the clipboard into the document.
18 SID_EXPLORERCONTENT_COPY 2d Copies the selected element to the clipboard.
38 cui%2Fui%2Fgalleryupdateprogress%2FGalleryUpdateProgress 39 Updates the view in the window or in the selected object.
1a SID_EXPLORERCONTENT_RENAME 28 Enables a selected object to be renamed.
19 HID_GALLERY_MN_BACKGROUND 35 Inserts the selected picture as a background graphic.
1b SID_EXPLORERCONTENT_DESTROY 99 Deletes the current selection. If multiple objects are selected, all will be deleted. In most cases, a security query appears before objects are deleted.
17 HID_DID_SAVE_PACKED_XML 50 By default, $[officename] loads and saves files in the OpenDocument file format.
11 .uno%3AActiveHelp 53 Enables the display of a brief description of menus and icons at the mouse pointer.
e .uno%3AHelpTip 4f Enables the display of icon names at the mouse pointer and other Help contents.
23 svt%2Fui%2Fgraphicexport%2Flevel2rb 36 Vyberte túto ikonku, ak chcete prechádzať obrázky.
27 svt%2Fui%2Fgraphicexport%2Fcompressnone 34 Vyberte túto ikonku, ak chcete prechádzať sekcie.
23 svt%2Fui%2Fgraphicexport%2Flevel1rb 8f Otvorí dialóg Štítky, kde je možné upraviť nastavenia pre štítky a následne vytvoriť nový textový dokument ($[officename] Writer).
28 svt%2Fui%2Fgraphicexport%2Fepsipreviewcb b6 Specifies whether a monochrome preview graphic in EPSI format is exported together with the PostScript file. This format only contains printable characters from the 7-bit ASCII code.
26 svt%2Fui%2Fgraphicexport%2Fcompresslzw 2e Upraví veľkosť náhľadu predlohy stránky.
28 svt%2Fui%2Fgraphicexport%2Ftiffpreviewcb 2e Upraví veľkosť náhľadu predlohy stránky.
2d svt%2Fui%2Fgraphicexport%2Fsavetransparencycb ba Specifies whether to save the background of the picture as transparent. Only objects will be visible in the GIF image. Use the Color Replacer to set the transparent color in the picture.
27 svt%2Fui%2Fgraphicexport%2Finterlacedcb 21 Určiť poradie dátových bodov.
21 svt%2Fui%2Fgraphicexport%2Ftextcb 35 Vygeneruje názov súboru podľa údajov v databáze.
23 svt%2Fui%2Fgraphicexport%2Fcolor1rb 18 Vyberte formát súboru.
2e svt%2Fui%2Fgraphicexport%2Fresolutionmf-nospin 2c Vloží pozdrav. Vyberte pozdrav zo zoznamu.
2a svt%2Fui%2Fgraphicexport%2Fheightmf-nospin 18 Zavrie dialógové okno.
22 svt%2Fui%2Fgraphicexport%2Fwidthlb 18 Zavrie dialógové okno.
29 svt%2Fui%2Fgraphicexport%2Fwidthmf-nospin 17 Nastaviť rozlíšenie.
27 svt%2Fui%2Fgraphicexport%2Fresolutionlb 2c Vloží pozdrav. Vyberte pozdrav zo zoznamu.
27 svt%2Fui%2Fgraphicexport%2Fcolordepthlb 28 Vyberte farbu pre vybraný zdroj svetla.
2b svt%2Fui%2Fgraphicexport%2Fcompressionjpgnf 79 Sets the quality for the export. Choose from a low quality with minimal file size, up to a high quality and big file size
23 svt%2Fui%2Fgraphicexport%2Fcolor2rb 18 Vyberte formát súboru.
2b svt%2Fui%2Fgraphicexport%2Fcompressionpngnf 62 Sets the compression for the export. A high compression means a smaller, but slower to load image.
20 svt%2Fui%2Fgraphicexport%2Frlecb 36 Vyberte túto ikonku, ak chcete prechádzať obrázky.
23 svt%2Fui%2Fgraphicexport%2Fbinarycb 3c Otvorí Sprievodcu databázou na vytvorenie novej databázy.
30 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fimoptdialog%2Fcharsetlist 41 Select the character set from the options used for import/export.
2f modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fimoptdialog%2Ffixedwidth 2b Exports all data fields with a fixed width.
2a modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fimoptdialog%2Ffield 41 Choose or enter the field delimiter, which separates data fields.
2c modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fimoptdialog%2Fasshown bc Enabled by default, data will be saved as displayed, including applied number formats. If this checkbox is not marked, raw data content will be saved, as in older versions of the software.
34 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fimoptdialog%2Fcharsetdropdown 2c Specifies the character set for text export.
29 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fimoptdialog%2Ftext 44 Choose or enter the text delimiter, which encloses every data field.
2d modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fimoptdialog%2Fquoteall c0 Exports all text cells with leading and trailing quote characters as set in the Text delimiter box. If not checked, only those text cells get quoted that contain the Field delimiter character.
36 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Ftextimportcsv%2Fmergedelimiters 3e Combines consecutive delimiters and removes blank data fields.
31 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Ftextimportcsv%2Finputother 88 Separates data into columns using the custom separator that you specify. Note: The custom separator must also be contained in your data.
2f modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Ftextimportcsv%2Flanguage 21 Vytlačí čísla strán v päte.
2e modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Ftextimportcsv%2Ffromrow 35 Specifies the row where you want to start the import.
3a modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Ftextimportcsv%2FTextImportCsvDialog 2b Sets the import options for delimited data.
2e modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Ftextimportcsv%2Fcharset b2 When this option is enabled, fields or cells whose values are quoted in their entirety (the first and last characters of the value equal the text delimiter) are imported as text.
33 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Ftextimportcsv%2Ftofixedwidth 45 Separates fixed-width data (equal number of characters) into columns.
3b modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Ftextimportcsv%2Fdetectspecialnumbers 9e When this option is enabled, Calc will automatically detect all number formats, including special number formats such as dates, time, and scientific notation.
34 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Ftextimportcsv%2Ftoseparatedby 27 Select the separator used in your data.
2a modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Ftextimportcsv%2Ftab 2e Separates data delimited by tabs into columns.
30 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Ftextimportcsv%2Fsemicolon 34 Separates data delimited by semicolons into columns.
34 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Ftextimportcsv%2Ftextdelimiter 5c Select a character to delimit text data. You can can also enter a character in the text box.
2c modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Ftextimportcsv%2Fcomma 30 Separates data delimited by commas into columns.
31 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Ftextimportcsv%2Fcolumntype 5f Choose a column in the preview window and select the data type to be applied the imported data.
2c modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Ftextimportcsv%2Fspace 30 Separates data delimited by spaces into columns.
32 SD%3ARADIOBUTTON%3ADLG_PRINT_WARNINGS%3ARBT_POSTER 3f Specifies whether to distribute the printout on multiple pages.
2f SD%3ARADIOBUTTON%3ADLG_PRINT_WARNINGS%3ARBT_CUT 72 Specifies that anything extending beyond the maximum print range will be cut off and not included in the printing.
25 SD%3AMODALDIALOG%3ADLG_PRINT_WARNINGS 64 The Warning Print Options dialog appears when the page setup does not match the defined print range.
2f modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fasciifilterdialog%2Flf 2d Produces a "Linefeed" as the paragraph break.
2f modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fasciifilterdialog%2Fcr 34 Produces a "Carriage Return" as the paragraph break.
34 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fasciifilterdialog%2Fcharset 3d Specifies the character set of the file for export or import.
35 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fasciifilterdialog%2Flanguage 78 Specifies the language of the text, if this has not already been defined. This setting is only available when importing.
31 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fasciifilterdialog%2Ffont 93 By setting a default font, you specify that the text should be displayed in a specific font. The default fonts can only be selected when importing.
31 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fasciifilterdialog%2Fcrlf 4a Produces a "Carriage Return" and a "Linefeed". This option is the default.
15 HID_GALLERY_MN_DELETE 30 Deletes the selected graphic after confirmation.
12 HID_GALLERY_MN_ADD 49 Inserts a copy of the selected graphic object directly into the document.
16 HID_GALLERY_MN_ADDMENU 42 Defines how a selected graphic object is inserted into a document.
16 HID_GALLERY_MN_PREVIEW 32 The Preview command displays the selected graphic.
32 cui%2Fui%2Fgallerytitledialog%2FGalleryTitleDialog 2d Assigns a title to a selected Gallery object.
17 HID_GALLERY_MN_ADD_LINK 27 Inserts the selected graphic as a link.
1e HID_MN_READONLY_SAVEBACKGROUND 30 Allows you to save the background of a Web page.
1a HID_MN_READONLY_GRAPHICOFF 32 Sets all graphics in the document to be invisible.
19 HID_MN_READONLY_PLUGINOFF 1b Disables inserted plug-ins.
1b HID_MN_READONLY_SAVEGRAPHIC 38 Opens a dialog where you can save the selected graphics.
1b HID_MN_READONLY_LOADGRAPHIC 64 If you have deactivated the graphics display, choose the Load Graphics command to make them visible.
18 HID_MN_READONLY_COPYLINK 36 Copies the link at the mouse pointer to the clipboard.
1b HID_MN_READONLY_COPYGRAPHIC 2b Copies a selected graphic to the clipboard.
24 cui%2Fui%2Fgallerygeneralpage%2Fname 1f Displays the name of the theme.
2c private%3Afactory%2Fswriter%2FGlobalDocument 20 Vytvorí nový hlavný dokument.
1b private%3Afactory%2Fswriter 38 Vytvorí nový textový dokument ($[officename] Writer).
d .uno%3ANewDoc 49 If you want to create a document from a template, choose New - Templates.
28 private%3Afactory%2Fswriter%3Fslot=21053 1f Vytvorí nový XForms dokument.
16 HID_TBXCONTROL_FILENEW 5c Vytvorí nový $[officename] dokument. Typ dokumentu môžete zmeniť kliknutím na šípku.
28 private%3Afactory%2Fswriter%3Fslot=21052 84 Otvorí dialóg Vizitky, kde je možné upraviť nastavenia pre vizitky a následne vytvoriť nový dokument ($[officename] Writer).
10 .uno%3AAddDirect 26 Vytvorí nový dokument $[officename].
19 private%3Afactory%2Fscalc 37 Vytvorí nový tabuľkový zošit ($[officename] Calc).
b slot%3A5500 4f Vytvorí nový dokument s použitím šablóny alebo otvorí vzorový dokument.
28 private%3Afactory%2Fsimpress%3Fslot=6686 72 Creates a new presentation document ($[officename] Impress). If activated, the Presentation Wizard dialog appears.
19 private%3Afactory%2Fsmath 2b Vytvorí nový vzorec ($[officename] Math).
2b private%3Afactory%2Fsdatabase%3FInteractive 3c Otvorí Sprievodcu databázou na vytvorenie novej databázy.
19 private%3Afactory%2Fsdraw 2b Vytvorí novú kresbu ($[officename] Draw).
2f service%3Acom.sun.star.sdb.DatabaseWizardDialog 3c Otvorí Sprievodcu databázou na vytvorenie novej databázy.
28 private%3Afactory%2Fswriter%3Fslot=21051 8f Otvorí dialóg Štítky, kde je možné upraviť nastavenia pre štítky a následne vytvoriť nový textový dokument ($[officename] Writer).
21 private%3Afactory%2Fswriter%2Fweb 1d Vytvorí nový HTML dokument.
39 SVTOOLS_PUSHBUTTON_DLG_DOCTEMPLATE_BTN_DOCTEMPLATE_MANAGE 45 Pridá, odstráni alebo usporiada šablóny alebo vzorové dokumenty.
1a HID_TEMPLATEDLG_TB_DOCINFO 37 Zobrazí vlastnosti vybranej šablóny alebo dokumentu.
1a HID_TEMPLATEDLG_TB_PREVIEW 42 Povoľuje pozrieť si náhľad vybranej šablóny alebo dokumentu.
1c SVT_HID_TEMPLATEDLG_ICONCTRL a6 Kategórie sa zobrazujú v ľavej časti dialógu  Šablóny a Dokumenty. Po kliknutí na kategóriu sa v časti Nadpis zobrazia súbory spojené s touto kategóriou.
18 HID_TEMPLATEDLG_TB_PRINT 5b Umožňuje prehliadnuť si šablónu alebo dokument, ako aj zobraziť vlastnosti dokumentu.
17 HID_TEMPLATEDLG_TB_PREV 45 Presunie sa do priečinku o jednu úroveň vyššie, ak je dostupný.
18 HID_TEMPLATEDLG_FILEVIEW da Zoznam všetkých dostupných šablón alebo dokumentov pre vybranú kategóriu. Vyberte šablónu alebo dokument a potom kliknite na Otvoriť. Pre náhľad dokumentu kliknite na tlačidlo Náhľad nad pravou časťou.
37 SVTOOLS_PUSHBUTTON_DLG_DOCTEMPLATE_BTN_DOCTEMPLATE_EDIT 53 Otvorí vybraný dokument alebo vytvorí dokument založený na vybranej šablóne.
17 HID_TEMPLATEDLG_TB_BACK 32 Presun späť na predchádzajúce okno v dialógu.
29 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Flabeldialog%2Fok 23 Creates a new document for editing.
13 .uno%3AInsertLabels 51 Povoľuje vám vytvárať štítky. Štítky sa vytvárajú v textovom dokumente.
2e modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fcardmediumpage%2Ftype f0 Vyberte formát rozmerov, ktoré chcete použiť. Dostupné formáty závisia od značky vybranej v zozname Značka. Ak chcete použiť vlastný formát štítkov, vyberte [Požívateľský] a potom kliknite na formát na záložke Formát.
2f modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fcardmediumpage%2Fbrand 30 Vyberte značku papiera, ktorú chcete použiť.
30 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fcardmediumpage%2Finsert 7b Vyberte pole databázy, ktoré chcete a kliknite na šípku vľavo od tohoto poľa. Takto vložíte pole do Textu štítku.
38 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fcardmediumpage%2FCardMediumPage 32 Zadajte text štítku a vyberte veľkosť papiera.
31 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fcardmediumpage%2Faddress 5f Vytvorí štítok s vašou spätnou adresou. Text, ktorý je v poli Text štítku sa prepíše.
2f modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fcardmediumpage%2Fsheet 26 Tlačí štítky na jednotlivé listy.
34 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fcardmediumpage%2Fcontinuous 24 Tlačí štítky na spojitý papier.
2f modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fcardmediumpage%2Ftable 65 Vyberte databázovú tabuľku obsahujúcu pole (polia), ktorú chcete použiť na vašich štítkoch.
32 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fcardmediumpage%2Ftextview 5f Zadajte text, ktorý sa má zobraziť na štítku. Tiež je možné vložiť databázové pole.
32 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fcardmediumpage%2Fdatabase 4c Vyberte databázu, ktorú chcete použiť ako zdroj dát pre vaše štítky.
2f modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fsavelabeldialog%2Ftype 24 Zadajte alebo vyberte druh štítku.
30 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fsavelabeldialog%2Fbrand 2b Zadajte alebo vyberte požadovanú značku.
2f modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Flabelformatpage%2Fhori 90 Vzdialenosť medzi ľavými okrajmi susediacich štítkov alebo vizitiek. Pokiaľ nastavujete vlastný formát, zadajte na tomto mieste hodnotu.
2f modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Flabelformatpage%2Fleft ad Zobrazí vzdialenosť medzi ľavým okrajom stránky a ľavým okrajom prvého štítku alebo vizitky. Pokiaľ nastavujete vlastný formát, na tomto mieste zadajte hodnotu.
2f modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Flabelformatpage%2Frows 4c Zadajte počet štítkov alebo vizitiek, ktoré budú na stránke pod sebou.
30 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Flabelformatpage%2Fwidth 6f Zobrazí šírku štítku alebo vizitky. Pokiaľ nastavujete vlastný formát, zadajte na tomto mieste hodnotu.
2f modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Flabelformatpage%2Fvert b3 Vzdialenosť medzi horným okrajom štítku alebo vizitky a horným okrajom štítku alebo vizitky pod ním. Pokiaľ nastavujete vlastný formát, zadajte na tomto mieste hodnotu.
2f modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Flabelformatpage%2Fsave 33 Uloží aktuálny formát štítkov alebo vizitiek.
2f modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Flabelformatpage%2Fcols 4e Zadajte počet štítkov alebo vizitiek, ktoré budú vedľa seba na stránke.
3a modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Flabelformatpage%2FLabelFormatPage 19 Nastaví formát papiera.
31 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Flabelformatpage%2Fheight 6f Zobrazí šírku štítku alebo vizitky. Pokiaľ nastavujete vlastný formát, zadajte na tomto mieste hodnotu.
2e modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Flabelformatpage%2Ftop ad Zobrazí vzdialenosť medzi horným okrajom stránky a horným okrajom prvého štítku alebo vizitky. Pokiaľ nastavujete vlastný formát, na tomto mieste zadajte hodnotu.
2c modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ffloatingsync%2Fsync 6d Skopíruje obsah ľavého horného štítku alebo vizitky do ostatných štítkov alebo vizitiek na stránke.
30 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Flabeloptionspage%2Frows 50 Zadajte počet riadkov štítkov alebo vizitiek, ktoré chcete mať na stránke.
3c modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Flabeloptionspage%2FLabelOptionsPage 69 Ďalšie možnosti nastavení štítkov alebo vizitiek, napr. synchronizácia textu a voľby tlačiarne .
31 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Flabeloptionspage%2Fsetup 1f Opens the Printer Setup dialog.
36 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Flabeloptionspage%2Fentirepage 31 Vytvorí celú stránku štítkov alebo vizitiek.
37 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Flabeloptionspage%2Fsynchronize af Allows you to edit a single label or business card and updates the contents of the remaining labels or business cards on the page when you click the Synchronize Labels button.
30 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Flabeloptionspage%2Fcols 58 Zadajte počet štítkov alebo vizitiek, ktoré chcete mať na stránke v jednom riadku.
37 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Flabeloptionspage%2Fsinglelabel 33 Vytlačí jeden štítok alebo vizitku na stránku.
19 .uno%3AInsertBusinessCard 2d Umožní vám navrhnúť a vytvoriť vizitky.
1a HID_BUSINESS_FMT_PAGE_TYPE ec Vyberte formát rozmerov, ktorý chcete použiť. Dostupné formáty závisia na značke vybranej v zozname Značka. Ak chcete použiť vlastný formát štítku, vyberte [Používateľský], a potom určte formát na záložke Formát.
1b HID_BUSINESS_FMT_PAGE_BRAND 30 Vyberte značku papiera, ktorý chcete použiť.
1b HID_BUSINESS_FMT_PAGE_SHEET 27 Vytlačí vizitky na jednotlivé listy.
1a HID_BUSINESS_FMT_PAGE_CONT 26 Vytlačí vizitky na súvislý papier.
32 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fcardformatpage%2Fautotext 4d Select a business card category, and then click a layout in the Content list.
32 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fcardformatpage%2Ftreeview 67 Select a business card category in AutoText - Section box, and then click a layout in the Content list.
38 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fcardformatpage%2FCardFormatPage 2d Define the appearance of your business cards.
31 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fprivateuserpage%2Fmobile 2a Zadajte svoje mobilné telefónne číslo.
30 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fprivateuserpage%2Fphone 29 Zadajte svoje domáce telefónne číslo.
35 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fprivateuserpage%2Fshortname2 43 Zadajte iniciály osoby, ktorú chcete použiť ako druhý kontakt.
2e modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fprivateuserpage%2Furl 36 Zadajte adresu svojej internetovej domovskej stránky.
2e modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fprivateuserpage%2Fjob 16 Zadajte svoju funkciu.
35 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fprivateuserpage%2Ffirstname2 46 Zadajte krstné meno osoby, ktorú chcete použiť ako druhý kontakt.
32 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fprivateuserpage%2Fcountry 22 Zadajte krajinu, v ktorej žijete.
34 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fprivateuserpage%2Flastname2 44 Zadajte priezvisko osoby, ktorú chcete použiť ako druhý kontakt.
2f modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fbusinessdatapage%2Furl 26 Vložte domovskú adresu vašej firmy.
31 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fbusinessdatapage%2Fphone 2f Vložte číslo vášho služobného telefónu.
3c modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fbusinessdatapage%2FBusinessDataPage a6 Contains contact information for business cards that use a layout from a 'Business Card, Work' category. Business card layouts are selected on the Business Cards tab.
31 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fbusinessdatapage%2Fstate 41 Vložte názov krajiny, v ktorej sa vaša spoločnosť nachádza.
34 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fbusinessdatapage%2Fcompany2 33 Vložte ďalšie informácie o vašej spoločnosti.
32 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fbusinessdatapage%2Fmobile 2d Vložte číslo vášho mobilného telefónu.
32 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fbusinessdatapage%2Fslogan 22 Vložte motto vašej spoločnosti.
16 HID_FILEDLG_INSERT_BTN 45 Vloží vybraný súbor na aktuálnu pozíciu v súčasnom dokumente.
2d fpicker%2Fui%2Fexplorerfiledialog%2Ffile_type 78 Select the file type that you want to open, or select All Files (*) to display a list of all of the files in the folder.
14 HID_FILEOPEN_VERSION 5e Pokiaľ vybraný súbor existuje vo viacerých verziách, vyberte tú, ktorú chcete otvoriť.
14 HID_FILEDLG_STANDARD 3d Displays the files and folders in the folder that you are in.
18 SVT_HID_FILEOPEN_LEVELUP 57 Move up one folder in the folder hierarchy. Long-click to see the higher level folders.
18 HID_FILEVIEW_MENU_RENAME 5b Ak chcete premenovať súbor, kliknite naň pravým tlačidlom myši a zvoľte Premenovať.
2e fpicker%2Fui%2Fexplorerfiledialog%2Fnew_folder 15 Creates a new folder.
36 fpicker%2Fui%2Fexplorerfiledialog%2FExplorerFileDialog 1f Otvorí alebo importuje súbor.
15 HID_FILEOPEN_READONLY 23 Otvorí v režime iba na čítanie.
18 HID_FILEVIEW_MENU_DELETE 5b Ak chcete odstrániť súbor, kliknite naň pravým tlačidlom myši a zvoľte Odstrániť.
22 svt%2Fui%2Fquerydeletedialog%2Fyes 38 Kliknutím zmažete súbor vybraného názvu v dialógu.
28 fpicker%2Fui%2Fexplorerfiledialog%2Fopen 1d Otvorí označené dokumenty.
22 svt%2Fui%2Fquerydeletedialog%2Fall 2d Kliknutím zmažete všetky vybrané súbory.
21 svt%2Fui%2Fquerydeletedialog%2Fno 3d Kliknutím na Zrušiť zrušíte zmazanie vybraného súboru.
2d fpicker%2Fui%2Fexplorerfiledialog%2Ffile_name 81 Zadajte názov súboru alebo cestu k súboru. Tiež môžete zadať URL, ktoré začína názvom protokolu ftp, http alebo https.
19 HID_FILEDLG_PATH_FILENAME 27 Zadajte cestu alebo vyberte zo zoznamu.
14 HID_FILEDLG_PATH_BTN 18 Zvolí označenú cestu.
33 SFX2%3ALISTBOX%3ADLG_FILTER_SELECT%3ALB_DLG_LISTBOX 3b Vyberte vstupný filter pre súbor, ktorý chcete otvoriť.
f .uno%3ACloseDoc 34 Zatvorí aktuálny dokument bez ukončenia programu.
b .uno%3ASave 1b Uloží aktuálny dokument.
16 HID_FILESAVE_SELECTION 9a Exports only the selected graphic objects in %PRODUCTNAME Draw and Impress to another format. If this box is not checked, the entire document is exported.
13 HID_FILESAVE_DIALOG 56 Uloží aktuálny dokument na iné miesto, s iným názvom alebo ako iný typ súboru.
15 HID_FILESAVE_FILETYPE 3c Select the file format for the document that you are saving.
14 HID_FILESAVE_LEVELUP 57 Move up one folder in the folder hierarchy. Long-click to see the higher level folders.
35 fpicker%2Fui%2Fexplorerfiledialog%2Fconnect_to_server 7f Opens a dialog where you can set up connection to various types of servers, including WebDAV, FTP, SSH, Windows Share and CMIS.
15 HID_FILESAVE_FILEVIEW 3d Displays the files and folders in the folder that you are in.
1f SVT_HID_FILESAVE_PLACES_LISTBOX 49 Displays "favourite" places, i.e. shortcuts to local or remote locations.
1c HID_FILESAVE_CREATEDIRECTORY 15 Creates a new folder.
14 HID_FILESAVE_FILEURL 42 Enter a file name or a path for the file. You can also enter a URL
1d HID_FILESAVE_SAVEWITHPASSWORD 57 Protects the file with a password that must be entered before a user can open the file.
1c HID_FILESAVE_CUSTOMIZEFILTER 4e Allows you to set the spreadsheet saving options for some types of data files.
13 HID_FILESAVE_DOSAVE f Saves the file.
f .uno%3AExportTo 5b Saves the current document with a different name and format to a location that you specify.
1c .uno%3ASetDocumentProperties 78 Displays the properties for the current file, including statistics such as word count and the date the file was created.
34 sfx%2Fui%2Fdescriptioninfopage%2FDescriptionInfoPage 29 Obsahuje informácie s popisom dokumentu.
29 sfx%2Fui%2Fdescriptioninfopage%2Fkeywords ad Enter the words that you want to use to index the content of your document. Keywords must be separated by commas. A keyword can contain white space characters or semicolons.
29 sfx%2Fui%2Fdescriptioninfopage%2Fcomments 3b Zadajte poznámku, ktorá pomôže identifikovať dokument.
26 sfx%2Fui%2Fdescriptioninfopage%2Ftitle 19 Zadajte nadpis dokumentu.
28 sfx%2Fui%2Fdescriptioninfopage%2Fsubject 5f Zadajte predmet dokumentu. Pomocou predmetu je možné zoskupiť dokumenty s podobným obsahom.
23 sfx%2Fui%2Fdocumentinfopage%2Freset a3 Resets the editing time to zero, the creation date to the current date and time, and the version number to 1. The modification and printing dates are also deleted.
28 sfx%2Fui%2Fdocumentinfopage%2Fuserdatacb 78 Saves the user's full name with the file. You can edit the name by choosing Tools - Options - $[officename] - User Data.
24 sfx%2Fui%2Fdocumentinfopage%2Fnameed 19 Zobrazuje názov súboru.
2e sfx%2Fui%2Fdocumentinfopage%2FDocumentInfoPage 2a Obsahuje základné informácie o súbore.
1f sfx%2Fui%2Fcustominfopage%2Fadd 2e Click to add a new row to the Properties list.
26 sfx%2Fui%2Fcustominfopage%2Fproperties ae Enter your custom contents. You can change the name, type, and contents of each row. You can add or remove rows. The items will be exported as metadata to other file formats.
2a sfx%2Fui%2Fcustominfopage%2FCustomInfoPage 40 Allows you to assign custom information fields to your document.
40 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fstatisticsinfopage%2FStatisticsInfoPage 29 Displays statistics for the current file.
25 sfx%2Fui%2Fsecurityinfopage%2Fprotect d7 Protects the change recording state with a password. If change recording is protected for the current document, the button is named Unprotect. Click Unprotect and type the correct password to disable the protection.
2b sfx%2Fui%2Fsecurityinfopage%2Frecordchanges 5e Select to enable recording changes. This is the same as Edit - Track Changes - Record Changes.
26 sfx%2Fui%2Fsecurityinfopage%2Freadonly 42 Select to allow this document to be opened in read-only mode only.
2e sfx%2Fui%2Fsecurityinfopage%2FSecurityInfoPage 2f Sets password options for the current document.
13 .uno%3ATemplateMenu 5a Lets you organize and edit your templates, as well as save the current file as a template.
29 svt%2Fui%2Faddresstemplatedialog%2Fassign 4e Select the field in the data table that corresponds to the address book entry.
18 .uno%3AAddressBookSource 45 Edit the field assignments and the data source for your address book.
2d svt%2Fui%2Faddresstemplatedialog%2Fdatasource 2d Select the data source for your address book.
28 svt%2Fui%2Faddresstemplatedialog%2Fadmin 36 Add a new data source to the Address Book Source list.
2c svt%2Fui%2Faddresstemplatedialog%2Fdatatable 2c Select the data table for your address book.
32 SFX2%3APUSHBUTTON%3ADLG_DOC_TEMPLATE%3ABT_ORGANIZE 54 Opens the Template Management dialog where you can organize or create new templates.
37 SVTOOLS_PUSHBUTTON_DLG_DOCTEMPLATE_BTN_DOCTEMPLATE_EDIT 26 Otvorí vybranú šablónu na úpravu.
15 .uno%3ASaveAsTemplate 29 Saves the current document as a template.
28 SFX2%3AEDIT%3ADLG_DOC_TEMPLATE%3AED_NAME 1e Enter a name for the template.
2e SFX2%3ALISTBOX%3ADLG_DOC_TEMPLATE%3ALB_SECTION 34 Select a category in which to save the new template.
32 SFX2%3ALISTBOX%3ADLG_DOC_TEMPLATE%3ALB_STYLESHEETS 28 Lists the available template categories.
13 .uno%3AOpenTemplate 3b Opens a dialog where you can select a template for editing.
3b .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3APageOptions%3ARadioButton%3A3 a8 Specifies that pages are to be printed in tiled format. If the pages or slides are smaller than the paper, several pages or slides will be printed on one page of paper.
3b .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3APageOptions%3ARadioButton%3A2 2e Hľadá cez všetky listy vo vybranom zošite.
3b .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3APageOptions%3ARadioButton%3A1 1c Zarovná obsah bunky vpravo.
37 .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3AQuality%3ARadioButton%3A1 21 Určiť poradie dátových bodov.
37 .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3AQuality%3ARadioButton%3A0 21 Určiť poradie dátových bodov.
36 .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3AIsPrintHidden%3ACheckBox 2e Použije predlohu stránky na všetky snímky.
34 .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3AIsPrintName%3ACheckBox 2e Použije predlohu stránky na všetky snímky.
3c .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3APrintPaperFromSetup%3ACheckBox 59 Otvorí panel prechodov medzi snímkami, kde ich môžete aplikovať na vybrané snímky.
37 .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3AQuality%3ARadioButton%3A2 1d Vyberte databázu a tabuľku.
3b .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3APrintFormat%3ARadioButton%3A0 31 Otvorí ponuku s príkazmi pre aktuálny snímok.
26 vcl%2Fui%2Fprintdialog%2Fsheetmarginsb 33 Po kliknutí prejdete na danú stránku sprievodcu.
34 .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3AFormulaText%3ACheckBox 1c Zarovná obsah bunky vpravo.
3c .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3APrintPageBackground%3ACheckBox b9 Otvorí dialóg pre výber obrázku. Pri obrázku sa upraví veľkosť a vloží sa ako pozadie predlohy aktuálneho snímku. Obrázok odstránite v dialógu Formát - Strana - Pozadie.
29 vcl%2Fui%2Fprintdialog%2Fpaperspersheetlb 1d Vyberte operátor zo zoznamu.
24 vcl%2Fui%2Fprintdialog%2Fprinttofile 21 Určiť poradie dátových bodov.
37 .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3APrintScale%3ANumericField 2e Upraví veľkosť náhľadu predlohy stránky.
21 vcl%2Fui%2Fprintdialog%2Fpagecols 18 Vyberte formát súboru.
3b .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3APrintFormat%3ARadioButton%3A1 25 Umiestni legendu vľavo vedľa grafu.
c .uno%3APrint 7d Vytlačí aktuálny dokument, výber alebo určené strany. Tiež je možné zadať nastavenia tlače pre aktuálny dokument.
21 vcl%2Fui%2Fprintdialog%2Fbordercb 33 Po kliknutí prejdete na danú stránku sprievodcu.
3d .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3APrintTextPlaceholder%3ACheckBox 50 Vyberte predlohu snímok a kliknutím na túto ikonu ju odstránite z dokumentu.
3d .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3APrintAnnotationMode%3AFixedText 21 Určiť poradie dátových bodov.
3c .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3APrintContent%3ARadioButton%3A0 18 Vyberte formát súboru.
27 vcl%2Fui%2Fprintdialog%2Fsingleprintjob 39 Kliknutím vytvoríte jeden dokument pre každý záznam.
20 vcl%2Fui%2Fprintdialog%2Fcollate 32 Preserves the page order of the original document.
2f .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3ABorder%3ACheckBox 1c Zarovná obsah bunky vpravo.
38 .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3APrintHiddenText%3ACheckBox 3d Vyberte túto ikonku, ak chcete prechádzať textové rámce.
3c .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3AIsIncludeEmptyPages%3ACheckBox 39 Kliknutím vytvoríte jeden dokument pre každý záznam.
29 vcl%2Fui%2Fprintdialog%2Fpagespersheetbtn 20 Zadajte názvy dátových radov.
36 .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3APrintControls%3ACheckBox 1c Zarovná obsah bunky vpravo.
38 .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3APrintBlackFonts%3ACheckBox 21 Určiť poradie dátových bodov.
2e .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3APageRange%3AEdit c3 To print a range of pages, use a format like 3-6. To print single pages, use a format like 7;9;11. You can print a combination of page ranges and single pages, by using a format like 3-6;8;10;12.
3b .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3APrintFormat%3ARadioButton%3A2 2e Upraví veľkosť náhľadu predlohy stránky.
22 vcl%2Fui%2Fprintdialog%2Fcopycount 32 Enter the number of copies that you want to print.
38 .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3APrintEmptyPages%3ACheckBox 182 If this option is enabled automatically inserted blank pages are printed. This is best if you are printing double-sided. For example, in a book, a "chapter" paragraph style has been set to always start with an odd numbered page. If the previous chapter ends on an odd page, %PRODUCTNAME inserts an even numbered blank page. This option controls whether to print that even numbered page.
25 vcl%2Fui%2Fprintdialog%2Freverseorder 21 Určiť poradie dátových bodov.
3c .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3APrintContent%3ARadioButton%3A1 48 Náhľad stránky ukončíte kliknutím na tlačidlo Zatvoriť náhľad.
35 .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3ASlidesPerPage%3AListBox 1d Zvoľte základný typ grafu.
20 vcl%2Fui%2Fprintdialog%2Forderlb 1d Zvoľte základný typ grafu.
1e vcl%2Fui%2Fprintdialog%2Fsetup 6a Opens the printer properties dialog. The printer properties vary according to the printer that you select.
38 .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3AIsPrintDateTime%3ACheckBox 2e Hľadá cez všetky listy vo vybranom zošite.
40 .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3APrintPicturesAndObjects%3ACheckBox 3b Nastaví kurzor na predchádzajúci objekt vybraného typu.
3b .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3APrintLeftRightPages%3AListBox 17 Nastaviť rozlíšenie.
3b .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3APageOptions%3ARadioButton%3A0 18 Vyberte tvar zo zoznamu.
21 vcl%2Fui%2Fprintdialog%2Fexpander 39 Ukazuje rovnicu trendovej krivky vedľa regresnej krivky.
36 .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3APrintProspect%3ACheckBox 42 Vyberte túto ikonku, ak chcete prechádzať vzorce v tabuľkách.
3a .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3ASlidesPerPageOrder%3AListBox 2e Upraví veľkosť náhľadu predlohy stránky.
31 .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3ATitleRow%3ACheckBox 1c Zarovná obsah bunky vpravo.
3b .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3APrintAnnotationMode%3AListBox 21 Určiť poradie dátových bodov.
21 vcl%2Fui%2Fprintdialog%2Fprinters f9 The list box shows the installed printers. Click the printer to use for the current print job. Click the Printer details button to see some information about the selected printer. Click the Properties button to change some of the printer properties.
3c .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3APrintProspectInclude%3AListBox 18 Vyberte tvar zo zoznamu.
38 .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3APrintProspectRTL%3AListBox 5e For brochure printing, you can select a left-to-right order of pages or a right-to-left order.
3c .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3APrintContent%3ARadioButton%3A2 46 Prints only the selected area(s) or object(s) in the current document.
26 vcl%2Fui%2Fprintdialog%2Forientationlb 18 Vyberte formát súboru.
25 vcl%2Fui%2Fprintdialog%2Fpagemarginsb 29 Zvoľte variantu základného typu grafu.
21 vcl%2Fui%2Fprintdialog%2Fpagerows 18 Vyberte formát súboru.
37 .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3APageContentType%3AListBox 24 Vyberte farbu okolitého osvetlenia.
39 SVTOOLS%3ALISTBOX%3ADLG_SVT_PRNDLG_PRNSETUPDLG%3ALB_NAMES 7a Lists the installed printers on your operating system. To change the default printer, select a printer name from the list.
32 SVTOOLS%3AMODALDIALOG%3ADLG_SVT_PRNDLG_PRNSETUPDLG 34 Select the default printer for the current document.
16 .uno%3ASendMailDocAsMS 8e Otvorí sa nové okno v predvolenej e-mailovej aplikácii, pričom aktuálny dokument sa pripojí ako príloha. Použije sa formát Microsoft.
17 .uno%3ASendMailDocAsOOo 91 Otvorí sa nové okno v predvolenej e-mailovej aplikácii, pričom aktuálny dokument sa pripojí ako príloha. Použije sa formát OpenDocument.
11 .uno%3ASendToMenu 3f Sends a copy of the current document to different applications.
f .uno%3ASendMail 8e Otvorí sa nové okno v predvolenej e-mailovej aplikácii, pričom aktuálny dokument sa pripojí ako príloha. Použije sa aktuálny formát.
15 HID_FILESAVE_TEMPLATE 74 Select the paragraph style or outline level that you want to use to separate the source document into sub-documents.
26 HID_SEND_MASTER_CTRL_PUSHBUTTON_CANCEL b1 Creates a master document from the current Writer document. A new sub-document is created at each occurrence of a chosen paragraph style or outline level in the source document.
10 .uno%3ABasicStop 22 Zastavenie behu aktuálneho makra.
e .uno%3ASaveAll 2b Saves all modified $[officename] documents.
25 sfx%2Fui%2Fversionsofdialog%2Fcompare 33 Compare the changes that were made in each version.
26 sfx%2Fui%2Fversionsofdialog%2Fversions 85 Lists the existing versions of the current document, the date and the time they were created, the author and the associated comments.
14 .uno%3AVersionDialog 89 Saves and organizes multiple versions of the current document in the same file. You can also open, delete, and compare previous versions.
22 sfx%2Fui%2Fversionsofdialog%2Fshow 35 Displays the entire comment for the selected version.
22 sfx%2Fui%2Fversionsofdialog%2Fsave a8 Saves the current state of the document as a new version. If you want, you can also enter comments in the Insert Version Comment dialog before you save the new version.
36 sfx%2Fui%2Fversioncommentdialog%2FVersionCommentDialog 7d Enter a comment here when you are saving a new version. If you clicked Show to open this dialog, you cannot edit the comment.
24 sfx%2Fui%2Fversionsofdialog%2Fdelete 1d Deletes the selected version.
22 sfx%2Fui%2Fversionsofdialog%2Fopen 31 Opens the selected version in a read-only window.
24 sfx%2Fui%2Fversionsofdialog%2Falways 77 If you have made changes to your document, $[officename] automatically saves a new version when you close the document.
15 .uno%3ARecentFileList 51 Lists the most recently opened files. To open a file in the list, click its name.
20 svx%2Fui%2Fimapdialog%2FTBI_UNDO b3 Vráti späť posledný príkaz alebo posledný zápis. Ak chcete vybrať príkaz, ktorý sa má vrátiť späť, kliknite na šípku vedľa ikony  Späť  na paneli Štandardný.
20 svx%2Fui%2Fimapdialog%2FTBI_REDO ac Vráti poslednú akciu funkcie  Späť . Pre výber kroku funkcie  Späť , ktorý chcete vrátiť, kliknite na šípku vedľa ikony funkcie  Znovu  na paneli Štandardný.
d .uno%3ARepeat 47 Repeats the last command. This command is available in Writer and Calc.
a .uno%3ACut 2e Odstráni výber a skopíruje ho do schránky.
b .uno%3ACopy 1f Skopíruje výber do schránky.
c .uno%3APaste 56 Vloží obsah schránky na miesto kurzoru a nahradí ním vybraný text alebo objekty.
2f modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fpastespecial%2Fmove_down 0 
2c modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fpastespecial%2Fdivide 0 
2e modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fpastespecial%2Fmultiply 0 
2e modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fpastespecial%2Fno_shift 0 
2a modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fpastespecial%2Ftext 0 
13 .uno%3APasteSpecial 59 Vloží obsah schránky do aktuálneho súboru vo formáte, ktorý možno špecifikovať.
20 cui%2Fui%2Fpastespecial%2Fsource 2e Displays the source of the clipboard contents.
2e modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fpastespecial%2Fsubtract 0 
2e modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fpastespecial%2Fdatetime 0 
2d modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fpastespecial%2Fformats 0 
1e cui%2Fui%2Fpastespecial%2Flist 42 Select a format for the clipboard contents that you want to paste.
2d modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fpastespecial%2Fobjects 0 
30 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fpastespecial%2Fmove_right 0 
29 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fpastespecial%2Fadd 0 
2a modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fpastespecial%2Fnone 0 
2d modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fpastespecial%2Fnumbers 0 
2e modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fpastespecial%2Fcomments 0 
d .uno%3ASelect 46 Selects the entire content of the current file, frame, or text object.
23 svx%2Fui%2Ffindreplacedialog%2Fcols 1f Hľadá zhora dole cez stĺpce.
23 svx%2Fui%2Ffindreplacedialog%2Frows 1f Hľadá zhora dole cez stĺpce.
25 svx%2Fui%2Ffindreplacedialog%2Fregexp 2b Allows you to use wildcards in your search.
28 svx%2Fui%2Ffindreplacedialog%2Fmatchcase 30 Rozlišuje medzi veľkými a malými písmenami.
28 svx%2Fui%2Ffindreplacedialog%2Fbackwards 5d Search starts at the current cursor position and goes backwards to the beginning of the file.
f .uno%3AFindText 50 Type the text to search in the current document. Press Enter to search the text.
f .uno%3AUpSearch 38 Click to search the next occurrence in upward direction.
26 svx%2Fui%2Ffindreplacedialog%2Freplace 60 Nahradí označený text alebo formát, ktorý ste vyhľadali, a potom hľadá ďalší výskyt.
2b svx%2Fui%2Ffindreplacedialog%2Fcalcsearchin 9b Searches for the characters that you specify in formulas and in fixed (not calculated) values. For example, you could look for formulas that contain 'SUM'.
29 svx%2Fui%2Ffindreplacedialog%2Fsearchlist 56 Enter the text that you want to search for, or select a previous search from the list.
13 .uno%3ASearchDialog 49 Vyhľadá alebo nahradí text alebo formátovanie v aktuálnom dokumente.
29 svx%2Fui%2Ffindreplacedialog%2Freplaceall 4f Replaces all of the occurrences of the text or format that you want to replace.
28 svx%2Fui%2Ffindreplacedialog%2Fexpander1 60 Shows more or fewer search options. Click this button again to hide the extended search options.
28 svx%2Fui%2Ffindreplacedialog%2Fallsheets 2e Hľadá cez všetky listy vo vybranom zošite.
29 svx%2Fui%2Ffindreplacedialog%2Fwholewords 48 Searches for whole words or cells that are identical to the search text.
11 .uno%3ADownSearch 3a Click to search the next occurrence in downward direction.
28 svx%2Fui%2Ffindreplacedialog%2Fselection 27 Vyhľadá iba vybraný text alebo bunky
25 svx%2Fui%2Ffindreplacedialog%2Flayout b5 Hľadá text formátovaný štýlom, ktorý určíte. Zaškrtnite toto políčko, a potom vyberte štýl zo zoznamu Hľadať. Nový štýl je možné vybrať v zozname Nahradiť za.
2d svx%2Fui%2Ffindreplacedialog%2Fmatchcharwidth 45 Rozlišuje medzi formami znaku v polovičnej šírke a plnej šírke.
24 svx%2Fui%2Ffindreplacedialog%2Fnotes 48 In Writer, you can select to include the comment texts in your searches.
29 svx%2Fui%2Ffindreplacedialog%2Fsoundslike ac Je možné určiť, či sa v japonskom texte hľadá podobná notácia. Zaškrtnite toto políčko a potom kliknite na tlačidlo ... pre určenie možností vyhľadávania.
2c svx%2Fui%2Ffindreplacedialog%2Fsoundslikebtn 3c Nastavuje možnosti pre podobnú notáciu v japonskom texte.
35 SVX%3APUSHBUTTON%3ARID_SVXDLG_SEARCH%3ABTN_SEARCH_ALL 75 Nájde a označí v dokumentoch všetky texty alebo formáty, ktoré hľadáte (iba pre dokumenty Writer alebo Calc).
2a svx%2Fui%2Ffindreplacedialog%2Freplacelist 57 Enter the replacement text, or select a recent replacement text or style from the list.
25 svx%2Fui%2Ffindreplacedialog%2Fsearch 5a Nájde a označí v dokumente nasledujúci výskyt textu alebo formátu, ktorý hľadáte.
27 svx%2Fui%2Ffindreplacedialog%2Fnoformat 7b Click in the Search for or the Replace with box, and then click this button to remove the search criteria based on formats.
2e cui%2Fui%2Fsimilaritysearchdialog%2Fshorterfld 53 Enter the number of characters by which a word can be shorter than the search term.
29 svx%2Fui%2Ffindreplacedialog%2Fsimilarity 89 Find terms that are similar to the Search for text. Select this checkbox, and then click the ... button to define the similarity options.
2c svx%2Fui%2Ffindreplacedialog%2Fsimilaritybtn 2a Set the options for the similarity search.
2c cui%2Fui%2Fsimilaritysearchdialog%2Fotherfld 48 Enter the number of characters in the search term that can be exchanged.
2c cui%2Fui%2Fsimilaritysearchdialog%2Frelaxbox 53 Searches for a term that matches any combination of the similarity search settings.
2d cui%2Fui%2Fsimilaritysearchdialog%2Flongerfld 6e Enter the maximum number of characters by which a word can exceed the number of characters in the search term.
2e cui%2Fui%2Fsearchattrdialog%2FSearchAttrDialog 32 Select the attributes that you want to search for.
34 SVX%3APUSHBUTTON%3ARID_SVXDLG_SEARCH%3ABTN_ATTRIBUTE 122 Choose the text attributes that you want to search for. For example, if you search for the Font attribute, all instances of text that do not use the default font are found. All text that has a directly coded font attribute, and all text where a style switches the font attribute, are found.
31 svx%3APushButton%3ARID_SVXDLG_SEARCH%3ABTN_FORMAT 69 Finds specific text formatting features, such as font types, font effects, and text flow characteristics.
e HID_NAVI_TBX22 3a Moves the selection up one position in the Navigator list.
e HID_NAVI_TBX21 a7 Saves a copy of the contents of the linked files in the master document. This ensures that the current contents are available when the linked files cannot be accessed.
15 HID_GLBLTREE_INS_TEXT 90 Inserts a new paragraph in the master document where you can enter text. You cannot insert text next to an existing text entry in the Navigator.
15 HID_GLBLTREE_INS_FILE 3c Inserts one or more existing files into the master document.
e HID_NAVI_TBX23 3c Moves the selection down one position in the Navigator list.
19 HID_GLBLTREE_INS_NEW_FILE 27 Creates and inserts a new sub-document.
13 HID_GLBLTREE_UPDATE 36 Click and choose the contents that you want to update.
11 HID_GLBLTREE_EDIT b8 Edit the contents of the component selected in the Navigator list. If the selection is a file, the file is opened for editing. If the selection is an index, the index dialog is opened.
14 HID_GLBLTREE_UPD_IDX 14 Updates all indexes.
15 HID_GLBLTREE_UPD_LINK 12 Updates all links.
10 HID_GLBLTREE_DEL 2e Deletes the selection from the Navigator list.
14 HID_GLBLTREE_UPD_SEL 26 Updates the contents of the selection.
13 HID_GLBLTREE_INSERT 45 Inserts a file, an index, or a new document into the master document.
1b HID_NAVIGATOR_GLOB_TREELIST b8 The Navigator lists the main components of the master document. If you rest the mouse pointer over a name of a sub-document in the list, the full path of the sub-document is displayed.
13 HID_GLBLTREEUPD_ALL 15 Updates all contents.
16 HID_GLBLTREE_EDIT_LINK 32 Changes the link properties for the selected file.
14 HID_GLBLTREE_INS_IDX 41 Inserts an index or a table of contents into the master document.
27 cui%2Fui%2Fbaselinksdialog%2FBREAK_LINK 99 Breaks the link between the source file and the current document. The most recently updated contents of the source file are kept in the current document.
26 cui%2Fui%2Fbaselinksdialog%2FAUTOMATIC d1 Automatically updates the contents of the link when you open the file. Any changes made in the source file are then displayed in the file containing the link. Linked graphic files can only be updated manually.
2a cui%2Fui%2Fbaselinksdialog%2FCHANGE_SOURCE 2d Change the source file for the selected link.
25 cui%2Fui%2Fbaselinksdialog%2FTB_LINKS 68 Double-click a link in the list to open a file dialog where you can select another object for this link.
27 cui%2Fui%2Fbaselinksdialog%2FUPDATE_NOW 7a Updates the selected link so that the most recently saved version of the linked file is displayed in the current document.
12 .uno%3AManageLinks c6 Lets you edit the properties of each link in the current document, including the path to the source file. This command is not available if the current document does not contain links to other files.
23 cui%2Fui%2Fbaselinksdialog%2FMANUAL 37 Only updates the link when you click the Update button.
20 sfx%2Fui%2Flinkeditdialog%2Ffile 22 Lists the path to the source file.
24 sfx%2Fui%2Flinkeditdialog%2Fcategory 6c Lists the section that the link refers to in the source file. If you want, you can enter a new section here.
1f sfx%2Fui%2Flinkeditdialog%2Fapp 36 Lists the application that last saved the source file.
14 .uno%3APlugInsActive 124 Allows you to edit plug-ins in your file. Choose this command to enable or disable this feature. When enabled, a check mark appears beside this command, and you find commands to edit the plug-in in its context menu. When disabled, you find commands to control the plug-in in its context menu.
13 .uno%3AOriginalSize 28 Resizes the object to the original size.
12 .uno%3AObjectMenue 60 Lets you edit a selected object in your file that you inserted with the Insert - Object command.
38 SFX2%3ARADIOBUTTON%3ATP_FRAMEPROPERTIES%3ARB_SCROLLINGON 2e Displays the scrollbar for the floating frame.
3d SFX2%3ACHECKBOX%3ATP_FRAMEPROPERTIES%3ACB_MARGINHEIGHTDEFAULT 1c Applies the default spacing.
39 SFX2%3ARADIOBUTTON%3ATP_FRAMEPROPERTIES%3ARB_FRMBORDER_ON 2a Displays the border of the floating frame.
29 SFX2%3AEDIT%3ATP_FRAMEPROPERTIES%3AED_URL a7 Enter the path and the name of the file that you want to display in the floating frame. You can also click the ... button and locate the file that you want to display.
34 SFX2%3APUSHBUTTON%3ATP_FRAMEPROPERTIES%3ABT_FILEOPEN 5d Locate the file that you want to display in the selected floating frame, and then click Open.
2f SFX2%3AEDIT%3ATP_FRAMEPROPERTIES%3AED_FRAMENAME 7b Enter a name for the floating frame. The name cannot contain spaces, special characters, or begin with an underscore ( _ ).
23 SFX2%3ATABPAGE%3ATP_FRAMEPROPERTIES a9 Changes the properties of the selected floating frame. Floating frames work best when they contain an html document, and when they are inserted in another html document.
3a SFX2%3ANUMERICFIELD%3ATP_FRAMEPROPERTIES%3ANM_MARGINHEIGHT dc Enter the amount of vertical space that you want to leave between the top and bottom edges of the floating frame and the contents of the frame. Both documents inside and outside the floating frame must be HTML documents.
39 SFX2%3ARADIOBUTTON%3ATP_FRAMEPROPERTIES%3ARB_SCROLLINGOFF 2b Hides the scrollbar for the floating frame.
3a SFX2%3ARADIOBUTTON%3ATP_FRAMEPROPERTIES%3ARB_FRMBORDER_OFF 27 Hides the border of the floating frame.
3a SFX2%3ARADIOBUTTON%3ATP_FRAMEPROPERTIES%3ARB_SCROLLINGAUTO 59 Mark this option if the currently active floating frame can have a scrollbar when needed.
39 SFX2%3ANUMERICFIELD%3ATP_FRAMEPROPERTIES%3ANM_MARGINWIDTH e2 Enter the amount of horizontal space that you want to leave between the right and the left edges of the floating frame and the contents of the frame. Both documents inside and outside the floating frame must be HTML documents.
1b svx%2Fui%2Fimapdialog%2Furl 55 Enter the URL for the file that you want to open when you click the selected hotspot.
24 svx%2Fui%2Fimapdialog%2FTBI_PROPERTY 3c Allows you to define the properties of the selected hotspot.
21 svx%2Fui%2Fimapdialog%2FTBI_MACRO 53 Lets you assign a macro that runs when you click the selected hotspot in a browser.
22 svx%2Fui%2Fimapdialog%2FTBI_ACTIVE 5e Disables or enables the hyperlink for the selected hotspot. A disabled hotspot is transparent.
26 svx%2Fui%2Fimapdialog%2FTBI_POLYDELETE 22 Deletes the selected anchor point.
26 svx%2Fui%2Fimapdialog%2FTBI_POLYINSERT 43 Adds an anchor point where you click on the outline of the hotspot.
22 svx%2Fui%2Fimapdialog%2FTBI_SAVEAS 53 Saves the image map in the MAP-CERN, MAP-NCSA or SIP StarView ImageMap file format.
24 svx%2Fui%2Fimapdialog%2FTBI_POLYMOVE 43 Lets you move the individual anchor points of the selected hotspot.
20 svx%2Fui%2Fimapdialog%2FTBI_OPEN 5b Loads an existing image map in the MAP-CERN, MAP-NCSA or SIP StarView ImageMap file format.
21 svx%2Fui%2Fimapdialog%2Fcontainer 44 Displays the image map, so that you can click and edit the hotspots.
22 svx%2Fui%2Fimapdialog%2FImapDialog 93 Allows you to attach URLs to specific areas, called hotspots, on a graphic or a group of graphics. An image map is a group of one or more hotspots.
20 svx%2Fui%2Fimapdialog%2FTBI_RECT b3 Draws a rectangular hotspot where you drag in the graphic. After, you can enter the Address and the Text for the hotspot, and then select the Frame where you want the URL to open.
24 svx%2Fui%2Fimapdialog%2FTBI_POLYEDIT 4f Lets you change the shape of the selected hotspot by editing the anchor points.
21 svx%2Fui%2Fimapdialog%2FTBI_APPLY 33 Applies the changes that you made to the image map.
1c svx%2Fui%2Fimapdialog%2Ftext 59 Enter the text that you want to display when the mouse rests on the hotspot in a browser.
22 svx%2Fui%2Fimapdialog%2FTBI_CIRCLE b3 Draws an elliptical hotspot where you drag in the graphic. After, you can enter the Address and the Text for the hotspot, and then select the Frame where you want the URL to open.
22 svx%2Fui%2Fimapdialog%2FTBI_SELECT 2f Selects a hotspot in the image map for editing.
20 svx%2Fui%2Fimapdialog%2FTBI_POLY 1bb Draws a polygonal hotspot in the graphic. Click this icon, drag in the graphic, and then click to define one side of the polygon. Move to where you want to place the end of the next side, and then click. Repeat until you have drawn all of the sides of the polygon. When you are finished, double-click to close the polygon. After, you can enter the Address and the Text for the hotspot, and then select the Frame where you want the URL to open.
24 svx%2Fui%2Fimapdialog%2FTBI_FREEPOLY 122 Draws a hotspot that is based on a freeform polygon. Click this icon and move to where you want to draw the hotspot. Drag a freeform line and release to close the shape. After, you can enter the Address and the Text for the hotspot, and then select the Frame where you want the URL to open.
21 cui%2Fui%2Fcuiimapdlg%2Fnameentry 1b Enter a name for the image.
22 cui%2Fui%2Fcuiimapdlg%2FIMapDialog 2e Lists the properties for the selected hotspot.
20 cui%2Fui%2Fcuiimapdlg%2Furlentry 55 Enter the URL for the file that you want to open when you click the selected hotspot.
21 cui%2Fui%2Fcuiimapdlg%2Ftextentry 59 Enter the text that you want to display when the mouse rests on the hotspot in a browser.
1e cui%2Fui%2Fcuiimapdlg%2FdescTV 24 Enter a description for the hotspot.
1f cui%2Fui%2Fcuiimapdlg%2FframeCB a0 Enter the name of the target frame that you want to open the URL in. You can also select a standard frame name that is recognized by all browsers from the list.
12 .uno%3AChangesMenu 48 Lists the commands that are available for tracking changes in your file.
16 .uno%3ATraceChangeMode 4b Tracks each change that is made in the current document by author and date.
1d .uno%3AProtectTraceChangeMode 87 Prevents a user from deactivating the record changes feature, or from accepting or rejecting changes unless the user enters a password.
12 .uno%3AShowChanges 20 Shows or hides recorded changes.
19 cui%2Fui%2Fcomment%2Fedit 28 Enter a comment for the recorded change.
14 .uno%3AAcceptChanges 22 Accept or reject recorded changes.
11 HID_SORT_POSITION 82 Sorts the list in a descending order according to the position of the changes in the document. This is the default sorting method.
10 HID_SORT_COMMENT 4a Sorts the list according to the comments that are attached to the changes.
f HID_SORT_AUTHOR 27 Sorts the list according to the Author.
f HID_SORT_ACTION 2f Sorts the list according to the type of change.
16 HID_SC_CHANGES_COMMENT 29 Edit the comment for the selected change.
12 HID_SC_SORT_ACTION 31 Lists the changes that were made in the document.
30 svx%2Fui%2Facceptrejectchangesdialog%2Facceptall 4a Accepts all of the changes and removes the highlighting from the document.
12 HID_SC_SORT_AUTHOR 23 Lists the user who made the change.
10 HID_SC_SORT_DATE 31 Lists the date and time that the change was made.
2c svx%2Fui%2Fredlineviewpage%2FRedlineViewPage 24 Accept or reject individual changes.
2d svx%2Fui%2Facceptrejectchangesdialog%2Freject 59 Rejects the selected change and removes the highlighting from the change in the document.
24 svx%2Fui%2Fredlineviewpage%2Fchanges b0 Lists the changes that were recorded in the document. When you select an entry in the list, the change is highlighted in the document. To sort the list, click a column heading.
13 HID_SC_SORT_COMMENT 33 Lists the comments that are attached to the change.
2d svx%2Fui%2Facceptrejectchangesdialog%2Faccept 59 Accepts the selected change and removes the highlighting from the change in the document.
d HID_SORT_DATE 2e Sorts the list according to the date and time.
30 svx%2Fui%2Facceptrejectchangesdialog%2Frejectall 4a Rejects all of the changes and removes the highlighting from the document.
2a svx%2Fui%2Fredlinefilterpage%2Fcommentedit 4f Filters the comments of the changes according to the keyword(s) that you enter.
28 svx%2Fui%2Fredlinefilterpage%2Frangeedit 3b Select the range of cells that you want to use as a filter.
28 svx%2Fui%2Fredlinefilterpage%2Fdotdotdot 3b Select the range of cells that you want to use as a filter.
26 svx%2Fui%2Fredlinefilterpage%2Fendtime 50 Filters the list of changes according to the date and the time that you specify.
27 svx%2Fui%2Fredlinefilterpage%2Fendclock 3e Enters the current date and time into the corresponding boxes.
29 svx%2Fui%2Fredlinefilterpage%2Fauthorlist 5e Filters the list of changes according to the name of the author that you select from the list.
24 svx%2Fui%2Fredlinefilterpage%2Frange 3b Select the range of cells that you want to use as a filter.
15 .uno%3AMergeDocuments 92 Imports changes made to copies of the same document into the original document. Changes made to footnotes, headers, frames and fields are ignored.
17 .uno%3ACompareDocuments 3e Compares the current document with a document that you select.
19 .uno%3ABib%2FInsertRecord 2c Inserts a new record into the current table.
19 .uno%3ABib%2FDeleteRecord 18 Vyberte formát súboru.
14 .uno%3ABib%2FMapping bd Lets you map the column headings to data fields from a different data source. To define a different data source for your bibliography, click the Data Source button on the record Object Bar.
19 .uno%3ABib%2FremoveFilter 46 To display all of the records in a table, click the Reset Filter icon.
12 .uno%3ABib%2Fquery 17e Type the information that you want to search for, and then press Enter. To change the filter options for the search, long-click the AutoFilter icon, and then select a different data field. You can use wildcards such as % or * for any number of characters, and _ or ? for one character in your search. To display all of the records in the table, clear this box, and then press Enter.
1a EXTENSIONS_HID_BIB_URL_POS 8e Enter additional information for the selected record. If you want, you can also enter the information in the corresponding field in the table.
23 EXTENSIONS_HID_BIB_HOWPUBLISHED_POS 8e Enter additional information for the selected record. If you want, you can also enter the information in the corresponding field in the table.
3c modules%2Fsbibliography%2Fui%2Fmappingdialog%2FMappingDialog a1 Select the data field that you want to map to the current Column name. To change the available data fields, select a different data source for your bibliography.
1b EXTENSIONS_HID_BIB_NOTE_POS 8e Enter additional information for the selected record. If you want, you can also enter the information in the corresponding field in the table.
1d EXTENSIONS_HID_BIB_VOLUME_POS 8e Enter additional information for the selected record. If you want, you can also enter the information in the corresponding field in the table.
17 .uno%3ABib%2FautoFilter 96 Long-click to select the data field that you want to search using the term that you entered in the Search Key box. You can only search one data field.
1e EXTENSIONS_HID_BIB_EDITION_POS 8e Enter additional information for the selected record. If you want, you can also enter the information in the corresponding field in the table.
24 EXTENSIONS_HID_BIB_AUTHORITYTYPE_POS a5 Select the type of record that you want to create. $[officename] inserts a number in the Type column of the record that corresponds to the type that you select here.
18 SVX_HID_GRID_TRAVEL_LAST 23 Go to the last record in the table.
18 SVX_HID_GRID_TRAVEL_NEXT 23 Go to the next record in the table.
1d EXTENSIONS_HID_BIB_SERIES_POS 8e Enter additional information for the selected record. If you want, you can also enter the information in the corresponding field in the table.
13 HID_GRID_TRAVEL_NEW 2c Inserts a new record into the current table.
e HID_BIB_DB_TBX 48 Insert, delete, edit, and organize records in the bibliography database.
1d EXTENSIONS_HID_BIB_NUMBER_POS 8e Enter additional information for the selected record. If you want, you can also enter the information in the corresponding field in the table.
13 .uno%3ABib%2Fsource 73 Lists the available tables in the current database. Click a name in the list to display the records for that table.
11 SID_FM_DELETEROWS 1c Deletes the selected record.
1c EXTENSIONS_HID_BIB_MONTH_POS 8e Enter additional information for the selected record. If you want, you can also enter the information in the corresponding field in the table.
1e EXTENSIONS_HID_BIB_JOURNAL_POS 8e Enter additional information for the selected record. If you want, you can also enter the information in the corresponding field in the table.
21 EXTENSIONS_HID_BIB_IDENTIFIER_POS 6a Enter a short name for the record. The short name appears in the Identifier column in the list of records.
24 EXTENSIONS_HID_BIB_ORGANIZATIONS_POS 8e Enter additional information for the selected record. If you want, you can also enter the information in the corresponding field in the table.
19 SVX_HID_GRID_TRAVEL_FIRST 24 Go to the first record in the table.
20 EXTENSIONS_HID_BIB_PUBLISHER_POS 8e Enter additional information for the selected record. If you want, you can also enter the information in the corresponding field in the table.
18 SVX_HID_GRID_TRAVEL_PREV 27 Go to the previous record in the table.
1b .uno%3ABib%2FstandardFilter 4b Use the Standard Filter to refine and to combine AutoFilter search options.
1c SVX_HID_GRID_TRAVEL_ABSOLUTE 4d Type the number of the record that you want to display, and then press Enter.
1c EXTENSIONS_HID_BIB_TITLE_POS 8e Enter additional information for the selected record. If you want, you can also enter the information in the corresponding field in the table.
1b EXTENSIONS_HID_BIB_YEAR_POS 8e Enter additional information for the selected record. If you want, you can also enter the information in the corresponding field in the table.
1d EXTENSIONS_HID_BIB_AUTHOR_POS 8e Enter additional information for the selected record. If you want, you can also enter the information in the corresponding field in the table.
1e EXTENSIONS_HID_BIB_CHAPTER_POS 8e Enter additional information for the selected record. If you want, you can also enter the information in the corresponding field in the table.
1d EXTENSIONS_HID_BIB_EDITOR_POS 8e Enter additional information for the selected record. If you want, you can also enter the information in the corresponding field in the table.
1d EXTENSIONS_HID_BIB_SCHOOL_POS 8e Enter additional information for the selected record. If you want, you can also enter the information in the corresponding field in the table.
20 EXTENSIONS_HID_BIB_BOOKTITLE_POS 8e Enter additional information for the selected record. If you want, you can also enter the information in the corresponding field in the table.
1c EXTENSIONS_HID_BIB_PAGES_POS 8e Enter additional information for the selected record. If you want, you can also enter the information in the corresponding field in the table.
21 EXTENSIONS_HID_BIB_REPORTTYPE_POS 8e Enter additional information for the selected record. If you want, you can also enter the information in the corresponding field in the table.
1b EXTENSIONS_HID_BIB_ISBN_POS 8e Enter additional information for the selected record. If you want, you can also enter the information in the corresponding field in the table.
1d EXTENSIONS_HID_BIB_ANNOTE_POS 8e Enter additional information for the selected record. If you want, you can also enter the information in the corresponding field in the table.
16 .uno%3ABib%2Fsdbsource 35 Select the data source for the bibliography database.
22 EXTENSIONS_HID_BIB_INSTITUTION_POS 8e Enter additional information for the selected record. If you want, you can also enter the information in the corresponding field in the table.
1e EXTENSIONS_HID_BIB_ADDRESS_POS 8e Enter additional information for the selected record. If you want, you can also enter the information in the corresponding field in the table.
20 cui%2Fui%2Fzoomdialog%2Fbookmode 83 In book mode view layout you see two pages side by side as in an open book. The first page is a right page with an odd page number.
1f cui%2Fui%2Fzoomdialog%2Fcolumns 6c In columns view layout you see pages in a given number of columns side by side. Enter the number of columns.
17 HID_MNU_ZOOM_WHOLE_PAGE 28 Displays the entire page on your screen.
14 HID_MNU_ZOOM_OPTIMAL 66 Resizes the display to fit the width of the text in the document at the moment the command is started.
22 cui%2Fui%2Fzoomdialog%2Fsinglepage 56 The single page view layout displays pages beneath each other, but never side by side.
1e cui%2Fui%2Fzoomdialog%2Fzoomsb 5f Enter the zoom factor at which you want to display the document. Enter a percentage in the box.
21 cui%2Fui%2Fzoomdialog%2Fcolumnssb 6c In columns view layout you see pages in a given number of columns side by side. Enter the number of columns.
b .uno%3AZoom 37 Reduces or enlarges the screen display of %PRODUCTNAME.
22 cui%2Fui%2Fzoomdialog%2FZoomDialog 37 Reduces or enlarges the screen display of %PRODUCTNAME.
17 HID_MNU_ZOOM_PAGE_WIDTH 6a Displays the complete width of the document page. The top and bottom edges of the page may not be visible.
1d cui%2Fui%2Fzoomdialog%2F100pc 29 Displays the document at its actual size.
14 SVX_HID_MNU_ZOOM_100 29 Displays the document at its actual size.
e .uno%3AView100 29 Displays the document at its actual size.
21 cui%2Fui%2Fzoomdialog%2Fautomatic 59 The automatic view layout displays pages side by side, as many as the zoom factor allows.
19 .uno%3AFunctionBarVisible 20 Shows or hides the Standard Bar.
1a .uno%3AShowImeStatusWindow 3b Shows or hides the Input Method Engine (IME) status window.
15 .uno%3AToolBarVisible 1d Shows or hides the Tools bar.
17 .uno%3AStatusBarVisible 3f Shows or hides the Status Bar at the bottom edge of the window.
15 .uno%3ATaskBarVisible 3f Shows or hides the Status Bar at the bottom edge of the window.
15 HID_FULLSCREENTOOLBOX 76 In Writer and Calc, you can also use the shortcut keys Ctrl+Shift+J to switch between the normal and full screen mode.
11 .uno%3AFullScreen 90 Shows or hides the menus and toolbars in Writer or Calc. To exit the full screen mode, click the Full Screen On/Off button or press the Esc key.
31 SFX2%3APUSHBUTTON%3ADLG_SFX_QUERYDELETE%3ABTN_ALL 2c Performs the deletion in all selected files.
31 SFX2%3APUSHBUTTON%3ADLG_SFX_QUERYDELETE%3ABTN_YES 2a Performs the deletion in the current file.
30 SFX2%3APUSHBUTTON%3ADLG_SFX_QUERYDELETE%3ABTN_NO 2a Rejects the deletion for the current file.
28 SFX2%3AMODALDIALOG%3ADLG_SFX_QUERYDELETE 21 Confirms or cancels the deletion.
14 HID_COLOR_CTL_COLORS 145 Click the color that you want to use. To change the fill color of an object in the current file, select the object and then click a color. To change the line color of the selected object, right-click a color. To change the color of text in a text object, double-click the text-object, select the text, and then click a color.
13 .uno%3AColorControl 8b Show or hides the Color Bar. To modify or change the color table that is displayed, choose Format - Area, and then click on the Colors tab.
18 .cmd%3ARestoreVisibility aa Choose View - Toolbars - Reset to reset the toolbars to their default context sensitive behavior. Now some toolbars will be shown automatically, dependent on the context.
18 .uno%3AAvailableToolbars 2a Opens a submenu to show and hide toolbars.
1a .uno%3ADeleteAllAnnotation 18 Vyberte formát súboru.
15 .uno%3ADeleteAllNotes 18 Vyberte formát súboru.
16 .uno%3AShowAnnotations 49 Use View - Comments to show or hide all comments (not available in Calc).
17 .uno%3AInsertAnnotation 12 Vloží poznámku.
22 .uno%3ADeleteAllAnnotationByAuthor 18 Vyberte formát súboru.
17 .uno%3ADeleteAnnotation 18 Vyberte formát súboru.
11 .uno%3ADeleteNote 18 Vyberte formát súboru.
13 .uno%3ADeleteAuthor 18 Vyberte formát súboru.
b .uno%3AScan 2b Inserts a scanned image into your document.
12 .uno%3ATwainSelect 29 Selects the scanner that you want to use.
14 .uno%3ATwainTransfer 82 Scans an image, and then inserts the result into the document. The scanning dialog is provided by the manufacturer of the scanner.
17 HID_CHARMAP_CTL_SHOWSET 4a Click the special character(s) that you want to insert, and then click OK.
27 cui%2Fui%2Fspecialcharacters%2Fsubsetlb 2f Select a Unicode category for the current font.
25 cui%2Fui%2Fspecialcharacters%2Ffontlb 4c Select a font to display the special characters that are associated with it.
d .uno%3ABullet 34 Inserts special characters from the installed fonts.
16 HID_FILEDLG_PREVIEW_CB 30 Displays a preview of the selected graphic file.
13 HID_FILEDLG_LINK_CB 2c Inserts the selected graphic file as a link.
1b HID_FILEOPEN_IMAGE_TEMPLATE 27 Select the frame style for the graphic.
14 .uno%3AInsertGraphic 2a Vloží obrázok do aktuálneho dokumentu.
11 .uno%3AObjectMenu 69 Inserts an object into your document. For movies and sounds, use Insert - Media - Audio or Video instead.
23 cui%2Fui%2Finsertoleobject%2Furlbtn 3d Locate the file that you want to insert, and then click Open.
22 cui%2Fui%2Finsertoleobject%2Furled 5f Enter the name of the file that you want to link or embed, or click Search, to locate the file.
13 .uno%3AInsertObject 6c Inserts an OLE object into the current document. The OLE object is inserted as a link or an embedded object.
22 cui%2Fui%2Finsertoleobject%2Ftypes 34 Select the type of document that you want to create.
26 cui%2Fui%2Finsertoleobject%2Fcreatenew 42 Creates a new OLE object based on the object type that you select.
2b cui%2Fui%2Finsertoleobject%2Fcreatefromfile 2c Creates an OLE object from an existing file.
20 cui%2Fui%2Finsertplugin%2Furlbtn 40 Locate the plug-in that you want to insert, and then click Open.
27 cui%2Fui%2Finsertplugin%2Fpluginoptions 4d Enter the parameters for the plug-in using the format parameter1="some text".
1f cui%2Fui%2Finsertplugin%2Furled 63 Enter the URL for the plug-in or click Browse, and then locate the plug-in that you want to insert.
13 .uno%3AInsertPlugin 2c Inserts a plug-in into the current document.
12 .uno%3AInsertSound 30 Inserts an audio file into the current document.
12 .uno%3AInsertVideo 2f Inserts a video file into the current document.
1b .uno%3AInsertObjectStarMath 2c Inserts a formula into the current document.
20 .uno%3AInsertObjectFloatingFrame ad Tu vkladáte do dokumentu odkazy alebo odkazované polia. Odkazy sú tvorené odkazovanými poľami v rámci rovnakého dokumentu alebo v poddokumentoch hlavného dokumentu.
1c .uno%3AViewDataSourceBrowser 6a Lists the databases that are registered in %PRODUCTNAME and lets you manage the contents of the databases.
11 .uno%3ADataImport 6a Lists the databases that are registered in %PRODUCTNAME and lets you manage the contents of the databases.
12 .uno%3AGraphicMenu 38 Select the source for a picture that you want to insert.
1d .uno%3AStandardTextAttributes 50 Removes direct formatting and formatting by character styles from the selection.
11 .uno%3AFontDialog 45 Changes the font and the font formatting for the selected characters.
23 cui%2Fui%2Fcharnamepage%2Fctllanglb 9c Sets the language that the spellchecker uses for the selected text or the text that you type. Available language modules have a check mark in front of them.
26 cui%2Fui%2Fcharnamepage%2FCharNamePage 3b Specify the formatting and the font that you want to apply.
27 cui%2Fui%2Fcharnamepage%2Fctlfontnamelb 59 Enter the name of an installed font that you want to use, or select a font from the list.
24 cui%2Fui%2Fcharnamepage%2Fctlstylelb 2d Select the formatting that you want to apply.
23 cui%2Fui%2Fcharnamepage%2Fctlsizelb 6c Enter or select the font size that you want to apply. For scalable fonts, you can also enter decimal values.
23 cui%2Fui%2Feffectspage%2Fpositionlb 2c Specify where to display the emphasis marks.
2a cui%2Fui%2Feffectspage%2Findividualwordscb 3d Applies the selected effect only to words and ignores spaces.
29 cui%2Fui%2Feffectspage%2Funderlinecolorlb 25 Select the color for the underlining.
21 cui%2Fui%2Feffectspage%2Frelieflb cd Vyberte efekt reliéfu, ktorý sa použije na označený text. Pri efekte "Reliéf" znaky vyzerajú, akoby boli zdvihnuté nad stránkou. Pri efekte "Rytina" vyzerajú, ako by boli zatlačené do stránky.
28 cui%2Fui%2Feffectspage%2Foverlinecolorlb 24 Select the color for the overlining.
23 cui%2Fui%2Feffectspage%2Femphasislb 53 Select a character to display over or below the entire length of the selected text.
24 cui%2Fui%2Feffectspage%2Funderlinelb 7d Select the underlining style that you want to apply. To apply the underlining to words only, select the Individual Words box.
10 .uno%3AFontColor d9 Kliknutím použijete aktuálnu farbu písma na vybrané znaky. Farbu textu môžete zmeniť aj tak, že kliknete a potom ťahaním zväčšíte výber. Kliknutím na šípku vedľa ikony otvoríte panel Farba písma.
24 cui%2Fui%2Feffectspage%2Ffontcolorlb 96 Sets the color for the selected text. If you select Automatic, the text color is set to black for light backgrounds and to white for dark backgrounds.
24 cui%2Fui%2Feffectspage%2Fstrikeoutlb 33 Select a strikethrough style for the selected text.
24 cui%2Fui%2Feffectspage%2FEffectsPage 2e Specify the font effects that you want to use.
22 cui%2Fui%2Feffectspage%2Foutlinecb 5b Displays the outline of the selected characters. This effect does not work with every font.
21 cui%2Fui%2Feffectspage%2Fshadowcb 4b Adds a shadow that casts below and to the right of the selected characters.
f .uno%3AOverline 81 Overlines or removes overlining from the selected text. If the cursor is not in a word, the new text that you enter is overlined.
23 cui%2Fui%2Feffectspage%2Foverlinelb 7b Select the overlining style that you want to apply. To apply the overlining to words only, select the Individual Words box.
2a cui%2Fui%2Fnumberingformatpage%2Fcommented 50 Enter a comment for the selected number format, and then click outside this box.
25 cui%2Fui%2Fnumberingformatpage%2Fedit 2d Adds a comment to the selected number format.
2c cui%2Fui%2Fnumberingformatpage%2Fengineering 56 With scientific format, Engineering notation ensures that exponent is a multiple of 3.
29 cui%2Fui%2Fnumberingformatpage%2Fformatlb 49 Select how you want the contents of the selected cell(s) to be displayed.
2b cui%2Fui%2Fnumberingformatpage%2Flanguagelb 100 Specifies the language setting for the selected fields. With the language set to Automatic, $[officename] automatically applies the number formats associated with the system default language. Select any language to fix the settings for the selected fields.
2b cui%2Fui%2Fnumberingformatpage%2Fdecimalsed 3c Enter the number of decimal places that you want to display.
2b cui%2Fui%2Fnumberingformatpage%2Fcategorylb 56 Select a category from the list, and then select a formatting style in the Format box.
24 cui%2Fui%2Fnumberingformatpage%2Fadd 4a Adds the number format code that you entered to the user-defined category.
2b cui%2Fui%2Fnumberingformatpage%2Fcurrencylb 71 Select a currency, and then scroll to the top of the Format list to view the formatting options for the currency.
2c cui%2Fui%2Fnumberingformatpage%2Fleadzerosed 4c Enter the maximum number of zeroes to display in front of the decimal point.
1e .uno%3ATableNumberFormatDialog 38 Specify the formatting options for the selected cell(s).
2a cui%2Fui%2Fnumberingformatpage%2Fthousands 6c Inserts a separator between thousands. The type of separator that is used depends on your language settings.
27 cui%2Fui%2Fnumberingformatpage%2Fdelete 23 Deletes the selected number format.
2d cui%2Fui%2Fnumberingformatpage%2Fsourceformat 4b Uses the same number format as the cells containing the data for the chart.
29 cui%2Fui%2Fnumberingformatpage%2Fformated 5c Displays the number format code for the selected format. You can also enter a custom format.
2a cui%2Fui%2Fnumberingformatpage%2Fnegnumred 32 Changes the font color of negative numbers to red.
32 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fcharurlpage%2Funvisitedlb c1 Select a formatting style to use for unvisited links from the list. To add or modify a style in this list, close this dialog, and click the Styles and Formatting icon on the Formatting toolbar.
30 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fcharurlpage%2Fvisitedlb bf Select a formatting style to use for visited links from the list. To add or modify a style in this list, close this dialog, and click the Styles and Formatting icon on the Formatting toolbar.
2d modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fcharurlpage%2Fnameed 1f Enter a name for the hyperlink.
2e modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fcharurlpage%2Feventpb 3c Specify an event that triggers when you click the hyperlink.
19 .uno%3AInsertHyperlinkDlg 38 Assigns a new hyperlink or edits the selected hyperlink.
2c modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fcharurlpage%2Furled 4c Enter a URL for the file that you want to open when you click the hyperlink.
2c modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fcharurlpage%2Furlpb 3e Locate the file that you want to link to, and then click Open.
32 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fcharurlpage%2Ftargetfrmlb 71 Enter the name of the frame that you want the linked file to open in, or select a predefined frame from the list.
2d modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fcharurlpage%2Ftexted 3a Enter the text that you want to display for the hyperlink.
25 cui%2Fui%2Fpositionpage%2Fpairkerning 4c Automatically adjust the character spacing for specific letter combinations.
20 cui%2Fui%2Fpositionpage%2Fnormal 2c Removes superscript or subscript formatting.
23 cui%2Fui%2Fpositionpage%2Fkerninglb b2 Specifies the spacing between the characters of the selected text. For expanded or condensed spacing, enter the amount that you want to expand or condense the text in the by box.
23 cui%2Fui%2Fpositionpage%2Fkerningsb 65 Enter the amount by which you want to expand or condense the character spacing for the selected text.
25 cui%2Fui%2Fpositionpage%2Fsuperscript 52 Zmenší veľkosť písma označeného textu a posunie text nad základnú čiaru.
23 cui%2Fui%2Fpositionpage%2Fsubscript 51 Zmenší veľkosť písma označeného textu a posunie text pod základnú čiaru
26 cui%2Fui%2Fpositionpage%2FPositionPage 44 Specify the position, scaling, rotation, and spacing for characters.
24 cui%2Fui%2Fpositionpage%2Ffontsizesb 50 Enter the amount by which you want to reduce the font size of the selected text.
26 cui%2Fui%2Fpositionpage%2Fraiselowersb 9e Enter the amount by which you want to raise or to lower the selected text in relation to the baseline. One hundred percent is equal to the height of the font.
23 cui%2Fui%2Fpositionpage%2Fautomatic 6a Automatically sets the amount by which the selected text is raised or lowered in relation to the baseline.
26 cui%2Fui%2Fpositionpage%2Fscalewidthsb 66 Enter the percentage of the font width by which to horizontally stretch or compress the selected text.
26 cui%2Fui%2Ftwolinespage%2Fstartbracket 85 Select the character to define the start of the double-lined area. If you want to choose a custom character, select Other Characters.
22 cui%2Fui%2Ftwolinespage%2Ftwolines 5a Allows you to write in double lines in the area that you selected in the current document.
24 cui%2Fui%2Ftwolinespage%2Fendbracket 83 Select the character to define the end of the double-lined area. If you want to choose a custom character, select Other Characters.
26 cui%2Fui%2Ftwolinespage%2FTwoLinesPage 7f Sets the options for double-line writing for Asian languages. Select the characters in your text, and then choose this command.
2e cui%2Fui%2Fasiantypography%2FcheckApplySpacing 3c Inserts a space between Asian, Latin and complex characters.
2b cui%2Fui%2Fasiantypography%2FcheckHangPunct 88 Prevents commas and periods from breaking the line. Instead, these characters are added to the end of the line, even in the page margin.
2c cui%2Fui%2Fasiantypography%2FcheckForbidList 89 Prevents the characters in the list from starting or ending a line. The characters are relocated to either the previous or the next line.
2c cui%2Fui%2Fasiantypography%2FAsianTypography f2 Set the typographic options for cells or paragraphs in Asian language files. To enable Asian language support, choose Language Settings - Languages in the Options dialog box, and then select the Enabled box in the Asian language support area.
10 .uno%3AEditStyle 4c Modifies the format of the current paragraph, such as indents and alignment.
34 cui%2Fui%2Fparaindentspacing%2FspinED_LINEDISTMETRIC 45 Nastavte hodnotu, ktorá bude použitá pre vybraný typ riadkovania.
2f cui%2Fui%2Fparaindentspacing%2FcomboLB_LINEDIST 2d Určuje vzdialenosť medzi riadkami v odseku.
2d cui%2Fui%2Fparaindentspacing%2FspinED_TOPDIST 7f Zadajte veľkosť voľného priestoru, ktorý chcete ponechať nad vybraným odsekom (alebo nad viacerými vybranými odsekmi).
30 cui%2Fui%2Fparaindentspacing%2FParaIndentSpacing 40 Nastavuje možnosti odsadenia odseku a rozostupov medzi odsekmi.
30 cui%2Fui%2Fparaindentspacing%2FspinED_BOTTOMDIST 7f Zadajte veľkosť voľného priestoru, ktorý chcete ponechať pod vybraným odsekom (alebo pod viacerými vybranými odsekmi).
30 cui%2Fui%2Fparaindentspacing%2FspinED_LEFTINDENT 172 Zadajte veľkosť voľného miesta, o ktoré chcete odsadiť odsek od okraja strany. Ak chcete aby odsek presahoval za okraj strany, zadajte záporné číslo. V jazykoch so smerom textu zľava-doprava bude odsek odsadený zľava, s ohľadom na ľavý okraj strany. V jazykoch so smerom textu sprava-doľava bude odsek odsadený sprava s ohľadom na pravý okraj strany.
38 cui%2Fui%2Fparaindentspacing%2FcheckCB_CONTEXTUALSPACING 94 Makes any space specified before or after this paragraph not be applied when the preceding and following paragraphs are of the same paragraph style.
31 cui%2Fui%2Fparaindentspacing%2FspinED_RIGHTINDENT 176 Zadajte veľkosť voľného miesta, o ktoré chcete odsadiť odsek od okraja strany. Ak chcete aby odsek presahoval za okraj strany, zadajte záporné číslo. Pri jazykoch so smerom textu zľava-doprava bude odsek odsadený sprava, s ohľadom na pravý okraj strany. Pri jazykoch so smerom textu sprava-doľava bude odsek odsadený zľava s ohľadom na ľavý okraj strany.
31 cui%2Fui%2Fparaindentspacing%2FspinED_FLINEINDENT 159 Odsadí prvý riadok odseku o vzdialenosť, ktorú zadáte. Ak chcete vytvoriť vyčnievajúci prvý riadok, zadajte kladné číslo do poľa "Pred text" a záporné číslo do poľa "Prvý riadok". Ak chcete odsadiť prvý riadok odseku, ktorý používa odrážky alebo číslovanie, zvoľte "Formát - Odrážky a číslovanie - Umiestnenie".
2a cui%2Fui%2Fparatabspage%2FbuttonBTN_DELALL 80 Removes all of the tab stops that you defined under Position. Sets Left tab stops at regular intervals as the default tab stops.
27 cui%2Fui%2Fparatabspage%2FbuttonBTN_NEW 3c Adds the tab stop that you defined to the current paragraph.
37 cui%2Fui%2Fparatabspage%2FradiobuttonBTN_FILLCHAR_OTHER 56 Allows you to specify a character to fill the empty space to the left of the tab stop.
3c cui%2Fui%2Fparatabspage%2FradiobuttonBTN_FILLCHAR_UNDERSCORE 41 Draws a line to fill the empty space to the left of the tab stop.
36 cui%2Fui%2Fparatabspage%2FradiobuttonBTN_TABTYPE_RIGHT 63 Aligns the right edge of the text to the tab stop and extends the text to the left of the tab stop.
31 cui%2Fui%2Fparatabspage%2FentryED_TABTYPE_DECCHAR 4e Enter a character that you want the decimal tab to use as a decimal separator.
3a cui%2Fui%2Fparatabspage%2FradiobuttonBTN_FILLCHAR_DASHLINE 3e Fills the empty space to the left of the tab stop with dashes.
23 cui%2Fui%2Fparatabspage%2FED_TABPOS fa Select a tab stop type, enter a new measurement, and then click New. If you want, you can also specify the measurement units to use for the tab (cm for centimeter, or " for inches). Existing tabs to the left of the first tab that you set are removed.
2b cui%2Fui%2Fparatabspage%2FParagraphTabsPage 2e Set the position of a tab stop in a paragraph.
37 cui%2Fui%2Fparatabspage%2FradiobuttonBTN_TABTYPE_CENTER 2e Aligns the center of the text to the tab stop.
34 cui%2Fui%2Fparatabspage%2FradiobuttonBTN_FILLCHAR_NO 5c Inserts no fill characters, or removes existing fill characters to the left of the tab stop.
38 cui%2Fui%2Fparatabspage%2FradiobuttonBTN_TABTYPE_DECIMAL 67 Aligns the decimal separator of a number to the center of the tab stop and text to the left of the tab.
35 cui%2Fui%2Fparatabspage%2FradiobuttonBTN_TABTYPE_LEFT 53 Aligns the left edge of the text to the tab stop and extends the text to the right.
38 cui%2Fui%2Fparatabspage%2FradiobuttonBTN_FILLCHAR_POINTS 3c Fills the empty space to the left of the tab stop with dots.
25 cui%2Fui%2Fborderpage%2Fshadowcolorlb 1e Select a color for the shadow.
22 cui%2Fui%2Fborderpage%2Fdistancemf 1e Enter the width of the shadow.
23 cui%2Fui%2Fborderpage%2Flinestylelb 6b Click the border style that you want to apply. The style is applied to the borders selected in the preview.
1f cui%2Fui%2Fborderpage%2Fpresets 2a Select a predefined border style to apply.
23 cui%2Fui%2Fborderpage%2Flinecolorlb 46 Select the line color that you want to use for the selected border(s).
1e cui%2Fui%2Fborderpage%2Fleftmf 63 Enter the distance that you want to have between the left border and the contents of the selection.
1f cui%2Fui%2Fborderpage%2Frightmf 64 Enter the distance that you want to have between the right border and the contents of the selection.
1f cui%2Fui%2Fborderpage%2Fshadows 2e Click a shadow style for the selected borders.
22 cui%2Fui%2Fborderpage%2FBorderPage 43 Sets the border options for the selected objects in Writer or Calc.
1d cui%2Fui%2Fborderpage%2Ftopmf 62 Enter the distance that you want to have between the top border and the contents of the selection.
20 cui%2Fui%2Fborderpage%2Fbottommf 65 Enter the distance that you want to have between the bottom border and the contents of the selection.
1c cui%2Fui%2Fborderpage%2Fsync 5f Applies the same spacing to contents setting to all four borders when you enter a new distance.
18 SVX_HID_POPUP_COLOR_CTRL 71 Click a color. Click No Fill to remove a background or highlighting color. Click Automatic to reset a font color.
22 cui%2Fui%2Fbackgroundpage%2Farearb 4b Stretches the graphic to fill the entire background of the selected object.
26 cui%2Fui%2Fbackgroundpage%2Fpositionrb 43 Select this option, and then click a location in the position grid.
22 cui%2Fui%2Fbackgroundpage%2Fbrowse 52 Locate the graphic file that you want to use as a background, and then click Open.
27 cui%2Fui%2Fbackgroundpage%2Fshowpreview 34 Displays or hides a preview of the selected graphic.
22 cui%2Fui%2Fbackgroundpage%2Ftilerb 53 Repeats the graphic so that it covers the entire background of the selected object.
2a cui%2Fui%2Fbackgroundpage%2FBackgroundPage 24 Set the background color or graphic.
24 cui%2Fui%2Fbackgroundpage%2Fselectlb 35 Select the type of background that you want to apply.
2e cui%2Fui%2Fbackgroundpage%2Fbackgroundcolorset 62 Click the color that you want to use as a background. To remove a background color, click No Fill.
20 cui%2Fui%2Fbackgroundpage%2Flink 38 Links to or embeds the graphic file in the current file.
35 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fcolumnpage%2Ftextdirectionlb 99 Specify the text direction for a paragraph that uses complex text layout (CTL). This feature is only available if complex text layout support is enabled.
31 cui%2Fui%2Fparagalignpage%2FradioBTN_JUSTIFYALIGN 3f Aligns the paragraph to the left and to the right page margins.
29 cui%2Fui%2Fparagalignpage%2FParaAlignPage 44 Sets the alignment of the paragraph relative to the margins of page.
2e cui%2Fui%2Fparagalignpage%2FradioBTN_LEFTALIGN 2d Aligns the paragraph to the left page margin.
2f cui%2Fui%2Fparagalignpage%2FradioBTN_RIGHTALIGN 2e Aligns the paragraph to the right page margin.
30 cui%2Fui%2Fparagalignpage%2FradioBTN_CENTERALIGN 32 Centers the contents of the paragraph on the page.
20 cui%2Fui%2Fcroppage%2Fheightzoom 39 Enter the height of the selected graphic as a percentage.
1c cui%2Fui%2Fcroppage%2Fheight 28 Enter a height for the selected graphic.
1a cui%2Fui%2Fcroppage%2Fleft 161 If the Keep Scale option is selected, enter a positive amount to trim the left edge of the graphic, or a negative amount to add white space to the left of the graphic. If the Keep image size option is selected, enter a positive amount to increase the horizontal scale of the graphic, or a negative amount to decrease the horizontal scale of the graphic.
1e cui%2Fui%2Fcroppage%2Forigsize 32 Returns the selected graphic to its original size.
1e cui%2Fui%2Fcroppage%2FCropPage 5c Trims or scales the selected graphic. You can also restore the graphic to its original size.
1b cui%2Fui%2Fcroppage%2Fright 163 If the Keep Scale option is selected, enter a positive amount to trim the right edge of the graphic, or a negative amount to add white space to the right of the graphic. If the Keep image size option is selected, enter a positive amount to increase the horizontal scale of the graphic, or a negative amount to decrease the horizontal scale of the graphic.
1f cui%2Fui%2Fcroppage%2Fkeepscale 68 Maintains the original scale of the graphic when you crop, so that only the size of the graphic changes.
19 cui%2Fui%2Fcroppage%2Ftop 14e If the Keep Scale option is selected, enter a positive amount to trim the top of the graphic, or a negative amount to add white space above the graphic. If the Keep image size option is selected, enter a positive amount to increase the vertical scale of the graphic, or a negative amount to decrease the vertical scale of the graphic.
1f cui%2Fui%2Fcroppage%2Fwidthzoom 39 Enter the width for the selected graphic as a percentage.
1e cui%2Fui%2Fcroppage%2Fkeepsize 123 Maintains the original size of the graphic when you crop, so that only the scale of the graphic changes. To reduce the scale of the graphic, select this option and enter negative values in the cropping boxes. To increase the scale of the graphic, enter positive values in the cropping boxes.
1b cui%2Fui%2Fcroppage%2Fwidth 27 Enter a width for the selected graphic.
1c cui%2Fui%2Fcroppage%2Fbottom 151 If the Keep Scale option is selected, enter a positive amount to trim the bottom of the graphic, or a negative amount to add white space below the graphic. If the Keep image size option is selected, enter a positive amount to increase the vertical scale of the graphic, or a negative amount to decrease the vertical scale of the graphic.
21 sfx%2Fui%2Fmanagestylepage%2Fdesc 3c Describes the relevant formatting used in the current style.
25 sfx%2Fui%2Fmanagestylepage%2Fcategory 7f Displays the category for the current style. If you are creating or modifying a new style, select 'Custom Style' from the list.
27 sfx%2Fui%2Fmanagestylepage%2Flinkedwith 69 Select an existing style that you want to base the new style on, or select none to define your own style.
2c sfx%2Fui%2Fmanagestylepage%2FManageStylePage 27 Set the options for the selected style.
27 sfx%2Fui%2Fmanagestylepage%2Fautoupdate b0 Updates the style when you apply direct formatting to a paragraph using this style in your document. The formatting of all paragraphs using this style is automatically updated.
23 sfx%2Fui%2Fmanagestylepage%2Fnamerw a7 Displays the name of the selected style. If you are creating or modifying a custom style, enter a name for the style. You cannot change the name of a predefined style.
26 sfx%2Fui%2Fmanagestylepage%2Fnextstyle 102 Select an existing style that you want to follow the current style in your document. For paragraph styles, the next style is applied to the paragraph that is created when you press Enter. For page styles, the next style is applied when a new page is created.
2d cui%2Fui%2Fpageformatpage%2FcomboLayoutFormat 51 Select the page numbering format that you want to use for the current page style.
2b cui%2Fui%2Fpageformatpage%2FcheckbuttonHorz 0 
2d cui%2Fui%2Fpageformatpage%2FcheckRegisterTrue 43 Aligns the text on the selected Page Style to a vertical page grid.
27 cui%2Fui%2Fpageformatpage%2FspinMargBot 5c Enter the amount of space to leave between the lower edge of the page and the document text.
25 cui%2Fui%2Fpageformatpage%2FspinWidth 5f Displays the width of the selected paper format. To define a custom format, enter a width here.
2b cui%2Fui%2Fpageformatpage%2FcomboPageFormat 81 Select a predefined paper size, or create a custom format by entering the dimensions for the paper in the Height and Width boxes.
2b cui%2Fui%2Fpageformatpage%2FcomboPageLayout 60 Specify whether the current style should show odd pages, even pages, or both odd and even pages.
2f cui%2Fui%2Fpageformatpage%2FradiobuttonPortrait 4c Displays and prints the current document with the paper oriented vertically.
2a cui%2Fui%2Fpageformatpage%2FPageFormatPage 73 Allows you to define page layouts for single and multiple-page documents, as well as a numbering and paper formats.
26 cui%2Fui%2Fpageformatpage%2FspinHeight 61 Displays the height of the selected paper format. To define a custom format, enter a height here.
30 cui%2Fui%2Fpageformatpage%2FradiobuttonLandscape 4e Displays and prints the current document with the paper oriented horizontally.
2b cui%2Fui%2Fpageformatpage%2FcheckbuttonVert 0 
2c cui%2Fui%2Fpageformatpage%2FcomboTextFlowBox 40 Select the text direction that you want to use in your document.
2a cui%2Fui%2Fpageformatpage%2FcomboPaperTray ea Select the paper source for your printer. If you want, you can assign different paper trays to different page styles. For example, assign a different tray to the First Page style and load the tray with your company's letterhead paper.
28 cui%2Fui%2Fpageformatpage%2FspinMargLeft e7 Enter the amount of space to leave between the left edge of the page and the document text. If you are using the Mirrored page layout, enter the amount of space to leave between the inner text margin and the inner edge of the page.
29 cui%2Fui%2Fpageformatpage%2FcheckAdaptBox 86 Resizes the drawing objects so that they fit on the paper format that you select. The arrangement of the drawing objects is preserved.
2e cui%2Fui%2Fpageformatpage%2FcomboRegisterStyle 0 
27 cui%2Fui%2Fpageformatpage%2FspinMargTop 5c Enter the amount of space to leave between the upper edge of the page and the document text.
29 cui%2Fui%2Fpageformatpage%2FspinMargRight e8 Enter the amount of space to leave between the right edge of the page and the document text. If you are using the Mirrored page layout, enter the amount of space to leave between the outer text margin and the outer edge of the page.
2a svx%2Fui%2Fheadfootformatpage%2FbuttonEdit 0 
2a svx%2Fui%2Fheadfootformatpage%2FbuttonMore 4d Defines a border, a background color, or a background pattern for the header.
2b svx%2Fui%2Fheadfootformatpage%2FcheckSameFP 30 First and even/odd pages share the same content.
2b svx%2Fui%2Fheadfootformatpage%2FcheckSameLR 2a Even and odd pages share the same content.
2d svx%2Fui%2Fheadfootformatpage%2FcheckFooterOn 28 Adds a header to the current page style.
2f svx%2Fui%2Fheadfootformatpage%2FcheckDynSpacing 76 Overrides the Spacing setting, and allows the header to expand into the area between the header and the document text.
2c svx%2Fui%2Fheadfootformatpage%2FcheckAutofit 51 Automatically adjusts the height of the header to fit the content that you enter.
2c svx%2Fui%2Fheadfootformatpage%2FHFFormatPage 78 Adds a header to the current page style. A header is an area in the top page margin, where you can add text or graphics.
2a svx%2Fui%2Fheadfootformatpage%2FspinHeight 2e Enter the height that you want for the header.
2c svx%2Fui%2Fheadfootformatpage%2FspinMargLeft 65 Enter the amount of space to leave between the left edge of the page and the left edge of the header.
2d svx%2Fui%2Fheadfootformatpage%2FspinMargRight 67 Enter the amount of space to leave between the right edge of the page and the right edge of the header.
2b svx%2Fui%2Fheadfootformatpage%2FspinSpacing 80 Enter the amount of space that you want to maintain between the bottom edge of the header and the top edge of the document text.
15 SC_HID_SC_FOOTER_EDIT 18 Add or edit footer text.
32 SVX%3APUSHBUTTON%3ARID_SVXPAGE_FOOTER%3ABTN_EXTRAS 4d Defines a border, a background color, or a background pattern for the footer.
2f SVX%3ACHECKBOX%3ARID_SVXPAGE_FOOTER%3ACB_SHARED 2a Even and odd pages share the same content.
12 HID_SC_FOOTER_EDIT 0 
2f SVX%3ACHECKBOX%3ARID_SVXPAGE_FOOTER%3ACB_TURNON 28 Adds a footer to the current page style.
35 SVX%3ACHECKBOX%3ARID_SVXPAGE_FOOTER%3ACB_SHARED_FIRST 30 First and even/odd pages share the same content.
11 HID_FORMAT_FOOTER 7b Adds a footer to the current page style. A footer is an area in the bottom page margin, where you can add text or graphics.
33 SVX%3AMETRICFIELD%3ARID_SVXPAGE_FOOTER%3AED_RMARGIN 67 Enter the amount of space to leave between the right edge of the page and the right edge of the footer.
30 SVX%3AMETRICFIELD%3ARID_SVXPAGE_FOOTER%3AED_DIST 80 Enter the amount of space that you want to maintain between the bottom edge of the document text and the top edge of the footer.
32 SVX%3AMETRICFIELD%3ARID_SVXPAGE_FOOTER%3AED_HEIGHT 29 Enter the height you want for the footer.
33 SVX%3AMETRICFIELD%3ARID_SVXPAGE_FOOTER%3AED_LMARGIN 65 Enter the amount of space to leave between the left edge of the page and the left edge of the footer.
2d SVX_CHECKBOX_RID_SVXPAGE_FOOTER_CB_DYNSPACING 71 Overrides the Spacing setting and allows the footer to expand into the area between the footer and document text.
33 SVX%3ACHECKBOX%3ARID_SVXPAGE_FOOTER%3ACB_HEIGHT_DYN 4c Automatically adjusts the height of the footer to fit the content you enter.
1b .uno%3AChangeCaseToKatakana 3d Changes the selected Asian characters to Katakana characters.
1b .uno%3AChangeCaseToHiragana 3d Changes the selected Asian characters to Hiragana characters.
1c .uno%3AChangeCaseToFullWidth 3f Changes the selected Asian characters to full width characters.
18 .uno%3AChangeCaseToLower 40 Changes the selected western characters to lowercase characters.
1a SID_TRANSLITERATE_SENTENCE 56 Changes the first letter of the selected western characters to an uppercase character.
1f .uno%3AChangeCaseToSentenceCase 56 Changes the first letter of the selected western characters to an uppercase character.
18 .uno%3ATransliterateMenu 88 Changes the case of characters in the selection. If the cursor is within a word and no text is selected, then the word is the selection.
18 SID_TRANSLITERATE_TOGGLE 30 Toggles case of all selected western characters.
1c SID_TRANSLITERATE_CAPITALIZE 67 Changes the first character of every word of the selected western characters to an uppercase character.
1c .uno%3AChangeCaseToTitleCase 67 Changes the first character of every word of the selected western characters to an uppercase character.
1d .uno%3AChangeCaseToToggleCase 30 Toggles case of all selected western characters.
18 .uno%3AChangeCaseToUpper 40 Changes the selected western characters to uppercase characters.
1c .uno%3AChangeCaseToHalfWidth 3f Changes the selected Asian characters to half-width characters.
2c svx%2Fui%2Fasianphoneticguidedialog%2Fstyles 60 Opens the Styles and Formatting window where you can select a character style for the ruby text.
2d svx%2Fui%2Fasianphoneticguidedialog%2Fstylelb 2b Select a character style for the ruby text.
30 svx%2Fui%2Fasianphoneticguidedialog%2Fpositionlb 2d Select where you want to place the ruby text.
11 .uno%3ARubyDialog 54 Allows you to add comments above Asian characters to serve as a pronunciation guide.
2d svx%2Fui%2Fasianphoneticguidedialog%2FLeft4ED 82 Displays the base text that you selected in the current file. If you want, you can modify the base text by entering new text here.
2e svx%2Fui%2Fasianphoneticguidedialog%2FRight4ED 4f Enter the text that you want to use as a pronunciation guide for the base text.
2e svx%2Fui%2Fasianphoneticguidedialog%2Fadjustlb 32 Select the horizontal alignment for the Ruby text.
15 .uno%3AAlignFrameMenu 34 Aligns selected objects with respect to one another.
10 .uno%3AAlignLeft a1 Aligns the left edges of the selected objects. If only one object is selected in Draw or Impress, the left edge of the object is aligned to the left page margin.
1c .uno%3AAlignHorizontalCenter a7 Horizontally centers the selected objects. If only one object is selected in Draw or Impress, the center of the object is aligned to the horizontal center of the page.
11 .uno%3AAlignRight a4 Aligns the right edges of the selected objects. If only one object is selected in Impress or Draw, the right edge of the object is aligned to the right page margin.
f .uno%3AAlignTop ab Vertically aligns the top edges of the selected objects. If only one object is selected in Draw or Impress, the top edge of the object is aligned to the upper page margin.
1a .uno%3AAlignVerticalCenter a3 Vertically centers the selected objects. If only one object is selected in Draw or Impress, the center of the object is aligned to the vertical center of the page.
12 .uno%3AAlignBottom b1 Vertically aligns the bottom edges of the selected objects. If only one object is selected in Draw or Impress, the bottom edge of the object is aligned to the lower page margin.
10 .uno%3AAlignDown b1 Vertically aligns the bottom edges of the selected objects. If only one object is selected in Draw or Impress, the bottom edge of the object is aligned to the lower page margin.
f .uno%3ALeftPara 34 Zarovná označené odseky k ľavému okraju strany.
10 .uno%3ARightPara 34 Zarovná označené odseky k pravému okraju strany.
11 .uno%3ACenterPara 2e Centers the selected paragraph(s) on the page.
12 .uno%3AJustifyPara b5 Zarovná označené odseky k ľavému aj pravému okraju strany. Ak chcete, je možné určiť možnosti zarovnanie posledného riadku odseku - vyberte Formát - Odsek - Zarovnanie.
11 .uno%3AMergeCells 45 Combines the contents of the selected table cells into a single cell.
10 .uno%3ASplitCell 62 Rozdelenie bunky alebo skupiny buniek vodorovne alebo zvisle do počtu buniek, ktorý ste určili.
25 cui%2Fui%2Fsplitcellsdialog%2Fcountnf 5c Vloženie počtu riadkov alebo stĺpcov, do ktorých chcete rozdeliť vybranú(é) bunku(y).
22 cui%2Fui%2Fsplitcellsdialog%2Fvert 5f Rozdelenie vybranej(ých) bunky(iek) do počtu stĺpcov, ktorý ste určili v poli  Množstvo .
22 cui%2Fui%2Fsplitcellsdialog%2Fhori 5e Rozdelenie vybranej(ých) bunky(iek) do počtu riadkov, ktorý ste určili v poli  Množstvo .
22 cui%2Fui%2Fsplitcellsdialog%2Fprop 3c Rozdelenie buniek do riadkov, ktoré majú rovnakú výšku.
12 .uno%3ACellVertTop 3c Aligns the contents of the cell to the top edge of the cell.
e .uno%3AProtect 35 Chránenie obsahu vybraných buniek pred jeho zmenou.
15 .uno%3ACellVertBottom 3f Aligns the contents of the cell to the bottom edge of the cell.
b .uno%3ABold aa Zmení vybraný text na tučný. Ak je kurzor vnútri slova, je celé slovo označené tučne. Ak je slovo alebo výber už tučné, bude toto formátovanie odstránené.
d .uno%3AItalic ac Zmení vybraný text na šikmý. Ak je kurzor vnútri slova, je celé slovo zmenené na šikmé. Ak je slovo alebo výber už šikmé, bude toto formátovanie odstránené.
16 .uno%3AUnderlineDouble 2c Underlines the selected text with two lines.
10 .uno%3AUnderline 3c Podčiarkne alebo zruší podčiarknutie označeného textu.
10 .uno%3AStrikeout 66 Prečiarkne alebo zruší prečiarknutie označeného textu alebo slova, v ktorom sa nachádza kurzor.
f .uno%3AShadowed 56 Adds a shadow to the selected text, or if the cursor is in a word, to the entire word.
15 .uno%3ADistributeRows 53 Upravenie výšky vybraných riadkov podľa výšky najvyššieho riadku z výberu.
12 .uno%3ASuperScript 52 Zmenší veľkosť písma označeného textu a posunie text nad základnú čiaru.
10 .uno%3ASubScript 51 Zmenší veľkosť písma označeného textu a posunie text pod základnú čiaru
11 .uno%3ASpacePara1 52 Applies single line spacing to the current paragraph. This is the default setting.
12 .uno%3ASpacePara15 45 Sets the line spacing of the current paragraph to one and half lines.
11 .uno%3ASpacePara2 3c Sets the line spacing of the current paragraph to two lines.
18 .uno%3ADistributeColumns 55 Upravenie šírky vybraných stĺpcov podľa šírky najširšieho stĺpca z výberu.
1f sfx%2Fui%2Fnewstyle%2Fstylename 1f Enter a name for the new Style.
2b modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fstringinput%2Fedit 37 Enter a name for the new AutoFormat, and then click OK.
18 HID_SD_NAMEDIALOG_OBJECT 50 Enter a name for the selected object. The name will be visible in the Navigator.
13 .uno%3ARenameObject 60 Assigns a name to the selected object, so that you can quickly find the object in the Navigator.
35 cui%2Fui%2Fobjecttitledescdialog%2Fobject_title_entry 7c Enter a title text. This short name is visible as an alternative tag in HTML format. Accessibility tools can read this text.
2d cui%2Fui%2Fobjecttitledescdialog%2Fdesc_entry e3 Enter a description text. The long description text can be entered to describe a complex object or group of objects to users with screen reader software. The description is visible as an alternative tag for accessibility tools.
38 cui%2Fui%2Fobjecttitledescdialog%2FObjectTitleDescDialog 9c Assigns a title and a description to the selected object. These are accessible for accessibility tools and as alternative tags when you export the document.
1d .uno%3AObjectTitleDescription 9c Assigns a title and a description to the selected object. These are accessible for accessibility tools and as alternative tags when you export the document.
11 .uno%3AFormatLine 32 Sets the formatting options for the selected line.
26 cui%2Fui%2Flinetabpage%2FLB_EDGE_STYLE 91 Select the shape to be used at the corners of the line. In case of a small angle between lines, a mitered shape is replaced with a beveled shape.
26 cui%2Fui%2Flinetabpage%2FLB_LINE_STYLE 2b Select the line style that you want to use.
28 cui%2Fui%2Flinetabpage%2FCBX_SYNCHRONIZE 8a Automatically updates both arrowhead settings when you enter a different width, select a different arrowhead style,or center an arrowhead.
27 cui%2Fui%2Flinetabpage%2FTSB_CENTER_END 4e Places the center of the arrowhead(s) on the endpoint(s) of the selected line.
25 cui%2Fui%2Flinetabpage%2FLB_END_STYLE 41 Select the arrowhead that you want to apply to the selected line.
2b cui%2Fui%2Flinetabpage%2FMTR_FLD_LINE_WIDTH 99 Select the width for the line. You can append a measurement unit. A zero line width results in a hairline with a width of one pixel of the output medium.
29 cui%2Fui%2Flinetabpage%2FMF_SYMBOL_HEIGHT 1e Enter a height for the symbol.
28 cui%2Fui%2Flinetabpage%2FCB_SYMBOL_RATIO 53 Maintains the proportions of the symbol when you enter a new height or width value.
25 cui%2Fui%2Flinetabpage%2FLB_CAP_STYLE 52 Select the style of the line end caps. The caps are added to inner dashes as well.
21 cui%2Fui%2Flinetabpage%2FLB_COLOR 1c Select a color for the line.
2a cui%2Fui%2Flinetabpage%2FMTR_FLD_END_WIDTH 20 Enter a width for the arrowhead.
24 cui%2Fui%2Flinetabpage%2FLineTabPage 93 Set the formatting options for the selected line or the line that you want to draw. You can also add arrowheads to a line, or change chart symbols.
2d cui%2Fui%2Flinetabpage%2FMTR_LINE_TRANSPARENT 71 Enter the transparency of the line, where 100% corresponds to completely transparent and 0% to completely opaque.
29 cui%2Fui%2Flinetabpage%2FMB_SYMBOL_BITMAP 3b Select the symbol style that you want to use in your chart.
28 cui%2Fui%2Flinetabpage%2FMF_SYMBOL_WIDTH 1d Enter a width for the symbol.
26 cui%2Fui%2Flinestyletabpage%2FBTN_SAVE 4b Saves the current list of line styles, so that you can load it again later.
26 cui%2Fui%2Flinestyletabpage%2FBTN_LOAD 1e Imports a list of line styles.
27 cui%2Fui%2Flinestyletabpage%2FLB_TYPE_2 38 Select the combination of dashes and dots that you want.
2b cui%2Fui%2Flinestyletabpage%2FLB_LINESTYLES 31 Select the style of line that you want to create.
27 cui%2Fui%2Flinestyletabpage%2FNUM_FLD_2 50 Enter the number of times that you want a dot or a dash to appear in a sequence.
c HID_LINE_DEF 2c Edit or create dashed or dotted line styles.
2e cui%2Fui%2Flinestyletabpage%2FMTR_FLD_LENGTH_2 1d Enter the length of the dash.
2e cui%2Fui%2Flinestyletabpage%2FMTR_FLD_DISTANCE 48 Enter the amount of space that you want to leave between dots or dashes.
25 cui%2Fui%2Flinestyletabpage%2FBTN_ADD 34 Creates a new line style using the current settings.
22 cui%2Fui%2Fnamedialog%2FNameDialog d Enter a name.
28 cui%2Fui%2Flinestyletabpage%2FBTN_MODIFY 8a Updates the selected line style using the current settings. To change the name of the selected line style, enter a new name when prompted.
2d cui%2Fui%2Flinestyletabpage%2FCBX_SYNCHRONIZE 45 Automatically adjusts the entries relative to the length of the line.
25 cui%2Fui%2Flineendstabpage%2FBTN_SAVE 46 Saves the current list of arrow styles, so that you can load it later.
25 cui%2Fui%2Flineendstabpage%2FBTN_LOAD 1f Imports a list of arrow styles.
27 cui%2Fui%2Flineendstabpage%2FBTN_MODIFY 2d Changes the name of the selected arrow style.
28 cui%2Fui%2Flineendstabpage%2FLineEndPage 1c Edit or create arrow styles.
25 cui%2Fui%2Flineendstabpage%2FEDT_NAME 2e Displays the name of the selected arrow style.
28 cui%2Fui%2Flineendstabpage%2FLB_LINEENDS 39 Choose a predefined arrow style symbol from the list box.
24 cui%2Fui%2Flineendstabpage%2FBTN_ADD 5d To define a custom arrow style, select a drawing object in the document, and then click here.
11 .uno%3AFormatArea 38 Sets the fill properties of the selected drawing object.
2c cui%2Fui%2Fareatabpage%2FLB_HATCHBCKGRDCOLOR 57 Click the color that you want to use as a background for the selected hatching pattern.
27 cui%2Fui%2Fareatabpage%2FCB_HATCHBCKGRD 6d Applies a background color to the hatching pattern. Select this checkbox, and then click a color in the list.
27 cui%2Fui%2Fareatabpage%2FMTR_FLD_OFFSET 33 Enter the percentage to offset the rows or columns.
23 cui%2Fui%2Fareatabpage%2FRBT_COLUMN 61 Vertically offsets the original bitmap relative to the bitmap tiles by the amount that you enter.
24 cui%2Fui%2Fareatabpage%2FTSB_STRETCH 5a Stretches the bitmap to fill the selected object. To use this feature, clear the Tile box.
29 cui%2Fui%2Fareatabpage%2FMTR_FLD_Y_OFFSET 30 Enter the vertical offset for tiling the bitmap.
27 cui%2Fui%2Fareatabpage%2FMTR_FLD_Y_SIZE 1e Enter a height for the bitmap.
2a cui%2Fui%2Fareatabpage%2FNUM_FLD_STEPCOUNT 4a Enter the number of steps for blending the two end colors of the gradient.
20 cui%2Fui%2Fareatabpage%2FRBT_ROW 63 Horizontally offsets the original bitmap relative to the bitmap tiles by the amount that you enter.
21 cui%2Fui%2Fareatabpage%2FTSB_TILE 2d Tiles the bitmap to fill the selected object.
22 cui%2Fui%2Fareatabpage%2FTSB_SCALE fd Rescales the bitmap relative to the size of the selected object by the percentage values that you enter in the Width and Height boxes . Clear this checkbox to resize the selected object with the measurements that you enter in the Width and Height boxes.
26 cui%2Fui%2Fareatabpage%2FTSB_STEPCOUNT 5d Automatically determines the number of steps for blending the two end colors of the gradient.
10 .uno%3AFillStyle 4e Select the type of fill that you want to apply to the selected drawing object.
24 cui%2Fui%2Fareatabpage%2FAreaTabPage 35 Set the fill options for the selected drawing object.
29 cui%2Fui%2Fareatabpage%2FMTR_FLD_X_OFFSET 32 Enter the horizontal offset for tiling the bitmap.
22 cui%2Fui%2Fareatabpage%2FLB_BITMAP 3d Click the fill that you want to apply to the selected object.
27 cui%2Fui%2Fareatabpage%2FMTR_FLD_X_SIZE 1d Enter a width for the bitmap.
24 cui%2Fui%2Fareatabpage%2FLB_GRADIENT 47 Fills the selected object with the gradient that you click in the list.
21 cui%2Fui%2Fareatabpage%2FLB_COLOR 44 Fills the selected object with the color that you click in the list.
25 cui%2Fui%2Fareatabpage%2FTSB_ORIGINAL 8d Retains the original size of the bitmap when filling the selected object. To resize the bitmap, clear this checkbox, and then click Relative.
24 cui%2Fui%2Fareatabpage%2FLB_HATCHING c9 Fills the selected object with the hatching pattern that you click in the list. To apply a background color to the hatching pattern, select the Background color box, and then click a color in the list.
1e cui%2Fui%2Fgradientpage%2Fsave 43 Saves the current list of gradients, so that you can load it later.
1e cui%2Fui%2Fgradientpage%2Fload 23 Load a different list of gradients.
1d cui%2Fui%2Fgradientpage%2Fadd 6f Adds a custom gradient to the current list. Specify the properties of your gradient, and then click this button
24 cui%2Fui%2Fgradientpage%2Fcenterxmtr cc Enter the horizontal offset for the gradient, where 0% corresponds to the current horizontal location of the endpoint color in the gradient. The endpoint color is the color that is selected in the To box.
20 cui%2Fui%2Fgradientpage%2Fmodify 80 Applies the current gradient properties to the selected gradient. If you want, you can save the gradient under a different name.
24 cui%2Fui%2Fgradientpage%2Fcenterymtr c8 Enter the vertical offset for the gradient, where 0% corresponds to the current vertical location of the endpoint color in the gradient. The endpoint color is the color that is selected in the To box.
28 cui%2Fui%2Fgradientpage%2Fgradienttypelb 2b Select the gradient that you want to apply.
26 cui%2Fui%2Fgradientpage%2FGradientPage 42 Set the properties of a gradient, or save and load gradient lists.
22 cui%2Fui%2Fgradientpage%2Fanglemtr 31 Enter a rotation angle for the selected gradient.
26 cui%2Fui%2Fgradientpage%2Fcolorfrommtr 72 Enter the intensity for the color in the From box, where 0% corresponds to black, and 100 % to the selected color.
25 cui%2Fui%2Fgradientpage%2Fgradientslb 3d Select the type of gradient that you want to apply or create.
24 cui%2Fui%2Fgradientpage%2Fcolortomtr 70 Enter the intensity for the color in the To box, where 0% corresponds to black, and 100 % to the selected color.
25 cui%2Fui%2Fgradientpage%2Fcolorfromlb 37 Select a color for the beginning point of the gradient.
23 cui%2Fui%2Fgradientpage%2Fbordermtr 9c Enter the amount by which you want to adjust the area of the endpoint color on the gradient. The endpoint color is the color that is selected in the To box.
23 cui%2Fui%2Fgradientpage%2Fcolortolb 30 Select a color for the endpoint of the gradient.
1f cui%2Fui%2Fhatchpage%2Fanglemtr 54 Enter the rotation angle for the hatch lines, or click a position in the angle grid.
1f cui%2Fui%2Fhatchpage%2Fanglectl 4e Click a position in the grid to define the rotation angle for the hatch lines.
22 cui%2Fui%2Fhatchpage%2Fdistancemtr 48 Enter the amount of space that you want to have between the hatch lines.
1b cui%2Fui%2Fhatchpage%2Fload 2c Loads a different list of hatching patterns.
20 cui%2Fui%2Fhatchpage%2FHatchPage 4a Set the properties of a hatching pattern, or save and load hatching lists.
21 cui%2Fui%2Fhatchpage%2Flinetypelb 34 Select the type of hatch lines that you want to use.
22 cui%2Fui%2Fhatchpage%2Flinecolorlb 24 Select the color of the hatch lines.
22 cui%2Fui%2Fhatchpage%2Fhatchingslb 6c Lists the available hatching patterns. Click the hatching pattern that you want to apply, and then click OK.
1b cui%2Fui%2Fhatchpage%2Fsave 4b Saves the current list of hatching patterns, so that you can load it later.
1a cui%2Fui%2Fhatchpage%2Fadd 80 Adds a custom hatching pattern to the current list. Specify the properties of your hatching pattern, and then click this button.
1d cui%2Fui%2Fhatchpage%2Fmodify 87 Applies the current hatching properties to the selected hatching pattern. If you want, you can save the pattern under a different name.
23 cui%2Fui%2Fbitmaptabpage%2FBTN_SAVE 41 Saves the current list of bitmaps, so that you can load it later.
25 cui%2Fui%2Fbitmaptabpage%2FBTN_IMPORT 80 Locate the bitmap that you want to import, and then click Open. The bitmap is added to the end of the list of available bitmaps.
25 cui%2Fui%2Fbitmaptabpage%2FBTN_MODIFY 97 Replaces a bitmap that you created in the Pattern Editor with the current bitmap pattern. If you want, you can save the pattern under a different name.
22 cui%2Fui%2Fbitmaptabpage%2FBTN_ADD 49 Adds a bitmap that you created in the Pattern Editor to the current list.
23 cui%2Fui%2Fbitmaptabpage%2FBTN_LOAD 22 Loads a different list of bitmaps.
28 cui%2Fui%2Fbitmaptabpage%2FBitmapTabPage 95 Select a bitmap that you want to use as a fill pattern, or create your own pixel pattern. You can also import bitmaps, and save or load bitmap lists.
2e cui%2Fui%2Fbitmaptabpage%2FLB_BACKGROUND_COLOR 32 Select a background color for your bitmap pattern.
23 cui%2Fui%2Fbitmaptabpage%2FLB_COLOR 54 Select a foreground color, and then click in the grid to add a pixel to the pattern.
25 cui%2Fui%2Fbitmaptabpage%2FLB_BITMAPS 5b Select a bitmap in the list, and then click OK to apply the pattern to the selected object.
11 .uno%3AFillShadow c9 Adds a shadow to the selected object. If the object already has a shadow, the shadow is removed. If you click this icon when no object is selected, the shadow is added to the next object that you draw.
f HID_AREA_SHADOW 55 Add a shadow to the selected drawing object, and define the properties of the shadow.
34 SVX%3ALISTBOX%3ARID_SVXPAGE_SHADOW%3ALB_SHADOW_COLOR 1e Select a color for the shadow.
39 SVX%3AMETRICFIELD%3ARID_SVXPAGE_SHADOW%3AMTR_FLD_DISTANCE 52 Enter the distance that you want the shadow to be offset from the selected object.
3f SVX%3AMETRICFIELD%3ARID_SVXPAGE_SHADOW%3AMTR_SHADOW_TRANSPARENT 64 Enter a percentage from 0% (opaque) to 100% (transparent) to specify the transparency of the shadow.
38 SVX%3ATRISTATEBOX%3ARID_SVXPAGE_SHADOW%3ATSB_SHOW_SHADOW 2d Adds a shadow to the selected drawing object.
11 HID_TPSHADOW_CTRL 28 Click where you want to cast the shadow.
33 cui%2Fui%2Ftransparencytabpage%2FMTR_TRGR_END_VALUE 74 Enter a transparency value for the endpoint of the gradient, where 0% is fully opaque and 100% is fully transparent.
35 cui%2Fui%2Ftransparencytabpage%2FMTR_TRGR_START_VALUE 7b Enter a transparency value for the beginning point of the gradient, where 0% is fully opaque and 100% is fully transparent.
30 cui%2Fui%2Ftransparencytabpage%2FMTR_TRANSPARENT 6e Adjusts the transparency of the current fill color. Enter a number between 0% (opaque) and 100% (transparent).
32 cui%2Fui%2Ftransparencytabpage%2FMTR_TRGR_CENTER_X 2d Enter the horizontal offset for the gradient.
32 cui%2Fui%2Ftransparencytabpage%2FMTR_TRGR_CENTER_Y 2b Enter the vertical offset for the gradient.
31 cui%2Fui%2Ftransparencytabpage%2FRBT_TRANS_LINEAR 8c Turns on color transparency. Select this option, and then enter a number in the box, where 0% is fully opaque and 100% is fully transparent.
2e cui%2Fui%2Ftransparencytabpage%2FRBT_TRANS_OFF 1d Turns off color transparency.
34 cui%2Fui%2Ftransparencytabpage%2FTransparencyTabPage 50 Set the transparency options for the fill that you apply to the selected object.
33 cui%2Fui%2Ftransparencytabpage%2FRBT_TRANS_GRADIENT 74 Applies a transparency gradient to the current fill color. Select this option, and then set the gradient properties.
37 cui%2Fui%2Ftransparencytabpage%2FLB_TRGR_GRADIENT_TYPES 40 Select the type of transparency gradient that you want to apply.
2f cui%2Fui%2Ftransparencytabpage%2FMTR_TRGR_ANGLE 28 Enter a rotation angle for the gradient.
30 cui%2Fui%2Ftransparencytabpage%2FMTR_TRGR_BORDER 6b Enter the amount by which you want to adjust the transparent area of the gradient. The default value is 0%.
29 cui%2Fui%2Ftextattrtabpage%2FCTL_POSITION 36 Click where you want to place the anchor for the text.
2c cui%2Fui%2Ftextattrtabpage%2FTSB_FIT_TO_SIZE 46 Resizes the text to fit the entire area of the drawing or text object.
28 cui%2Fui%2Ftextattrtabpage%2FMTR_FLD_TOP 77 Enter the amount of space to leave between the top edge of the drawing or text object and the upper border of the text.
30 cui%2Fui%2Ftextattrtabpage%2FTSB_AUTOGROW_HEIGHT 63 Expands the height of the object to the height of the text, if the object is smaller than the text.
2b cui%2Fui%2Ftextattrtabpage%2FMTR_FLD_BOTTOM 7a Enter the amount of space to leave between the bottom edge of the drawing or text object and the lower border of the text.
28 cui%2Fui%2Ftextattrtabpage%2FTSB_CONTOUR 54 Adapts the text flow so that it matches the contours of the selected drawing object.
2e cui%2Fui%2Ftextattrtabpage%2FTSB_WORDWRAP_TEXT 59 Wraps the text that you add after double-clicking a custom shape to fit inside the shape.
2b cui%2Fui%2Ftextattrtabpage%2FTSB_FULL_WIDTH 52 Vyberie oddeľovač medzi viacnásobnými textovými reťazcami v rovnakom objekte
2f cui%2Fui%2Ftextattrtabpage%2FTSB_AUTOGROW_WIDTH 61 Expands the width of the object to the width of the text, if the object is smaller than the text.
2f cui%2Fui%2Ftextattrtabpage%2FTextAttributesPage 59 Sets the layout and anchoring properties for text in the selected drawing or text object.
2e cui%2Fui%2Ftextattrtabpage%2FTSB_AUTOGROW_SIZE 56 Resizes a custom shape to fit the text that you enter after double-clicking the shape.
29 cui%2Fui%2Ftextattrtabpage%2FMTR_FLD_LEFT 77 Enter the amount of space to leave between the left edge of the drawing or text object and the left border of the text.
2a cui%2Fui%2Ftextattrtabpage%2FMTR_FLD_RIGHT 79 Enter the amount of space to leave between the right edge of the drawing or text object and the right border of the text.
16 .uno%3ATransformDialog 37 Resizes, moves, rotates, or slants the selected object.
2e cui%2Fui%2Fpossizetabpage%2FTSB_AUTOGROW_WIDTH 61 Expands the width of the object to the width of the text, if the object is smaller than the text.
2f cui%2Fui%2Fpossizetabpage%2FTSB_AUTOGROW_HEIGHT 63 Expands the height of the object to the height of the text, if the object is smaller than the text.
27 cui%2Fui%2Fpossizetabpage%2FCTL_POSRECT f2 Click a base point in the grid, and then enter the amount that you want to shift the object relative to the base point that you selected in the Position Y and Position X boxes. The base points correspond to the selection handles on an object.
29 cui%2Fui%2Fpossizetabpage%2FMTR_FLD_POS_X 6f Enter the horizontal distance that you want to move the object relative to the base point selected in the grid.
29 cui%2Fui%2Fpossizetabpage%2FMTR_FLD_POS_Y 6d Enter the vertical distance that you want to move the object relative to the base point selected in the grid.
2a cui%2Fui%2Fpossizetabpage%2FTSB_POSPROTECT 44 Prevents changes to the position or the size of the selected object.
2b cui%2Fui%2Fpossizetabpage%2FPositionAndSize 25 Resizes or moves the selected object.
28 cui%2Fui%2Fpossizetabpage%2FCTL_SIZERECT 7d Click a base point in the grid, and then enter the new size dimensions for the selected object in the Width and Height boxes.
29 cui%2Fui%2Fpossizetabpage%2FMTR_FLD_WIDTH 26 Enter a width for the selected object.
2a cui%2Fui%2Fpossizetabpage%2FMTR_FLD_HEIGHT 27 Enter a height for the selected object.
25 cui%2Fui%2Fpossizetabpage%2FCBX_SCALE 3a Maintains proportions when you resize the selected object.
2b cui%2Fui%2Fpossizetabpage%2FTSB_SIZEPROTECT 26 Prevents you from resizing the object.
26 cui%2Fui%2Frotationtabpage%2FCTL_ANGLE 3f Click to specify the rotation angle in multiples of 45 degrees.
25 cui%2Fui%2Frotationtabpage%2FNF_ANGLE 48 Enter the number of degrees that you want to rotate the selected object.
25 cui%2Fui%2Frotationtabpage%2FRotation 1c Rotates the selected object.
2a cui%2Fui%2Frotationtabpage%2FMTR_FLD_POS_X 50 Enter the horizontal distance from the left edge of the page to the pivot point.
2a cui%2Fui%2Frotationtabpage%2FMTR_FLD_POS_Y 4d Enter the vertical distance from the top edge of the page to the pivot point.
25 cui%2Fui%2Frotationtabpage%2FCTL_RECT 2e Click where you want to place the pivot point.
2d cui%2Fui%2Fslantcornertabpage%2FMTR_FLD_ANGLE 22 Enter the angle of the slant axis.
2e cui%2Fui%2Fslantcornertabpage%2FMTR_FLD_RADIUS 49 Enter the radius of the circle that you want to use to round the corners.
34 cui%2Fui%2Fslantcornertabpage%2FSlantAndCornerRadius 4a Slants the selected object, or rounds the corners of a rectangular object.
21 cui%2Fui%2Fcalloutpage%2Fvalueset 47 Click the Callout style that you want to apply to the selected callout.
20 cui%2Fui%2Fcalloutpage%2Fspacing 6a Enter the amount of space that you want to leave between the end of the callout line, and the callout box.
20 cui%2Fui%2Fcalloutpage%2Foptimal 3d Click here to display a single-angled line in an optimal way.
21 cui%2Fui%2Fcalloutpage%2Fposition 56 Select where you want to extend the callout line from, in relation to the callout box.
1f cui%2Fui%2Fcalloutpage%2Flength 73 Enter the length of the callout line segment that extends from the callout box to the inflection point of the line.
f .uno%3AFlipMenu 36 Flips the selected object horizontally, or vertically.
11 .uno%3AMirrorVert 3b Flips the selected object(s) vertically from top to bottom.
1d .uno%3AObjectMirrorHorizontal 3d Flips the selected object(s) horizontally from left to right.
15 .uno%3AObjectPosition 35 Changes the stacking order of the selected object(s).
13 .uno%3ABringToFront 64 Moves the selected object to the top of the stacking order, so that it is in front of other objects.
17 .uno%3AObjectForwardOne 5a Moves the selected object up one level, so that it is closer to top of the stacking order.
e .uno%3AForward 5a Moves the selected object up one level, so that it is closer to top of the stacking order.
14 .uno%3AObjectBackOne 63 Moves the selected object down one level, so that it is closer to the bottom of the stacking order.
f .uno%3ABackward 63 Moves the selected object down one level, so that it is closer to the bottom of the stacking order.
11 .uno%3ASendToBack 66 Moves the selected object to the bottom of the stacking order, so that it is behind the other objects.
1c .uno%3ASetObjectToForeground 2b Moves the selected object in front of text.
1c .uno%3ASetObjectToBackground 26 Moves the selected object behind text.
11 .uno%3AAnchorMenu 33 Sets the anchoring options for the selected object.
16 .uno%3ASetAnchorToPage 2e Anchors the selected item to the current page.
16 .uno%3ASetAnchorToPara 33 Anchors the selected item to the current paragraph.
16 .uno%3ASetAnchorToCell 24 Anchors the selected item to a cell.
17 .uno%3ASetAnchorToFrame 33 Anchors the selected item to the surrounding frame.
16 .uno%3ASetAnchorToChar c0 Anchors the selected item as a character in the current text. If the height of the selected item is greater than the current font size, the height of the line containing the item is increased.
16 .uno%3ASetAnchorAsChar c0 Anchors the selected item as a character in the current text. If the height of the selected item is greater than the current font size, the height of the line containing the item is increased.
1d .uno%3AToggleObjectBezierMode 39 Lets you change the shape of the selected drawing object.
26 svx%2Fui%2Fdockingfontwork%2Fdistancey 53 Enter the vertical distance between the text characters and the edge of the shadow.
26 svx%2Fui%2Fdockingfontwork%2Fdistancex 55 Enter the horizontal distance between the text characters and the edge of the shadow.
25 svx%2Fui%2Fdockingfontwork%2Fvertical 9c Adds a shadow to the text in the selected object. Click this button, and then enter the dimensions of the shadow in the Distance X and the Distance Y boxes.
22 svx%2Fui%2Fdockingfontwork%2Fcolor 23 Select a color for the text shadow.
25 svx%2Fui%2Fdockingfontwork%2Fnoshadow 38 Removes the shadow effects that you applied to the text.
23 svx%2Fui%2Fdockingfontwork%2Findent 6d Enter the amount of space to leave between the beginning of the text baseline, and the beginning of the text.
22 svx%2Fui%2Fdockingfontwork%2Fslant a2 Adds a slant shadow to the text in the selected object. Click this button, and then enter the dimensions of the shadow in the Distance X and the Distance Y boxes.
24 svx%2Fui%2Fdockingfontwork%2Fcontour 46 Shows or hides the text baseline, or the edges of the selected object.
25 svx%2Fui%2Fdockingfontwork%2Fdistance 75 Enter the amount of space that you want to leave between the text baseline and the base of the individual characters.
25 svx%2Fui%2Fdockingfontwork%2Fautosize 38 Resizes the text to fit the length of the text baseline.
20 svx%2Fui%2Fdockingfontwork%2Foff 1c Removes baseline formatting.
23 svx%2Fui%2Fdockingfontwork%2Fslantx 36 Horizontally slants the characters in the text object.
23 svx%2Fui%2Fdockingfontwork%2Fslanty 34 Vertically slants the characters in the text object.
28 svx%2Fui%2Fdockingfontwork%2Ftextcontour 44 Shows or hides the borders of the individual characters in the text.
22 svx%2Fui%2Fdockingfontwork%2Fright 36 Aligns the text to the right end of the text baseline.
16 HID_FONTWORK_CTL_FORMS 42 Click the shape of the baseline that you want to use for the text.
f .uno%3AFontWork 66 Edits Fontwork effects of the selected object that has been created with the previous Fontwork dialog.
23 svx%2Fui%2Fdockingfontwork%2Fcenter 26 Centers the text on the text baseline.
23 svx%2Fui%2Fdockingfontwork%2Frotate 4c Uses the top or the bottom edge of the selected object as the text baseline.
24 svx%2Fui%2Fdockingfontwork%2Fupright 97 Uses the top or the bottom edge of the selected object as the text baseline and preserves the original vertical alignment of the individual characters.
21 svx%2Fui%2Fdockingfontwork%2Fleft 35 Aligns the text to the left end of the text baseline.
28 svx%2Fui%2Fdockingfontwork%2Forientation 9c Reverses the text flow direction, and flips the text horizontally or vertically. To use this command, you must first apply a different baseline to the text.
10 .uno%3AGroupMenu 61 Groups keep together selected objects, so that they can be moved or formatted as a single object.
12 .uno%3AFormatGroup 4a Groups the selected objects, so that they can be moved as a single object.
14 .uno%3AFormatUngroup 38 Breaks apart the selected group into individual objects.
11 .uno%3AEnterGroup a1 Opens the selected group, so that you can edit the individual objects. If the selected group contains nested group, you can repeat this command on the subgroups.
11 .uno%3ALeaveGroup 54 Exits the group, so that you can no longer edit the individual objects in the group.
25 cui%2Fui%2Ftextanimtabpage%2FTSB_AUTO c5 $[officename] automatically determines the amount of time to wait before repeating the effect. To manually assign the delay period, clear this checkbox, and then enter a value in the Automatic box.
2b cui%2Fui%2Ftextanimtabpage%2FMTR_FLD_AMOUNT 3b Enter the number of increments by which to scroll the text.
2a cui%2Fui%2Ftextanimtabpage%2FMTR_FLD_DELAY 3d Enter the amount of time to wait before repeating the effect.
26 cui%2Fui%2Ftextanimtabpage%2FTSB_PIXEL 23 Measures increment value in pixels.
25 cui%2Fui%2Ftextanimtabpage%2FBTN_DOWN 20 Scrolls text from top to bottom.
2c cui%2Fui%2Ftextanimtabpage%2FTSB_STOP_INSIDE 31 Text remains visible after the effect is applied.
26 cui%2Fui%2Ftextanimtabpage%2FBTN_RIGHT 20 Scrolls text from left to right.
26 cui%2Fui%2Ftextanimtabpage%2FLB_EFFECT 8f Select the animation effect that you want to apply to the text in the selected drawing object. To remove an animation effect, select No Effect.
2a cui%2Fui%2Ftextanimtabpage%2FTextAnimation 44 Adds an animation effect to the text in the selected drawing object.
28 cui%2Fui%2Ftextanimtabpage%2FTSB_ENDLESS 9a Plays the animation effect continuously. To specify the number of times to play the effect, clear this checkbox, and enter a number in the Continuous box.
23 cui%2Fui%2Ftextanimtabpage%2FBTN_UP 20 Scrolls text from bottom to top.
2d cui%2Fui%2Ftextanimtabpage%2FTSB_START_INSIDE 49 Text is visible and inside the drawing object when the effect is applied.
25 cui%2Fui%2Ftextanimtabpage%2FBTN_LEFT 20 Scrolls text from right to left.
2a cui%2Fui%2Ftextanimtabpage%2FNUM_FLD_COUNT 47 Enter the number of times that you want the animation effect to repeat.
30 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Frowheightdialog%2Fdefault c1 Adjusts the row height to the size based on the default template. Existing contents may be shown vertically cropped. The height no longer increases automatically when you enter larger contents.
2e modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Frowheightdialog%2Fvalue 2a Enter the row height that you want to use.
38 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Frowheightdialog%2FRowHeightDialog 3c Changes the height of the current row, or the selected rows.
2f modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fcolwidthdialog%2Fdefault 41 Automatically adjusts the column width based on the current font.
2d modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fcolwidthdialog%2Fvalue 2c Enter the column width that you want to use.
36 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fcolwidthdialog%2FColWidthDialog 41 Changes the width of the current column, or the selected columns.
2a cui%2Fui%2Fcellalignment%2FcheckHyphActive 3c Enables word hyphenation for text wrapping to the next line.
29 cui%2Fui%2Fcellalignment%2FcheckAsianMode 133 Aligns Asian characters one below the other in the selected cell(s). If the cell contains more than one line of text, the lines are converted to text columns that are arranged from right to left. Western characters in the converted text are rotated 90 degrees to the right. Asian characters are not rotated.
29 cui%2Fui%2Fcellalignment%2FcheckVertStack 17 Aligns text vertically.
25 cui%2Fui%2Fcellalignment%2Freferences 3b Specify the cell edge from which to write the rotated text.
26 cui%2Fui%2Fcellalignment%2FspinDegrees a2 Enter the rotation angle for the text in the selected cell(s). A positive number rotates the text to the left and a negative number rotates the text to the right.
13 .uno%3AAlignVCenter 2f Sets the text orientation of the cell contents.
11 .uno%3AAlignRight 2d Aligns the contents of the cell to the right.
11 .uno%3AAlignBlock 4a Aligns the contents of the cell to the left and to the right cell borders.
26 cui%2Fui%2Fcellalignment%2Fdialcontrol 2e Click in the dial to set the text orientation.
10 .uno%3AAlignLeft 2c Aligns the contents of the cell to the left.
28 cui%2Fui%2Fcellalignment%2FCellAlignPage 57 Sets the alignment options for the contents of the current cell, or the selected cells.
2c cui%2Fui%2Fcellalignment%2FcomboboxHorzAlign 53 Select the horizontal alignment option that you want to apply to the cell contents.
29 cui%2Fui%2Fcellalignment%2FspinIndentFrom 44 Indents from the left edge of the cell by the amount that you enter.
2c cui%2Fui%2Fcellalignment%2FcheckWrapTextAuto 66 Wraps text onto another line at the cell border. The number of lines depends on the width of the cell.
2c cui%2Fui%2Fcellalignment%2FcomboboxVertAlign 33 Aligns the cell contents to the bottom of the cell.
31 cui%2Fui%2Fcellalignment%2FcheckShrinkFitCellSize aa Reduces the apparent size of the font so that the contents of the cell fit into the current cell width. You cannot apply this command to a cell that contains line breaks.
f .uno%3AAlignTop 3e Aligns the contents of the cell to the upper edge of the cell.
1c SVX_HID_GRID_NUMBEROFRECORDS b7 Displays the number of records. For example, "Record 7 of 9(2)" indicates that two records (2) are selected in a table containing 9 records, and that the cursor is in record number 7.
17 SVX_HID_GRID_TRAVEL_NEW 2c Inserts a new record into the current table.
18 SVX_HID_GRID_TRAVEL_LAST 23 Go to the last record in the table.
18 SVX_HID_GRID_TRAVEL_NEXT 23 Go to the next record in the table.
1b DBACCESS_HID_CTL_TABBROWSER 87 Select database records. Drag-and-drop rows or cells to the document to insert contents. Drag-and-drop column headers to insert fields.
18 SVX_HID_GRID_TRAVEL_PREV 27 Go to the previous record in the table.
19 SVX_HID_GRID_TRAVEL_FIRST 24 Go to the first record in the table.
1c SVX_HID_GRID_TRAVEL_ABSOLUTE 4d Type the number of the record that you want to display, and then press Enter.
17 HID_BROWSER_TABLEFORMAT 1c Formats the selected row(s).
18 HID_BROWSER_COLUMNFORMAT 1f Formats the selected column(s).
f .uno%3AWindow3D 41 Specifies the properties of 3D object(s) in the current document.
29 svx%2Fui%2Fdocking3deffects%2Fdoublesided 60 Closes the shape of a 3D object that was created by extruding a freeform line (Convert - To 3D).
2b svx%2Fui%2Fdocking3deffects%2Finverthormals 19 Inverts the light source.
23 svx%2Fui%2Fdocking3deffects%2Fangle 45 Enter the angle in degrees to rotate the selected 3D rotation object.
29 svx%2Fui%2Fdocking3deffects%2Fscaleddepth 67 Enter the amount by which to increase or decrease the area of the front side of the selected 3D object.
22 svx%2Fui%2Fdocking3deffects%2Fhori 52 Enter the number of horizontal segments to use in the selected 3D rotation object.
26 svx%2Fui%2Fdocking3deffects%2Fdiagonal 52 Enter the amount by which you want to round the corners of the selected 3D object.
26 svx%2Fui%2Fdocking3deffects%2Fgeometry 108 Adjusts the shape of the selected 3D object. You can only modify the shape of a 3D object that was created by converting a 2D object. To convert a 2D object to 3D, select the object, right-click, and then choose Convert - To 3D, or Convert - To 3D Rotation Object.
22 svx%2Fui%2Fdocking3deffects%2Fveri 4f Enter the number of vertical segments to use in the selected 3D rotation object
29 svx%2Fui%2Fdocking3deffects%2Fobjspecific 80 Renders the 3D surface according to the shape of the object. For example, a circular shape is rendered with a spherical surface.
2e svx%2Fui%2Fdocking3deffects%2Fdoublesidedillum 8f Lights the object from the outside and the inside. To use an ambient light source, click this button, and then click the Invert Normals button.
22 svx%2Fui%2Fdocking3deffects%2Fflat 23 Renders the 3D surface as polygons.
23 svx%2Fui%2Fdocking3deffects%2Fdepth 67 Enter the extrusion depth for the selected 3D object. This option is not valid for 3D rotation objects.
27 svx%2Fui%2Fdocking3deffects%2Fspherical 1c Renders a smooth 3D surface.
23 svx%2Fui%2Fdocking3deffects%2Ffocal 81 Enter the focal length of the camera, where a small value corresponds to a "fisheye" lens, and a large value to a telephoto lens.
2c svx%2Fui%2Fdocking3deffects%2Frepresentation 3f Sets the shading and shadow options for the selected 3D object.
22 svx%2Fui%2Fdocking3deffects%2Fmode 135 Select the shading method that you want to use. Flat shading assigns a single color to a single polygon on the surface of the object. Gouraud shading blends colors across the polygons. Phong shading averages the color of each pixel based on the pixels that surround it, and requires the most processing power.
24 svx%2Fui%2Fdocking3deffects%2Fshadow 35 Adds or removes a shadow from the selected 3D object.
26 svx%2Fui%2Fdocking3deffects%2Fdistance 55 Enter the distance to leave between the camera and the center of the selected object.
23 svx%2Fui%2Fdocking3deffects%2Fslant 3b Enter an angle from 0 to 90 degrees for casting the shadow.
2a svx%2Fui%2Fdocking3deffects%2Fambientcolor 25 Select a color for the ambient light.
29 svx%2Fui%2Fdocking3deffects%2Flightcolor1 2c Select a color for the current light source.
24 svx%2Fui%2Fdocking3deffects%2Flight8 d0 Click twice to turn the light source on, and then select a color for the light from the list. If you want, you can also set the color of the surrounding light, by selecting a color from the Ambient light box.
23 svx%2Fui%2Fdocking3deffects%2Flight 33 Define the light source for the selected 3D object.
28 svx%2Fui%2Fdocking3deffects%2Ftexcircley 3f Wraps the vertical axis of the texture pattern around a sphere.
28 svx%2Fui%2Fdocking3deffects%2Ftexreplace 24 Applies the texture without shading.
25 svx%2Fui%2Fdocking3deffects%2Ftextype 28 Converts the texture to black and white.
27 svx%2Fui%2Fdocking3deffects%2Ftexfilter 37 Blurs the texture slightly to remove unwanted speckles.
25 svx%2Fui%2Fdocking3deffects%2Ftexture 11f Sets the properties of the surface texture for the selected 3D object. This feature is only available after you apply a surface texture to the selected object. To quickly apply a surface texture, open the Gallery, hold down Shift+Ctrl, and then drag an image onto the selected 3D object.
29 svx%2Fui%2Fdocking3deffects%2Ftexmodulate 79 Applies the texture with shading. To define the shading options for the texture, click the Shading button in this dialog.
25 svx%2Fui%2Fdocking3deffects%2Ftexobjx 4c Automatically adjusts the texture based on the shape and size of the object.
25 svx%2Fui%2Fdocking3deffects%2Ftexobjy 4c Automatically adjusts the texture based on the shape and size of the object.
26 svx%2Fui%2Fdocking3deffects%2Ftexcolor 1e Converts the texture to color.
2a svx%2Fui%2Fdocking3deffects%2Ftexparallelx 34 Applies the texture parallel to the horizontal axis.
28 svx%2Fui%2Fdocking3deffects%2Ftexcirclex 41 Wraps the horizontal axis of the texture pattern around a sphere.
2a svx%2Fui%2Fdocking3deffects%2Ftexparallely 32 Applies the texture parallel to the vertical axis.
27 svx%2Fui%2Fdocking3deffects%2Fintensity 2b Enter the intensity of the specular effect.
27 svx%2Fui%2Fdocking3deffects%2Fspeccolor 35 Select the color that you want the object to reflect.
26 svx%2Fui%2Fdocking3deffects%2Fmaterial 2f Changes the coloring of the selected 3D object.
27 svx%2Fui%2Fdocking3deffects%2Ffavorites 59 Select a predefined color scheme, or select User-defined to define a custom color scheme.
26 svx%2Fui%2Fdocking3deffects%2Fobjcolor 36 Select the color that you want to apply to the object.
28 svx%2Fui%2Fdocking3deffects%2Fillumcolor 2a Select the color to illuminate the object.
25 cui%2Fui%2Fdistributionpage%2Fhorleft 6b Distributes the selected objects, so that the left edges of the objects are evenly spaced from one another.
25 cui%2Fui%2Fdistributionpage%2Fhornone 2d Does not distribute the objects horizontally.
25 cui%2Fui%2Fdistributionpage%2Fvernone 2b Does not distribute the objects vertically.
1a .uno%3ADistributeSelection 9d Distributes three or more selected objects evenly along the horizontal axis or the vertical axis. You can also evenly distribute the spacing between objects.
29 cui%2Fui%2Fdistributionpage%2Fhordistance 66 Distributes the selected objects horizontally, so that the objects are evenly spaced from one another.
27 cui%2Fui%2Fdistributionpage%2Fhorcenter 73 Distributes the selected objects, so that the horizontal centers of the objects are evenly spaced from one another.
26 cui%2Fui%2Fdistributionpage%2Fhorright 6c Distributes the selected objects, so that the right edges of the objects are evenly spaced from one another.
29 cui%2Fui%2Fdistributionpage%2Fverdistance 64 Distributes the selected objects vertically, so that the objects are evenly spaced from one another.
24 cui%2Fui%2Fdistributionpage%2Fvertop 6a Distributes the selected objects, so that the top edges of the objects are evenly spaced from one another.
27 cui%2Fui%2Fdistributionpage%2Fverbottom 6d Distributes the selected objects, so that the bottom edges of the objects are evenly spaced from one another.
27 cui%2Fui%2Fdistributionpage%2Fvercenter 71 Distributes the selected objects, so that the vertical centers of the objects are evenly spaced from one another.
15 .uno%3ATextAttributes 59 Sets the layout and anchoring properties for text in the selected drawing or text object.
20 cui%2Fui%2Fspellingdialog%2Fundo 74 Click to undo the last change in the current sentence. Click again to undo the previous change in the same sentence.
22 cui%2Fui%2Fspellingdialog%2Fchange 8a Replaces the unknown word with the current suggestion. If you changed more than just the misspelled word, the entire sentence is replaced.
29 cui%2Fui%2Fspellingdialog%2Fsuggestionslb 82 Lists suggested words to replace the misspelled word. Select the word that you want to use, and then click Correct or Correct All.
24 cui%2Fui%2Fspellingdialog%2Fsentence 91 Displays the sentence with the misspelled word highlighted. Edit the word or the sentence, or click one of the suggestions in the text box below.
28 cui%2Fui%2Fspellingdialog%2Fcheckgrammar 58 Enable Check grammar to work first on all spellcheck errors, then on all grammar errors.
25 cui%2Fui%2Fspellingdialog%2Fchangeall 49 Replaces all occurrences of the unknown word with the current suggestion.
f .uno%3ASpelling 9a Checks the document or the current selection for spelling errors. If a grammar checking extension is installed, the dialog also checks for grammar errors.
23 cui%2Fui%2Fspellingdialog%2Foptions 6c Opens a dialog, where you can select the user-defined dictionaries, and set the rules for the spellchecking.
22 cui%2Fui%2Fspellingdialog%2Fignore 39 Skips the unknown word and continues with the spellcheck.
26 cui%2Fui%2Fspellingdialog%2Flanguagelb 34 Specifies the language to use to check the spelling.
1f cui%2Fui%2Fspellingdialog%2Fadd 33 Adds the unknown word to a user-defined dictionary.
25 cui%2Fui%2Fspellingdialog%2Fignoreall 7e Skips all occurrences of the unknown word until the end of the current %PRODUCTNAME session and continues with the spellcheck.
26 cui%2Fui%2Fspellingdialog%2Fignorerule 74 While performing a grammar check, click Ignore Rule to ignore the rule that is currently flagged as a grammar error.
17 .uno%3AMoreDictionaries 3d Opens the default browser on the dictionaries extension page.
13 .uno%3ALanguageMenu 40 Opens a submenu where you can choose language specific commands.
3c svx%2Fui%2Fchineseconversiondialog%2FChineseConversionDialog 8a Converts the selected Chinese text from one Chinese writing system to the other. If no text is selected, the entire document is converted.
18 .uno%3AChineseConversion 8a Converts the selected Chinese text from one Chinese writing system to the other. If no text is selected, the entire document is converted.
36 cui%2Fui%2Fchinesedictionary%2FChineseDictionaryDialog 22 Edit the Chinese conversion terms.
1d cui%2Fui%2Fthesaurus%2Flangcb 24 Select a language for the thesaurus.
20 cui%2Fui%2Fthesaurus%2Freplaceed af The word or words in the "Replace with" text box will replace the original word in the document when you click the Replace button. You can also type text directly in this box.
10 .uno%3AThesaurus 51 Opens a dialog box to replace the current word with a synonym, or a related term.
23 cui%2Fui%2Fthesaurus%2Falternatives c8 Click an entry in the Alternatives list to copy the related term to the "Replace with" text box. Double-click an entry to copy the related term to the "Current word" text box and to look up that term.
1d cui%2Fui%2Fthesaurus%2Fwordcb b6 Displays the current word, or the related term that you selected by double-clicking a line in the Alternatives list. You can also type text directly in this box to look up your text.
1b cui%2Fui%2Fthesaurus%2Fleft 3d Recalls the previous contents of the "Current word" text box.
27 svx%2Fui%2Fdockingcolorreplace%2Fcolor5 47 Select the color to replace the transparent areas in the current image.
27 svx%2Fui%2Fdockingcolorreplace%2Fcolor4 96 Lists the available replacement colors. To modify the current list of colors, deselect the image, choose Format - Area, and then click the Colors tab.
25 svx%2Fui%2Fdockingcolorreplace%2Ftol4 d3 Set the tolerance for replacing a source color in the source image. To replace colors that are similar to the color that you selected, enter a low value. To replace a wider range of colors, enter a higher value.
25 svx%2Fui%2Fdockingcolorreplace%2Fcbx5 4f Replaces transparent areas in the current image with the color that you select.
1a SVX_HID_BMPMASK_CTL_QCOL_1 af Displays the color in the selected image that you want to replace. To set the source color, click here, click the Color Replacer, and then click a color in the selected image.
25 svx%2Fui%2Fdockingcolorreplace%2Fcbx4 71 Select this checkbox to replace the current Source color with the color that you specify in the Replace with box.
28 svx%2Fui%2Fdockingcolorreplace%2Fpipette a5 Displays the color in the selected image that directly underlies the current mouse pointer position. This features only works if the Color Replacer tool is selected.
34 svx%2Fui%2Fdockingcolorreplace%2FDockingColorReplace 6e Otvorí okno Písmomaľba- rozostup znakov kde môžete zadávať nové hodnoty rozostupu znakov písmomaľby.
e .uno%3ABmpMask 6e Otvorí okno Písmomaľba- rozostup znakov kde môžete zadávať nové hodnoty rozostupu znakov písmomaľby.
28 svx%2Fui%2Fdockingcolorreplace%2Freplace 74 Replaces the selected source colors in the current image with the colors that you specify in the Replace with boxes.
15 .uno%3AAutoCorrectDlg 90 Nastaví možnosti pre automatické nahrádzanie textu počas písania alebo pre hromadné použitie automatických opráv v existujúcom texte.
22 cui%2Fui%2Fapplyautofmtpage%2Fedit 2f Upraví možnosti zvolenej Automatickej opravy.
2e cui%2Fui%2Fapplyautofmtpage%2FApplyAutoFmtPage 87 Nastavte možnosti pre automatické opravy chýb počas písania textu alebo pre hromadnú opravu existujúceho textu a kliknite na OK.
25 cui%2Fui%2Facorreplacepage%2Ftextonly 10c Ak je toto pole zakliknuté, po kliknutí na tlačidlo Nový sa položka v poli S: uloží bez formátovania, grafiky a objektov. Pri použití takejto automatickej náhrady sa použije predvolené formátovanie (znakový štýl), aké bude používať text dokumentu.
20 cui%2Fui%2Facorreplacepage%2Fnew 32 Pridá alebo nahradí položku v tabuľke náhrad.
2c cui%2Fui%2Facorreplacepage%2FAcorReplacePage 68 Umožňuje upraviť tabuľku náhrad pre automatické opravy alebo náhrady slov, znakov alebo skratiek.
24 cui%2Fui%2Facorreplacepage%2Ftabview 13b Lists the entries for automatically replacing words, abbreviations or word parts while you type. To add an entry, enter text in the Replace and With boxes, and then click New. To edit an entry, select it, change the text in the With box, and then click Replace. To delete an entry, select it, and then click Delete.
25 cui%2Fui%2Facorreplacepage%2Forigtext 272 Enter the word, abbreviation or word part that you want to replace while you type. Wildcard character sequence .* in the end of word results the replacement of the word before arbitrary suffixes, too. Wildcard character sequence .* before the word results the replacement after arbitrary prefixes, too. For example, the pattern "i18n.*" with the replacement text "internationalization" finds and replaces "i18ns" with "internationalizations", or the pattern ".*..." with the replacement text "…" finds and replaces three dots in "word..." with the typographically correct precomposed Unicode horizontal ellipsis ("word…").
24 cui%2Fui%2Facorreplacepage%2Fnewtext eb Zadajte text, grafiku, rámec, alebo OLE objekt, ktorými chcete nahradiť text v poli Nahradiť. Ak ste označili text, grafiku, rámec, alebo OLE objekt vo vašom dokumente, všetky potrebné informácie sú už v tomto poli zadané.
26 cui%2Fui%2Facorexceptpage%2Fautodouble 177 Automaticky pridáva skratky zakončené bodkou alebo slová s dvoma začiatočnými veľkými písmenami do príslušného zoznamu výnimiek. Táto funkcia pracuje len v prípade, ak je zakliknutá možnosť Opraviť PRvé DVe veľké písmená alebo možnosť Každé prvé písmeno vety veľkým v stĺpci [T] na záložke Možnosti dialógového okna Automatické opravy.
22 cui%2Fui%2Facorexceptpage%2Fdouble 130 Napíšte slovo alebo skratku začínajúcu dvoma veľkými písmenami, v ktorej $[officename] nemá automaticky zmeniť druhé veľké písmeno na malé v prípade zapnutej funkcie "Opraviť PRvé DVe veľké písmená". Zadajte napríklad text "PC", aby $[officename] automaticky nezmenil "PC" na "Pc".
2a cui%2Fui%2Facorexceptpage%2FAcorExceptPage 5d Určuje, ktoré skratky alebo kombinácie znakov nebude $[officename] automaticky opravovať.
23 cui%2Fui%2Fautocorrectdialog%2Flang 79 Vyberte jazyk, pre ktorý chcete vytvoriť alebo upraviť položky v tabuľke náhrad a výnimky pre automatické opravy.
25 cui%2Fui%2Facorexceptpage%2Fnewdouble 38 Pridá zadanú skratku alebo slovo do zoznamu výnimiek.
26 cui%2Fui%2Facorexceptpage%2Fabbrevlist 6e Táto tabuľka obsahuje zoznam skratiek, po ktorých nebudú automaticky opravené malé písmená na veľké.
26 cui%2Fui%2Facorexceptpage%2Fdoublelist 9f Toto okno obsahuje zoznam slov a skratiek začínajúcich dvoma veľkými písmenami, v ktorých nebude automaticky opravené druhé veľké písmeno na malé.
22 cui%2Fui%2Facorexceptpage%2Fabbrev 11a Napíšte skratku zakončenú bodkou a kliknite na tlačidlo Nový. Táto funkcia zabezpečuje, že $[officename] nebude pri zapnutej funkcii "Každé prvé písmeno vety veľkým" automaticky meniť prvé písmeno slova nasledujúceho po bodke na konci skratky na veľké písmeno.
2d cui%2Fui%2Fapplylocalizedpage%2Fdefaultsingle 31 Nastaví znaky úvodzoviek na východzie symboly.
29 cui%2Fui%2Fapplylocalizedpage%2Fenddouble d3 Vyberte špeciálny znak, ktorý automaticky nahradí aktuálne systémové znaky pravých úvodzoviek počas ich písania, alebo v celom vašom dokumente keď spustíte Formát - Automatické opravy - Použiť.
32 cui%2Fui%2Fapplylocalizedpage%2FApplyLocalizedPage db Vyberte, či sa majú automatické náhrady používať vždy počas písania [T], alebo sa po jednorazovom spustení cez menu "Formát/Automatické opravy/Použiť" majú použiť hromadne v už existujúcom texte [M].
24 cui%2Fui%2Fapplylocalizedpage%2Flist db Vyberte, či sa majú automatické náhrady používať vždy počas písania [T], alebo sa po jednorazovom spustení cez menu "Formát/Automatické opravy/Použiť" majú použiť hromadne v už existujúcom texte [M].
2b cui%2Fui%2Fapplylocalizedpage%2Fstartsingle d3 Vyberte špeciálny znak, ktorý automaticky nahradí aktuálne systémové znaky ľavých úvodzoviek počas ich písania, alebo v celom vašom dokumente keď vyberiete Formát - Automatické opravy - Použiť.
29 cui%2Fui%2Fapplylocalizedpage%2Fchecklist db Vyberte, či sa majú automatické náhrady používať vždy počas písania [T], alebo sa po jednorazovom spustení cez menu "Formát/Automatické opravy/Použiť" majú použiť hromadne v už existujúcom texte [M].
2d cui%2Fui%2Fapplylocalizedpage%2Fdoublereplace 68 Automaticky nahrádza predvolený systémový symbol pre jednoduché úvodzovky znakom, ktorý určíte.
17 HID_LINGU_WORD_LANGUAGE 63 Changes the language settings for the highlighted word, if the word is found in another dictionary.
12 HID_LINGU_AUTOCORR 9f To always replace the highlighted word, click a word in the list. The word pair is stored in the replacement table under Tools - AutoCorrect Options - Replace.
11 HID_LINGU_REPLACE 66 Click the word to replace the highlighted word. Use the AutoCorrect submenu for permanent replacement.
16 HID_LINGU_SPELLING_DLG 1c Opens the Spellcheck dialog.
15 HID_LINGU_IGNORE_WORD 46 Ignores all instances of the highlighted word in the current document.
17 HID_LINGU_PARA_LANGUAGE 7e Changes the language setting for the paragraph that contains the highlighted word, if the word is found in another dictionary.
12 HID_LINGU_ADD_WORD 37 Adds the highlighted word to a user-defined dictionary.
26 cui%2Fui%2Fwordcompletionpage%2Fdelete 41 Removes the selected word or words from the Word Completion list.
2a cui%2Fui%2Fwordcompletionpage%2Fmaxentries 55 Enter the maximum number of words that you want to store in the Word Completion list.
2b cui%2Fui%2Fwordcompletionpage%2Fwhenclosing f7 When enabled, the list gets cleared when closing the current document. When disabled, makes the current Word Completion list available to other documents after you close the current document. The list remains available until you exit %PRODUCTNAME.
29 cui%2Fui%2Fwordcompletionpage%2Fshowastip 2a Displays the completed word as a Help Tip.
2a cui%2Fui%2Fwordcompletionpage%2Fminwordlen 5c Enter the minimum word length for a word to become eligible for the word completion feature.
32 cui%2Fui%2Fwordcompletionpage%2Fenablewordcomplete 92 Stores frequently used words, and automatically completes a word after you type three letters that match the first three letters of a stored word.
2b cui%2Fui%2Fwordcompletionpage%2Fappendspace 49 If you do not add punctuation after the word, $[officename] adds a space.
27 cui%2Fui%2Fwordcompletionpage%2Fentries ed Lists the collected words. The list is valid until you close the current document. To make the list available to other documents in the current session, disable "When closing a document, remove the words collected from it from the list".
2a cui%2Fui%2Fwordcompletionpage%2Facceptwith 4c Select the key that you want to use to accept the automatic word completion.
2c cui%2Fui%2Fwordcompletionpage%2Fcollectwords 87 Adds the frequently used words to a list. To remove a word from the Word Completion list, select the word, and then click Delete Entry.
2b cui%2Fui%2Fsmarttagoptionspage%2Fproperties 78 To configure a Smart Tag, select the name of the Smart Tag, then click Properties. Not all Smart Tags can be configured.
25 cui%2Fui%2Fsmarttagoptionspage%2Fmain 43 Enables Smart Tags to be evaluated and shown in your text document.
34 cui%2Fui%2Fsmarttagoptionspage%2FSmartTagOptionsPage 56 When you have installed at least one Smart Tag extension, you see the Smart Tags page.
1e .uno%3ABulletsAndNumberingDial 69 Adds numbering or bullets to the current paragraph, and lets you edit format of the numbering or bullets.
24 cui%2Fui%2Fpickbulletpage%2Fvalueset 2c Click the bullet style that you want to use.
2a cui%2Fui%2Fpickbulletpage%2FPickBulletPage 38 Displays the different bullet styles that you can apply.
27 cui%2Fui%2Fpicknumberingpage%2Fvalueset 2f Click the numbering style that you want to use.
30 cui%2Fui%2Fpicknumberingpage%2FPickNumberingPage 3b Displays the different numbering styles that you can apply.
25 cui%2Fui%2Fpickoutlinepage%2Fvalueset 2d Click the outline style that you want to use.
2c cui%2Fui%2Fpickoutlinepage%2FPickOutlinePage 8e Displays the different styles that you can apply to a hierarchical list. $[officename] supports up to nine outline levels in a list hierarchy.
25 cui%2Fui%2Fpickgraphicpage%2Fvalueset 33 Click the graphics that you want to use as bullets.
29 cui%2Fui%2Fpickgraphicpage%2Flinkgraphics 6c If enabled, the graphics are inserted as links. If not enabled, the graphics are embedded into the document.
2c cui%2Fui%2Fpickgraphicpage%2FPickGraphicPage 4f Displays the different graphics that you can use as bullets in a bulleted list.
2a cui%2Fui%2Fnumberingoptionspage%2Forientlb 2c Select the alignment option for the graphic.
28 cui%2Fui%2Fnumberingoptionspage%2Fsuffix a0 Enter a character or the text to display behind the number in the list. If you want to create a numbered list that uses the style "1.)", enter ".)" in this box.
2a cui%2Fui%2Fnumberingoptionspage%2Fnumfmtlb 31 Select a numbering style for the selected levels.
28 cui%2Fui%2Fnumberingoptionspage%2Fprefix 4c Enter a character or the text to display in front of the number in the list.
29 cui%2Fui%2Fnumberingoptionspage%2Flevellb 47 Select the level(s) that you want to define the formatting options for.
29 cui%2Fui%2Fnumberingoptionspage%2Fstartat 32 Enter a new starting number for the current level.
28 cui%2Fui%2Fnumberingoptionspage%2Fbullet 4a Opens the Special Characters dialog, where you can select a bullet symbol.
28 cui%2Fui%2Fnumberingoptionspage%2Fbitmap 50 Select the graphic, or locate the graphic file that you want to use as a bullet.
29 cui%2Fui%2Fnumberingoptionspage%2Fwidthmf 1e Enter a width for the graphic.
2a cui%2Fui%2Fnumberingoptionspage%2Fheightmf 1f Enter a height for the graphic.
2b cui%2Fui%2Fnumberingoptionspage%2Fkeepratio 2e Maintains the size proportions of the graphic.
39 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foutlinepositionpage%2Findentatmf 6f Enter the amount of space to leave between the left edge of the numbering symbol and the left edge of the text.
37 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foutlinepositionpage%2Fstandard 3f Resets the indent and the spacing values to the default values.
37 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foutlinepositionpage%2Frelative 4f Indents the current level relative to the previous level in the list hierarchy.
38 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foutlinepositionpage%2Fnumdistmf f1 Enter the amount of space to leave between the left page margin (or the left edge of the text object) and the left edge of the numbering symbol. If the current paragraph style uses an indent, the amount you enter here is added to the indent.
2e cui%2Fui%2Fnumberingpositionpage%2Falignedatmf 5b Enter the distance from the left page margin at which the numbering symbol will be aligned.
2d cui%2Fui%2Fnumberingpositionpage%2Findentatmf 7c Enter the distance from the left page margin to the start of all lines in the numbered paragraph that follow the first line.
32 cui%2Fui%2Fnumberingpositionpage%2Fnumfollowedbylb 53 Select the element that will follow the numbering: a tab stop, a space, or nothing.
36 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foutlinepositionpage%2Flevellb 2c Select the level(s) that you want to modify.
27 cui%2Fui%2Fnumberingpositionpage%2Fatmf 6e If you select a tab stop to follow the numbering, you can enter a non-negative value as the tab stop position.
39 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foutlinepositionpage%2Fnumalignlb 125 Set the alignment of the numbering symbols. Select "Left" to align the numbering symbol to start directly at the "Aligned at" position. Select "Right" to align the symbol to end directly before the "Aligned at" position. Select "Centered" to center the symbol around the "Aligned at" position.
a 1241731592 2a Prompts you to delete the selected script.
a 1241731591 44 Opens a dialog where you can change the name of the selected script.
a 1241731590 3a Opens the default script editor for your operating system.
a 1241731589 15 Creates a new script.
a 1241731587 41 To run a script, select a script in the list, and then click Run.
2a modules%2FBasicIDE%2Fui%2Flibpage%2Fimport 6c Nájdite knižnicu $[officename] Basic, ktorú chcete pridať do aktuálneho zoznamu a kliknite na Otvoriť.
35 modules%2FBasicIDE%2Fui%2Fnewlibdialog%2FNewLibDialog 1c Enter a name for the script.
36 modules%2FBasicIDE%2Fui%2Fbasicmacrodialog%2Fnewmodule 29 Saves the recorded macro in a new module.
30 modules%2FBasicIDE%2Fui%2Fdialogpage%2Fnewdialog 2a Opens the editor and creates a new dialog.
33 modules%2FBasicIDE%2Fui%2Fbasicmacrodialog%2Fdelete 33 Creates a new macro, or deletes the selected macro.
35 modules%2FBasicIDE%2Fui%2Fbasicmacrodialog%2Forganize 28 Lets you manage modules or dialog boxes.
30 modules%2FBasicIDE%2Fui%2Fbasicmacrodialog%2Frun 20 Runs or saves the current macro.
12 .uno%3AMacroDialog 22 Opens a dialog to organize macros.
2b modules%2FBasicIDE%2Fui%2Fmodulepage%2Fedit 32 Otvorí označené makro alebo dialóg na úpravu.
3a modules%2FBasicIDE%2Fui%2Fbasicmacrodialog%2Fmacronameedit 67 Displays the name of the selected macro. To create or to change the name of a macro, enter a name here.
2b modules%2FBasicIDE%2Fui%2Flibpage%2Flibrary 56 Lists the existing macro libraries for the current application and any open documents.
37 modules%2FBasicIDE%2Fui%2Fbasicmacrodialog%2Fnewlibrary 2a Saves the recorded macro in a new library.
33 modules%2FBasicIDE%2Fui%2Fbasicmacrodialog%2Fmacros 52 Lists the macros that are contained in the module selected in the Macro from list.
11 HID_BASICIDE_LIBS b2 Vypíše knižnice a moduly v ktorých je možné otvárať a ukladať vaše makrá. Pre uloženie modulu s konkrétnym dokumentom otvorte dokument a potom otvorte tento dialóg.
33 modules%2FBasicIDE%2Fui%2Fbasicmacrodialog%2Fassign 6e Opens the Customize dialog, where you can assign the selected macro to a menu command, a toolbar, or an event.
31 modules%2FBasicIDE%2Fui%2Fbasicmacrodialog%2Fedit 59 Starts the $[officename] Basic editor and opens the selected macro or dialog for editing.
2d BASCTL_PUSHBUTTON_RID_MACROCHOOSER_RID_PB_ORG 89 Otvorí dialóg Správca makier, v ktorom je možné pridať, upraviť alebo zmazať existujúce moduly makier, dialógy alebo knižnice.
28 modules%2FBasicIDE%2Fui%2Flibpage%2Fedit 54 Otvorí editor $[officename] Basic, v ktorom je možné upraviť vybranú knižnicu.
12 CUI_HID_SCRIPTSBOX 83 Select a macro or script from "user", "share", or an open document. To view the available macros or scripts, double-click an entry.
30 modules%2FBasicIDE%2Fui%2Fmodulepage%2Fnewmodule 2a Opens the editor and creates a new module.
2d modules%2FBasicIDE%2Fui%2Fdialogpage%2Fdelete 57 Lets you manage the macro libraries for the current application and any open documents.
2c modules%2FBasicIDE%2Fui%2Flibpage%2Flocation 60 Select the application or the document containing the macro libraries that you want to organize.
2e modules%2FBasicIDE%2Fui%2Fmodulepage%2Flibrary 27 Vypíše existujúce makrá a dialógy.
2c modules%2FBasicIDE%2Fui%2Flibpage%2Fpassword 37 Assigns or edits the password for the selected library.
27 modules%2FBasicIDE%2Fui%2Flibpage%2Fnew 19 Vytvorí novú knižnicu.
15 .uno%3AMacroSignature 6e Adds and removes digital signatures to and from your macros. You can also use the dialog to view certificates.
27 .uno%3AMacroOrganizer%3FTabId%3Ashort=1 32 Opens the Dialogs tab page of the Macro Organizer.
f .uno%3ARunMacro 2b Opens a dialog where you can start a macro.
14 .uno%3AStopRecording 18 Stops recording a macro.
14 .uno%3AMacroRecorder 14 Records a new macro.
24 svx%2Fui%2Fpasswd%2FconfirmpassEntry 32 Reenter the new password for the selected library.
20 svx%2Fui%2Fpasswd%2FnewpassEntry 2b Zadajte nové heslo pre vybranú knižnicu.
20 svx%2Fui%2Fpasswd%2FoldpassEntry 2c Zadajte staré heslo pre vybranú knižnicu.
22 svx%2Fui%2Fpasswd%2FPasswordDialog 22 Chráni vybranú knižnicu heslom.
44 .uno%3AScriptOrganizer%3FScriptOrganizer.Language%3Astring=BeanShell 2e Opens a dialog where you can organize scripts.
45 .uno%3AScriptOrganizer%3FScriptOrganizer.Language%3Astring=JavaScript 2e Opens a dialog where you can organize scripts.
16 .uno%3AScriptOrganizer 50 Opens a submenu with links to dialogs where you can organize macros and scripts.
33 modules%2FBasicIDE%2Fui%2Fimportlibdialog%2Freplace 47 Nahradí knižnicu, ktorá má rovnaký názov ako aktuálna knižnica.
2f modules%2FBasicIDE%2Fui%2Fimportlibdialog%2Fref 73 Pridá vybranú knižnicu ako súbor len na čítanie. Knižnica je načítaná pri každom spustení %PRODUCTNAME.
3b modules%2FBasicIDE%2Fui%2Fimportlibdialog%2FImportLibDialog 6d Enter a name or the path to the library that you want to append. You can also select a library from the list.
12 .uno%3ALoadToolBox 59 Customizes $[officename] menus, shortcut keys, toolbars, and macro assignments to events.
22 cui%2Fui%2Fmenuassignpage%2Fsavein 47 Select the application or open document where you want to add the menu.
20 cui%2Fui%2Fmenuassignpage%2Fdown 2a Moves the selected item down one position.
24 cui%2Fui%2Fmenuassignpage%2Fmenuedit 29 Opens a submenu with additional commands.
2a cui%2Fui%2Fmenuassignpage%2Ftoplevelbutton 71 Opens the New Menu dialog where you can enter the name of a new menu as well as select the location for the menu.
28 cui%2Fui%2Fmenuassignpage%2Ftoplevellist 32 Select the menu and submenu that you want to edit.
2a cui%2Fui%2Fmenuassignpage%2FMenuAssignPage 6b Customizes and saves current menu layouts as well as creates new menus. You cannot customize context menus.
23 cui%2Fui%2Fmenuassignpage%2Fentries 6c Displays a list of the available menu commands for the selected menu in the current application or document.
22 cui%2Fui%2Fmenuassignpage%2Fmodify 2f Opens a menu that contains additional commands.
2b cui%2Fui%2Fmacroselectordialog%2Fcategories 5e Select any command, then click Add or drag-and-drop the command into the Customize dialog box.
1f cui%2Fui%2Fmenuassignpage%2Fadd 7d Opens the Add Commands dialog. Select any command, then click Add or drag-and-drop the command into the Customize dialog box.
1e cui%2Fui%2Fmenuassignpage%2Fup 28 Moves the selected item up one position.
29 cui%2Fui%2Fmacroselectordialog%2Fcommands 5e Select any command, then click Add or drag-and-drop the command into the Customize dialog box.
2f cui%3AEdit%3AMD_MENU_ORGANISER%3AEDIT_MENU_NAME 76 Enter a name for the menu. To specify a letter in the name as an accelerator key, enter a tilde (~) before the letter.
24 cui%2Fui%2Fmovemenu%2FMoveMenuDialog 6e Moves the selected menu entry up one position or down one position in the menu when you click an arrow button.
22 cui%2Fui%2Faccelconfigpage%2Freset 32 Resets modified values back to the default values.
26 cui%2Fui%2Faccelconfigpage%2Fshortcuts be Lists the shortcut keys and the associated commands. To assign or modify the shortcut key for the command selected in the Function list, click a shortcut in this list, and then click Modify.
21 cui%2Fui%2Faccelconfigpage%2Fsave 4c Saves the current shortcut key configuration, so that you can load it later.
23 cui%2Fui%2Faccelconfigpage%2Fmodule 41 Displays shortcut keys for the current $[officename] application.
23 cui%2Fui%2Faccelconfigpage%2Fdelete 48 Deletes the selected element or elements without requiring confirmation.
23 cui%2Fui%2Faccelconfigpage%2Foffice 49 Displays shortcut keys that are common to all $[officename] applications.
2c cui%2Fui%2Faccelconfigpage%2FAccelConfigPage 5d Assigns or edits the shortcut keys for $[officename] commands, or $[officename] Basic macros.
23 cui%2Fui%2Faccelconfigpage%2Fchange 6c Assigns the key combination selected in the Shortcut keys list to the command selected in the Function list.
25 cui%2Fui%2Faccelconfigpage%2Fcategory 63 Lists the available function categories. To assign shortcuts to Styles, open the "Styles" category.
25 cui%2Fui%2Faccelconfigpage%2Ffunction dd Select a function that you want to assign a shortcut key to, click a key combination in the Shortcut keys list, and then click Modify. If the selected function already has a shortcut key, it is displayed in the Keys list.
21 cui%2Fui%2Faccelconfigpage%2Fkeys 46 Displays the shortcut keys that are assigned to the selected function.
21 cui%2Fui%2Faccelconfigpage%2Fload 4b Replaces the shortcut key configuration with one that was previously saved.
13 CUI_HID_SVX_SAVE_IN 49 Select the location where to load the configuration and where to save it.
1c CUI_HID_SVX_NEW_TOOLBAR_ITEM 79 Opens the Add Commands dialog. Select any command, then click Add or drag-and-drop the command into the Customize dialog.
17 CUI_HID_SVX_NEW_TOOLBAR 6c Opens the Name dialog, where you enter the name of a new toolbar and select the location of the new toolbar.
1f CUI_HID_SVX_MODIFY_TOOLBAR_ITEM 21 The Modify button opens a submenu
1b CUI_HID_SVX_UP_TOOLBAR_ITEM 2f Upraví možnosti zvolenej Automatickej opravy.
1a CUI_HID_SVX_MODIFY_TOOLBAR 22 The Toolbar button opens a submenu
1d CUI_HID_SVX_DOWN_TOOLBAR_ITEM 2f Upraví možnosti zvolenej Automatickej opravy.
2c cui%2Fui%2Ficonselectordialog%2FdeleteButton 58 Click to remove the selected icon from the list. Only user-defined icons can be removed.
2c cui%2Fui%2Ficonselectordialog%2FimportButton 99 Adds new icons to the list of icons. You see a file open dialog that imports the selected icon or icons into the internal icon directory of %PRODUCTNAME.
2c cui%2Fui%2Ficonselectordialog%2FIconSelector 99 Adds new icons to the list of icons. You see a file open dialog that imports the selected icon or icons into the internal icon directory of %PRODUCTNAME.
2f SFX2%3APUSHBUTTON%3ATP_CONFIG_EVENT%3APB_DELETE 34 Deletes the macro assignment for the selected event.
15 .uno%3AAutoCorrectDlg 90 Nastaví možnosti pre automatické nahrádzanie textu počas písania alebo pre hromadné použitie automatických opráv v existujúcom texte.
9 705547787 59 Select first where to save the event binding, in the current document or in %PRODUCTNAME.
5 40000 b1 The big list box lists the events and the assigned macros. After you selected the location in the Save In list box, select an event in the big list box. Then click Assign Macro.
2f SFX2%3APUSHBUTTON%3ATP_CONFIG_EVENT%3APB_ASSIGN 41 Opens the Macro Selector to assign a macro to the selected event.
27 filter%2Fui%2Fxmlfiltersettings%2Fclose 12 Closes the dialog.
28 filter%2Fui%2Fxmlfiltersettings%2Fdelete 44 Deletes the selected file after you confirm the dialog that follows.
26 filter%2Fui%2Fxmlfiltersettings%2Ftest 32 Opens a dialog with the name of the selected file.
26 filter%2Fui%2Fxmlfiltersettings%2Fhelp 27 Displays the help page for this dialog.
26 filter%2Fui%2Fxmlfiltersettings%2Fopen 4d Displays an Open dialog to open a filter from an XSLT filter package (*.jar).
1c .uno%3AOpenXMLFilterSettings 7d Opens the XML Filter Settings dialog, where you can create, edit, delete, and test filters to import and to export XML files.
26 filter%2Fui%2Fxmlfiltersettings%2Fsave 56 Displays a Save as dialog to save the selected file as an XSLT filter package (*.jar).
2c filter%2Fui%2Fxmlfiltersettings%2Ffilterlist 3a Select one or more filters, then click one of the buttons.
26 filter%2Fui%2Fxmlfiltersettings%2Fedit 32 Opens a dialog with the name of the selected file.
25 filter%2Fui%2Fxmlfiltersettings%2Fnew 2d Opens a dialog with the name of a new filter.
33 filter%2Fui%2Fxmlfiltertabpagegeneral%2Fdescription 1b Enter a comment (optional).
3f filter%2Fui%2Fxmlfiltertabpagegeneral%2FXmlFilterTabPageGeneral 34 Enter or edit general information for an XML filter.
32 filter%2Fui%2Fxmlfiltertabpagegeneral%2Ffiltername 3c Select the application that you want to use with the filter.
31 filter%2Fui%2Fxmlfiltertabpagegeneral%2Fextension 99 Enter the file extension to use when you open a file without specifying a filter. $[officename] uses the file extension to determine which filter to use.
35 filter%2Fui%2Fxmlfiltertabpagegeneral%2Finterfacename 4d Enter the name that you want to display in the File type box in file dialogs.
39 filter%2Fui%2Fxmlfiltertabpagetransformation%2Fxsltimport 6b If this is an import filter, enter the file name of the XSLT stylesheet that you want to use for importing.
39 filter%2Fui%2Fxmlfiltertabpagetransformation%2Fxsltexport 6b If this is an export filter, enter the file name of the XSLT stylesheet that you want to use for exporting.
39 filter%2Fui%2Fxmlfiltertabpagetransformation%2Ftempimport 7b Enter the name of the template that you want to use for importing. In the template, styles are defined to display XML tags.
32 filter%2Fui%2Fxmlfiltertabpagetransformation%2Fdoc 22 Enter the DOCTYPE of the XML file.
4d filter%2Fui%2Fxmlfiltertabpagetransformation%2FXmlFilterTabPageTransformation 31 Enter or edit file information for an XML filter.
39 filter%2Fui%2Fxmlfiltertabpagetransformation%2Fbrowsetemp 1e Opens a file selection dialog.
21 HID_XML_FILTER_TEST_IMPORT_RECENT 3c Re-opens the document that was last opened with this dialog.
21 HID_XML_FILTER_TEST_IMPORT_BROWSE 5f Opens a file selection dialog. The selected file is opened using the current XML import filter.
2b FILTER_HID_XML_FILTER_TEST_EXPORT_XSLT_FILE 5a Displays the file name of the XSLT filter that you entered on the Transformation tab page.
21 HID_XML_FILTER_TEST_EXPORT_BROWSE a0 Locate the file that you want to apply the XML export filter to. The XML code of the transformed file is opened in your default XML editor after transformation.
29 HID_XML_FILTER_TEST_IMPORT_DISPLAY_SOURCE 59 Opens the XML source of the selected document in your default XML editor after importing.
22 HID_XML_FILTER_TEST_EXPORT_CURRENT 57 Displays the file name of the template that you entered on the Transformation tab page.
1c HID_XML_SOURCE_FILE_VALIDATE 27 Validuje obsah okna Výstup XML Filtra.
1c HID_XML_FILTER_OUTPUT_WINDOW 28 Lists the test results of an XML filter.
1e HID_HANGULDLG_BUTTON_IGNOREALL 81 No changes will be made to the current selection, and every time the same selection is detected it will be skipped automatically.
1b HID_HANGULDLG_BUTTON_CHANGE 5d Replaces the selection with the suggested characters or word according to the format options.
1b HID_HANGULDLG_BUTTON_IGNORE 6d No changes will be made to the current selection. The next word or character will be selected for conversion.
36 cui%2Fui%2Fhangulhanjaoptdialog%2FHangulHanjaOptDialog 26 Opens the Hangul/Hanja Options dialog.
34 SVX_CHECKBOX_RID_SVX_MDLG_HANGULHANJA_CB_HANGUL_ONLY 33 Check to convert only Hangul. Do not convert Hanja.
33 SVX_CHECKBOX_RID_SVX_MDLG_HANGULHANJA_CB_HANJA_ONLY 33 Check to convert only Hanja. Do not convert Hangul.
3e SVX_RADIOBUTTON_RID_SVX_MDLG_HANGULHANJA_RB_HANJA_HANGUL_ABOVE 44 The Hangul part will be displayed as ruby text above the Hanja part.
1e HID_HANGULDLG_BUTTON_CHANGEALL aa Replaces the selection with the suggested characters or word according to the format options. Every time the same selection is detected it will be replaced automatically.
2f SVX_PUSHBUTTON_RID_SVX_MDLG_HANGULHANJA_PB_FIND 57 Finds your Hangul input in the dictionary and replaces it with the corresponding Hanja.
1a HID_HANGULDLG_BUTTON_CLOSE 12 Closes the dialog.
14 HID_SPELLDLG_SETWORD 1f Displays the current selection.
1a HID_HANGULDLG_EDIT_NEWWORD 3e Displays the first replacement suggestion from the dictionary.
1c .uno%3AHangulHanjaConversion 4f Converts the selected Korean text from Hangul to Hanja or from Hanja to Hangul.
3e SVX_RADIOBUTTON_RID_SVX_MDLG_HANGULHANJA_RB_HANGUL_HANJA_BELOW 44 The Hanja part will be displayed as ruby text below the Hangul part.
3d SVX_CHECKBOX_RID_SVX_MDLG_HANGULHANJA_CB_REPLACE_BY_CHARACTER 68 Check to move character-by-character through the selected text. If not checked, full words are replaced.
33 SVX_LISTBOX_RID_SVX_MDLG_HANGULHANJA_LB_SUGGESTIONS 36 Displays all available replacements in the dictionary.
42 SVX_RADIOBUTTON_RID_SVX_MDLG_HANGULHANJA_RB_HANJA_HANGUL_BRACKETED 43 The Hangul part will be displayed in brackets after the Hanja part.
3d SVX_RADIOBUTTON_RID_SVX_MDLG_HANGULHANJA_RB_SIMPLE_CONVERSION 41 The original characters are replaced by the suggested characters.
42 SVX_RADIOBUTTON_RID_SVX_MDLG_HANGULHANJA_RB_HANGUL_HANJA_BRACKETED 43 The Hanja part will be displayed in brackets after the Hangul part.
3e SVX_RADIOBUTTON_RID_SVX_MDLG_HANGULHANJA_RB_HANJA_HANGUL_BELOW 44 The Hangul part will be displayed as ruby text below the Hanja part.
3e SVX_RADIOBUTTON_RID_SVX_MDLG_HANGULHANJA_RB_HANGUL_HANJA_ABOVE 44 The Hanja part will be displayed as ruby text above the Hangul part.
33 cui%2Fui%2Fhangulhanjaoptdialog%2Fautoreplaceunique 4b Automatically replaces words that only have one suggested word replacement.
31 cui%2Fui%2Fhangulhanjaoptdialog%2Fshowrecentfirst 60 Shows the replacement suggestion that you selected the last time as the first entry on the list.
2c cui%2Fui%2Fhangulhanjaoptdialog%2Fignorepost 56 Ignores positional characters at the end of Korean words when you search a dictionary.
36 cui%2Fui%2Fhangulhanjaadddialog%2FHangulHanjaAddDialog ae Lists all user-defined dictionaries. Select the check box next to the dictionary that you want to use. Clear the check box next to the dictionary that you do not want to use.
25 cui%2Fui%2Fhangulhanjaoptdialog%2Fnew 4b Opens the New dictionary dialog box, where you can create a new dictionary.
28 cui%2Fui%2Fhangulhanjaoptdialog%2Fdelete 2d Deletes the selected user-defined dictionary.
27 cui%2Fui%2Fhangulhanjaadddialog%2Fentry 20 Enter a name for the dictionary.
26 cui%2Fui%2Fhangulhanjaoptdialog%2Fedit 57 Opens the Edit Custom Dictionary dialog where you can edit any user-defined dictionary.
2d cui%2Fui%2Fhangulhanjaeditdictdialog%2Fdelete 1b Deletes the selected entry.
2b cui%2Fui%2Fhangulhanjaeditdictdialog%2Fbook 39 Select the user-defined dictionary that you want to edit.
2a cui%2Fui%2Fhangulhanjaeditdictdialog%2Fnew 3a Adds the current replacement definition to the dictionary.
2f cui%2Fui%2Fhangulhanjaeditdictdialog%2Foriginal 79 Select the entry in the current dictionary that you want to edit. If you want, you can also type a new entry in this box.
2c cui%2Fui%2Fhangulhanjaeditdictdialog%2Fedit1 95 Type a suggested replacement for the entry that is selected in the Original text box. The replacement word can contain a maximum of eight characters.
12 .uno%3ASpellDialog 19 Checks spelling manually.
10 .uno%3ANewWindow 44 Opens a new window that displays the contents of the current window.
33 padmin%3APushButton%3ARID_PADIALOG%3ARID_PA_BTN_DEL 2a Removes the selected source from the list.
33 padmin%3APushButton%3ARID_PADIALOG%3ARID_PA_BTN_STD 24 Opens the Select Certificate dialog.
10 .uno%3ASignature 70 Adds and removes digital signatures to and from your document. You can also use the dialog to view certificates.
31 sfx2%3APushButton%3ATP_DOCINFODOC%3ABTN_SIGNATURE 70 Adds and removes digital signatures to and from your document. You can also use the dialog to view certificates.
29 XMLSECURITY_HID_XMLSEC_CTRL_SIGNATURESDLG 36 Lists the digital signatures for the current document.
3e xmlsecurity%3APushButton%3ARID_XMLSECDLG_DIGSIG%3ABTN_VIEWCERT 22 Opens the View Certificate dialog.
28 desktop%2Fui%2Fupdatedialog%2FUPDATE_ALL 8c By default, only the downloadable extensions are shown in the dialog. Mark Show all Updates to see also other extensions and error messages.
2a desktop%2Fui%2Fupdatedialog%2FUpdateDialog ec Click the Check for Updates button in the Extension Manager to check for online updates for all installed extensions. To check for online updates for only the selected extension, right-click to open the context menu, then choose Update.
38 desktop%2Fui%2Fupdateinstalldialog%2FUpdateInstallDialog ec Click the Check for Updates button in the Extension Manager to check for online updates for all installed extensions. To check for online updates for only the selected extension, right-click to open the context menu, then choose Update.
2a desktop%2Fui%2Fupdatedialog%2FDESCRIPTIONS 95 While checking for updates, you see a progress indicator. Wait for some messages to show up in the dialog, or click Cancel to abort the update check.
25 desktop%2Fui%2Fupdatedialog%2FINSTALL 54 When you click the Install button the Download and Installation dialog is displayed.
10 .uno%3AInsertRLM 92 Inserts a text direction mark that affects the text direction of any text following the mark. Available when complex text layout (CTL) is enabled.
10 .uno%3AInsertLRM 92 Inserts a text direction mark that affects the text direction of any text following the mark. Available when complex text layout (CTL) is enabled.
11 .uno%3AInsertZWSP a9 Inserts an invisible space within a word that will insert a line break once it becomes the last character in a line. Available when complex text layout (CTL) is enabled.
1d .uno%3AInsertNonBreakingSpace 4c Inserts a space that will keep bordering characters together on line breaks.
13 .uno%3AInsertZWNBSP 94 Inserts an invisible space within a word that will keep the word together at the end of a line. Available when complex text layout (CTL) is enabled.
17 .uno%3AInsertSoftHyphen 80 Inserts an invisible hyphen within a word that will appear and create a line break once it becomes the last character in a line.
19 .uno%3AFormattingMarkMenu 51 Opens a submenu to insert special formatting marks. Enable CTL for more commands.
17 .uno%3AInsertHardHyphen 4d Inserts a hyphen that will keep bordering characters together on line breaks.
14 HID_GALLERY_NEWTHEME 56 Adds a new theme to the Gallery and lets you choose the files to include in the theme.
12 HID_GALLERY_WINDOW 52 To insert a Gallery object, select the object, and then drag it into the document.
14 HID_GALLERY_ICONVIEW 2e Displays the contents of the Gallery as icons.
15 HID_GALLERY_THEMELIST 3c Click a theme to view the objects associated with the theme.
14 HID_GALLERY_LISTVIEW 55 Displays the contents of the Gallery as small icons, with title and path information.
e .uno%3AGallery 70 Opens the Gallery deck of the Sidebar, where you can select images and audio clips to insert into your document.
25 cui%2Fui%2Fgalleryfilespage%2Fpreview 31 Displays or hides a preview of the selected file.
26 cui%2Fui%2Fgalleryfilespage%2Ffiletype 2d Select the type of file that you want to add.
23 cui%2Fui%2Fgalleryfilespage%2Ffiles 8b Lists the available files. Select the file(s) that you want to add, and then click Add. To add all of the files in the list, click Add All.
13 HID_GALLERY_PREVIEW 28 Displays a preview of the selected file.
27 cui%2Fui%2Fgalleryfilespage%2Ffindfiles 52 Locate the directory containing the files that you want to add, and then click OK.
24 cui%2Fui%2Fgalleryfilespage%2Faddall 37 Adds all of the files in the list to the current theme.
21 cui%2Fui%2Fgalleryfilespage%2Fadd 2f Adds the selected file(s) to the current theme.
f .uno%3AGridMenu 26 Sets the display properties of a grid.
15 .uno%3AHelplinesFront 5c Zobrazí záchytné čiary pred objektami, ktoré sa nachádzajú na stránke alebo snímku.
13 .uno%3AHelplinesUse 5c Zobrazí záchytné čiary pred objektami, ktoré sa nachádzajú na stránke alebo snímku.
17 .uno%3AHelplinesVisible 5c Zobrazí záchytné čiary pred objektami, ktoré sa nachádzajú na stránke alebo snímku.
14 .uno%3ASnapLinesMenu 2d Specifies the display options for snap lines.
14 .uno%3AAVMediaPlayer 82 Opens the Media Player window where you can preview movie and sound files as well as insert these files into the current document.
25 vnd.sun.star.findbar%3AFocusToFindbar 5f Toggle the visibility of the Find toolbar to search for text or navigate a document by element.
e .uno%3ASidebar a4 The Sidebar is a vertical graphical user interface that primarily provides contextual properties, style management, document navigation, and media gallery features.
14 .uno%3AInsertAVMedia 31 Inserts a video or audio file into your document.
36 desktop%3ACheckBox%3ATP_UPDATE_CHECK%3ACB_UPDATE_CHECK 34 You can check for updates manually or automatically.
2b cui%2Fui%2Foptonlineupdatepage%2Fchangepath 2f Click to select a folder to download the files.
2d cui%2Fui%2Foptonlineupdatepage%2Fautodownload 90 Mark to enable the automatic check for updates. Choose %PRODUCTNAME - Online Update in the Options dialog box to disable or enable this feature.
24 EXTENSIONS_HID_CHECK_FOR_UPD_INSTALL 1f Installs the downloaded update.
21 SFX2_HID_DLG_CHECKFORONLINEUPDATE f2 Checks for available updates to your version of %PRODUCTNAME. If a newer version is available, you can choose to download the update. After downloading, if you have write permissions for the installation directory, you can install the update.
23 EXTENSIONS_HID_CHECK_FOR_UPD_CANCEL 3b Aborts the download and deletes the partly downloaded file.
20 EXTENSIONS_HID_CHECK_FOR_UPD_DLG f2 Checks for available updates to your version of %PRODUCTNAME. If a newer version is available, you can choose to download the update. After downloading, if you have write permissions for the installation directory, you can install the update.
23 EXTENSIONS_HID_CHECK_FOR_UPD_RESUME 1c Continues a paused download.
26 EXTENSIONS_HID_CHECK_FOR_UPD_DOWNLOAD2 9c Downloads and saves the update files to the desktop or a folder of your choice. Select the folder in %PRODUCTNAME - Online Update in the Options dialog box.
22 EXTENSIONS_HID_CHECK_FOR_UPD_PAUSE 40 Pauses the download. Later click Resume to continue downloading.
25 EXTENSIONS_HID_CHECK_FOR_UPD_DOWNLOAD 9c Downloads and saves the update files to the desktop or a folder of your choice. Select the folder in %PRODUCTNAME - Online Update in the Options dialog box.
2d DESKTOP_HID_EXTENSION_MANAGER_LISTBOX_OPTIONS 57 Select an installed extension, then click to open the Options dialog for the extension.
2d DESKTOP_HID_EXTENSION_MANAGER_LISTBOX_DISABLE 20 Enable or disable the extension.
5 42772 5c The Extension Manager adds, removes, disables, enables, and updates %PRODUCTNAME extensions.
5 42769 7b Select the extension that you want to remove, enable, or disable. For some extensions, you can also open an Options dialog.
a 2180256279 46 Select the extension that you want to disable, and then click Disable.
a 2180256278 44 Select the extension that you want to enable, and then click Enable.
a 2180256277 44 Select the extension that you want to remove, and then click Remove.
a 2180256276 1e Click Add to add an extension.
34 desktop%2Fui%2Fshowlicensedialog%2FShowLicenseDialog 87 Read the license. Click the Scroll Down button to scroll down if necessary. Click Accept to continue the installation of the extension.
1e cui%2Fui%2Fpassword%2Fexpander 33 Po kliknutí prejdete na danú stránku sprievodcu.
26 uui%2Fui%2Fpassword%2FconfirmpassEntry 16 Re-enter the password.
20 sfx%2Fui%2Fpassword%2Fconfirm1ed 16 Re-enter the password.
20 sfx%2Fui%2Fpassword%2Fconfirm2ed 16 Re-enter the password.
10 HID_PASSWD_TABLE 2e Type a password. A password is case sensitive.
11 SC_HID_PASSWD_DOC 16 Re-enter the password.
2b uui%2Fui%2Fsetmasterpassworddlg%2Fpassword2 1d Re-enter the master password.
2b uui%2Fui%2Fsetmasterpassworddlg%2Fpassword1 55 Type a master password to prevent unauthorized users from accessing stored passwords.
39 uui%2Fui%2Fsetmasterpassworddlg%2FSetMasterPasswordDialog 43 Assign a master password to protect the access to a saved password.
1f filter%2Fui%2Fpdfsignpage%2Ftsa 44 Allows you to optionally select a Time Stamping Authority (TSA) URL.
24 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfsignpage%2Flocation 44 Allows you to optionally select a Time Stamping Authority (TSA) URL.
24 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfsignpage%2Fpassword 60 Enter the password used for protecting the private key associated with the selected certificate.
27 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfsignpage%2Fpdfsignpage 4a Allows you to select a certificate to be used for signing this PDF export.
2a filter%2Fui%2Fpdfsecuritypage%2Fenablecopy 35 Select to enable copying of content to the clipboard.
2d filter%2Fui%2Fpdfsecuritypage%2Fchangecomment 38 Only commenting and filling in form fields is permitted.
2a filter%2Fui%2Fpdfsecuritypage%2Fchangeform 29 Only filling in form fields is permitted.
2c filter%2Fui%2Fpdfsecuritypage%2Fchangeinsdel 3a Only inserting, deleting, and rotating pages is permitted.
29 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfsecuritypage%2Fprinthigh 2f The document can be printed in high resolution.
22 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfsignpage%2Fselect 24 Opens the Select Certificate dialog.
29 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfsecuritypage%2Fprintnone 27 Printing the document is not permitted.
2f filter%2Fui%2Fpdfsecuritypage%2FPdfSecurityPage 57 Určuje, či sa má vytlačiť riadok, do ktorého môžete vložiť meno pracovníkov.
24 filter%2Fui%2Fpdflinkspage%2Fopenpdf c2 Cross-document links are opened with the PDF reader application that currently shows the document. The PDF reader application must be able to handle the specified file type inside the hyperlink.
25 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfgeneralpage%2Fformat 36 Vyberte formát odosielania formulárov z PDF súboru.
28 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfsecuritypage%2Fprintlow 65 The document can only be printed in low resolution (150 dpi). Not all PDF readers honor this setting.
29 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfgeneralpage%2Fresolution 2c Select the target resolution for the images.
23 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfsignpage%2Fcontact 44 Allows you to optionally select a Time Stamping Authority (TSA) URL.
2c filter%2Fui%2Fpdfuserinterfacepage%2Feffects 4c Select to export Impress slide transition effects to respective PDF effects.
24 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfviewpage%2Fpageonly 40 Select to generate a PDF file that shows only the page contents.
2a filter%2Fui%2Fpdfsecuritypage%2Fenablea11y 35 Select to enable text access for accessibility tools.
28 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfgeneralpage%2Fallowdups 98 Allows to use the same field name for multiple fields in the generated PDF file. If disabled, field names will be exported using generated unique names.
24 filter%2Fui%2Fpdflinkspage%2Fdefault 6c Links from your PDF document to other documents will be handled as it is specified in your operating system.
22 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfviewpage%2Fthumbs 54 Select to generate a PDF file that shows a thumbnails palette and the page contents.
2c filter%2Fui%2Fpdfuserinterfacepage%2Ftoolbar 40 Select to hide the reader's toolbar when the document is active.
29 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfsecuritypage%2Fchangeany 33 All changes are permitted, except extracting pages.
27 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfgeneralpage%2Fcomments 44 Select to export comments of Writer and Calc documents as PDF notes.
27 FILTER_EDIT_RID_PDF_EXPORT_DLG_ED_PAGES 45 Saves the current file to Portable Document Format (PDF) version 1.4.
23 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfgeneralpage%2Fpdfa ea Converts to the PDF/A-1a format. This is defined as an electronic document file format for long term preservation. All fonts that were used in the source document will be embedded into the generated PDF file. PDF tags will be written.
27 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfviewpage%2FPdfViewPage 40 Select to generate a PDF file that shows only the page contents.
24 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfgeneralpage%2Fembed 68 This setting enables you to export the document as a .pdf file containing two file formats: PDF and ODF.
24 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfgeneralpage%2Fpages 26 Exports the pages you type in the box.
26 filter%2Fui%2Fpdflinkspage%2Fexporturl 82 Enable this checkbox to export URLs to other documents as relative URLs in the file system. See "relative hyperlinks" in the Help.
22 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfgeneralpage%2Fall 5c Exports all defined print ranges. If no print range is defined, exports the entire document.
24 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfgeneralpage%2Fforms 6e Zvoľte pre vytvorenie PDF formulára. Tento môže byt vyplnený a vytlačený používateľom PDF dokumentu.
28 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfviewpage%2Fsinglelayout 3c Select to generate a PDF file that shows one page at a time.
25 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfgeneralpage%2Ftagged 46 Select to write PDF tags. This can increase file size by huge amounts.
2b filter%2Fui%2Fpdfgeneralpage%2Fjpegcompress ca Selects a JPEG compression of images. With a high quality level, almost all pixels are preserved. With a low quality level, some pixels get lost and artefacts are introduced, but file sizes are reduced.
29 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfuserinterfacepage%2Fopen 69 Select to generate a PDF file that is shown in a full screen reader window in front of all other windows.
2f filter%2Fui%2Fpdfgeneralpage%2Freduceresolution 50 Select to resample or down-size the images to a lower number of pixels per inch.
28 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfgeneralpage%2Fbookmarks ef Select to export bookmarks of Writer documents as PDF bookmarks. Bookmarks are created for all outline paragraphs (Tools - Outline Numbering) and for all table of contents entries for which you did assign hyperlinks in the source document.
2c filter%2Fui%2Fpdfviewpage%2Fcontfacinglayout 96 Select to generate a PDF file that shows pages side by side in a continuous column. For more than two pages, the first page is displayed on the right.
28 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfgeneralpage%2Fselection 1e Exports the current selection.
29 filter%2Fui%2Fpdflinkspage%2FPdfLinksPage 141 The bookmarks (targets of references) in PDF files can be defined as rectangular areas. Additionally, bookmarks to named objects can be defined by their names. Enable the checkbox to export the names of objects in your document as valid bookmark targets. This allows to link to those objects by name from other documents.
2f filter%2Fui%2Fpdfgeneralpage%2Flosslesscompress 43 Selects a lossless compression of images. All pixels are preserved.
20 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfviewpage%2Fpage 41 Select to show the given page when the reader opens the PDF file.
2a filter%2Fui%2Fpdfsecuritypage%2Fchangenone 28 No changes of the content are permitted.
23 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfviewpage%2Foutline 53 Select to generate a PDF file that shows a bookmarks palette and the page contents.
29 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfgeneralpage%2Femptypages 18a If switched on, automatically inserted blank pages are exported to pdf file. This is best if you are printing the pdf file double-sided. Example: In a book a chapter paragraph style is set to always start with an odd numbered page. The previous chapter ends on an odd page. %PRODUCTNAME inserts an even numbered blank page. This option controls whether to export that even numbered page or not.
20 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfsignpage%2Fcert 4a Allows you to select a certificate to be used for signing this PDF export.
26 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfgeneralpage%2Fquality 2d Enter the quality level for JPEG compression.
24 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfgeneralpage%2Frange 26 Exports the pages you type in the box.
26 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfviewpage%2Ffitdefault b7 Select to generate a PDF file that shows the page contents without zooming. If the reader software is configured to use a zoom factor by default, the page shows with that zoom factor.
22 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfviewpage%2Ffitwin 62 Select to generate a PDF file that shows the page zoomed to fit entirely into the reader's window.
24 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfviewpage%2Ffitwidth 61 Select to generate a PDF file that shows the page zoomed to fit the width of the reader's window.
20 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfviewpage%2Fzoom 3e Select a given zoom factor when the reader opens the PDF file.
31 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfuserinterfacepage%2Fvisiblelevel 5d Select to show bookmark levels down to the selected level when the reader opens the PDF file.
22 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfviewpage%2Ffitvis 7a Select to generate a PDF file that shows the text and graphics on the page zoomed to fit the width of the reader's window.
29 filter%2Fui%2Fpdflinkspage%2Fopeninternet 94 Cross-document links are opened with the Internet browser. The Internet browser must be able to handle the specified file type inside the hyperlink.
24 filter%2Fui%2Fpdflinkspage%2Fconvert d2 Enable this checkbox to convert the URLs referencing other ODF files to PDF files with the same name. In the referencing URLs the extensions .odt, .odp, .ods, .odg, and .odm are converted to the extension .pdf.
23 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfviewpage%2Ffitzoom 3e Select a given zoom factor when the reader opens the PDF file.
29 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfviewpage%2Fdefaultlayout 6a Select to generate a PDF file that shows the pages according to the layout setting of the reader software.
27 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfviewpage%2Ffirstonleft 101 Select to generate a PDF file that shows pages side by side in a continuous column. For more than two pages, the first page is displayed on the left. You must enable support for complex text layout on Language settings - Languages in the Options dialog box.
2c filter%2Fui%2Fpdfuserinterfacepage%2Fdisplay 5e Select to generate a PDF file that is shown with the document title in the reader's title bar.
39 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfuserinterfacepage%2FPdfUserInterfacePage 5a Select to generate a PDF file that is shown in a window displaying the whole initial page.
26 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfviewpage%2Fcontlayout 4f Select to generate a PDF file that shows pages in a continuous vertical column.
2b filter%2Fui%2Fpdfuserinterfacepage%2Fresize 5a Select to generate a PDF file that is shown in a window displaying the whole initial page.
2b filter%2Fui%2Fpdfuserinterfacepage%2Fcenter 52 Select to generate a PDF file that is shown in a reader window centered on screen.
2b filter%2Fui%2Fpdfsecuritypage%2Fsetpassword 57 Určuje, či sa má vytlačiť riadok, do ktorého môžete vložiť meno pracovníkov.
2c filter%2Fui%2Fpdfuserinterfacepage%2Fmenubar 41 Select to hide the reader's menu bar when the document is active.
23 filter%2Fui%2Fpdflinkspage%2Fexport 141 The bookmarks (targets of references) in PDF files can be defined as rectangular areas. Additionally, bookmarks to named objects can be defined by their names. Enable the checkbox to export the names of objects in your document as valid bookmark targets. This allows to link to those objects by name from other documents.
2b filter%2Fui%2Fpdfuserinterfacepage%2Fwindow 41 Select to hide the reader's controls when the document is active.
34 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfuserinterfacepage%2Fvisiblebookmark 5d Select to show bookmark levels down to the selected level when the reader opens the PDF file.
22 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfsignpage%2Freason 44 Allows you to optionally select a Time Stamping Authority (TSA) URL.
31 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfuserinterfacepage%2Fallbookmarks 46 Select to show all bookmark levels when the reader opens the PDF file.
17 .uno%3ASendMailDocAsPDF a6 Shows the Export as PDF dialog, exports the current document to Portable Document Format (PDF), and then opens an e-mail sending window with the PDF as an attachment.
23 uui%2Fui%2Fmacrowarnmedium%2Fcancel 2d Does not allow macros in the document to run.
1f uui%2Fui%2Fmacrowarnmedium%2Fok 25 Allows macros in the document to run.
23 SFX2_HID_WARNING_SECURITY_HYPERLINK 6a Enable or disable the macros. Choose %PRODUCTNAME - Security in the Options dialog box to set the options.
2c uui%2Fui%2Fmacrowarnmedium%2FviewSignsButton 30 Opens a dialog where you can view the signature.
2c uui%2Fui%2Fmacrowarnmedium%2FMacroWarnMedium 6a Enable or disable the macros. Choose %PRODUCTNAME - Security in the Options dialog box to set the options.
33 uui%2Fui%2Fmacrowarnmedium%2FalwaysTrustCheckbutton 3d Adds the current macro source to the list of trusted sources.
21 xmlsec%2Fui%2Fcertpage%2Fviewcert 51 Opens the View Certificate dialog where you can examine the selected certificate.
43 xmlsecurity%3APushButton%3ARID_XMLSECDLG_CERTCHOOSER%3ABTN_VIEWCERT 51 Opens the View Certificate dialog where you can examine the selected certificate.
2c XMLSECURITY_HID_XMLSEC_CTRL_CHOOSESIGNATURES 51 Select the certificate that you want to digitally sign the current document with.
e .uno%3AWebHtml 95 Creates a temporary copy of the current document in HTML format, opens the system default Web browser, and displays the HTML file in the Web browser.
27 svx%2Fui%2Fxformspage%2FTBI_ITEM_REMOVE 47 Deletes the selected item (element, attribute, submission, or binding).
25 svx%2Fui%2Fxformspage%2FTBI_ITEM_EDIT 56 Opens a dialog to edit the selected item (element, attribute, submission, or binding).
20 SVX_HID_XFORMS_TOOLBOX_ITEM_EDIT 56 Opens a dialog to edit the selected item (element, attribute, submission, or binding).
27 svx%2Fui%2Fdatanavigator%2Fmodelsbutton 29 Adds, renames, and removes XForms models.
2c svx%2Fui%2Fxformspage%2FTBI_ITEM_ADD_ELEMENT 70 Opens a dialog to add a new item (element, attribute, submission, or binding) as a sub-item of the current item.
25 svx%2Fui%2Fdatanavigator%2Fmodelsedit 21 Renames the selected Xform model.
29 SVX_HID_XFORMS_TOOLBOX_ITEM_ADD_ATTRIBUTE 70 Opens a dialog to add a new item (element, attribute, submission, or binding) as a sub-item of the current item.
20 svx%2Fui%2Faddmodeldialog%2Fname 18 Vyberte formát súboru.
24 svx%2Fui%2Fdatanavigator%2Fmodelsadd 3c Opens the Add Model dialog where you can add an XForm model.
1f SVX_HID_XFORMS_TOOLBOX_ITEM_ADD 70 Opens a dialog to add a new item (element, attribute, submission, or binding) as a sub-item of the current item.
27 svx%2Fui%2Fdatanavigator%2Fmodelsremove 43 Deletes the selected XForm model. You cannot delete the last model.
22 SVX_HID_XFORMS_TOOLBOX_ITEM_REMOVE 47 Deletes the selected item (element, attribute, submission, or binding).
18 .uno%3AShowDataNavigator 3c Specifies the data structure of the current XForms document.
28 svx%2Fui%2Fdatanavigator%2FDataNavigator 3c Specifies the data structure of the current XForms document.
25 svx%2Fui%2Fdatanavigator%2Fmodelslist 2e Selects the XForms model that you want to use.
2b svx%2Fui%2Fdatanavigator%2Finstancesdetails 2d Switches the display to show or hide details.
1d svx%2Fui%2Fxformspage%2Fitems 34 Lists the items that belong to the current instance.
1f svx%2Fui%2Fxformspage%2Ftoolbar 3c Specifies the data structure of the current XForms document.
27 svx%2Fui%2Fdatanavigator%2Finstancesadd 30 Opens a dialog where you can add a new instance.
24 svx%2Fui%2Fdatanavigator%2Finstances 3a This button has submenus to add, edit or remove instances.
28 svx%2Fui%2Fdatanavigator%2Finstancesedit 39 Opens a dialog where you can modify the current instance.
22 svx%2Fui%2Faddmodeldialog%2Fmodify d4 When enabled, the document status will be set to "modified" when you change any form control that is bound to any data in the model. When not enabled, such a change does not set the document status to "modified".
2a svx%2Fui%2Fdatanavigator%2Finstancesremove 42 Deletes the current instance. You cannot delete the last instance.
27 SVX_HID_XFORMS_TOOLBOX_ITEM_ADD_ELEMENT 70 Opens a dialog to add a new item (element, attribute, submission, or binding) as a sub-item of the current item.
2e svx%2Fui%2Fxformspage%2FTBI_ITEM_ADD_ATTRIBUTE 70 Opens a dialog to add a new item (element, attribute, submission, or binding) as a sub-item of the current item.
24 svx%2Fui%2Fxformspage%2FTBI_ITEM_ADD 70 Opens a dialog to add a new item (element, attribute, submission, or binding) as a sub-item of the current item.
23 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_XSD_CALCULATION 25 Declares that the item is calculated.
28 svx%2Fui%2Fadddataitemdialog%2Fcalculate 25 Declares that the item is calculated.
27 svx%2Fui%2Fadddataitemdialog%2Freadonly 1f Declares the item as read-only.
22 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_XSD_CONSTRAINT 22 Declares the item as a constraint.
27 svx%2Fui%2Fadddataitemdialog%2Fdatatype 2b Select the data type for the selected item.
2b svx%2Fui%2Fadddataitemdialog%2Frequiredcond 1e Declares the item as relevant.
23 svx%2Fui%2Fadddataitemdialog%2Fname 1b Enter the name of the item.
29 svx%2Fui%2Fadddataitemdialog%2Fconstraint 22 Declares the item as a constraint.
24 svx%2Fui%2Fadddataitemdialog%2Fvalue 2c Enter a default value for the selected item.
30 svx%2Fui%2Fadddataitemdialog%2FAddDataItemDialog 48 Adds a new item or edits the selected item in the XForms Data Navigator.
27 svx%2Fui%2Fadddataitemdialog%2Frelevant 1e Declares the item as relevant.
20 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_XSD_READONLY 1f Declares the item as read-only.
2d svx%2Fui%2Fadddataitemdialog%2Fconstraintcond 1f Declares the item as read-only.
27 svx%2Fui%2Fadddataitemdialog%2Frequired 34 Specifies if the item must be included on the XForm.
20 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_XSD_RELEVANT 1e Declares the item as relevant.
20 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_XSD_REQUIRED 34 Specifies if the item must be included on the XForm.
2b svx%2Fui%2Fadddataitemdialog%2Freadonlycond 25 Declares that the item is calculated.
2b svx%2Fui%2Fadddataitemdialog%2Frelevantcond 22 Declares the item as a constraint.
29 svx%2Fui%2Faddconditiondialog%2Fcondition 12 Enter a condition.
24 svx%2Fui%2Faddconditiondialog%2Fedit 4f Opens the Form Namespaces dialog where you can add, edit, or delete namespaces.
32 svx%2Fui%2Faddconditiondialog%2FAddConditionDialog 5b Add a condition in this subdialog of the Add Item / Edit Item dialog of the Data Navigator.
23 svx%2Fui%2Fnamespacedialog%2Fdelete 1f Deletes the selected namespace.
21 svx%2Fui%2Fnamespacedialog%2Fedit 1d Edits the selected namespace.
20 svx%2Fui%2Fnamespacedialog%2Fadd 21 Adds a new namespace to the list.
27 svx%2Fui%2Fnamespacedialog%2Fnamespaces 34 Lists the currently defined namespaces for the form.
22 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_XSD_MAX_LENGTH 38 Specifies the maximum number of characters for a string.
25 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_XSD_MAX_EXCLUSIVE 2e Specifies an exclusive upper bound for values.
25 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_XSD_MAX_INCLUSIVE 2e Specifies an inclusive upper bound for values.
24 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_XSD_TOTAL_DIGITS 5b Specifies the maximum total number of digits that values of the decimal data type can have.
21 EXTENSIONS_UID_PROP_ADD_DATA_TYPE ac Click the button to open a dialog where you can enter the name of a new user-defined data type. The new data type inherits all facets from the currently selected data type.
23 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_BIND_EXPRESSION 71 Enter the DOM node to bind the control model to. Click the ... button for a dialog to enter the XPath expression.
27 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_XSD_FRACTION_DIGITS 66 Specifies the maximum total number of fractional digits that values of the decimal data type can have.
24 EXTENSIONS_UID_PROP_REMOVE_DATA_TYPE 5a Select a user-defined data type and click the button to delete the user-defined data type.
25 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_XSD_MIN_EXCLUSIVE 2e Specifies an exclusive lower bound for values.
25 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_XSD_MIN_INCLUSIVE 2e Specifies an inclusive lower bound for values.
20 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_BINDING_NAME d1 Select or enter the name of a binding. Selecting the name of an existing binding associates the binding with the form control. Entering a new name creates a new binding and associates it with the form control.
1e EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_XSD_LENGTH 30 Specifies the number of characters for a string.
1f EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_XSD_PATTERN 125 Specifies a regular expression pattern. Strings validated against the data type must conform to this pattern to be valid. The XSD data type syntax for regular expressions is different from the regular expression syntax used elseswhere in %PRODUCTNAME, for example in the Find & Replace dialog.
20 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_XSD_REQUIRED 34 Specifies if the item must be included on the XForm.
20 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_XSD_RELEVANT 1e Declares the item as relevant.
20 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_XSD_READONLY 1f Declares the item as read-only.
22 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_XML_DATA_MODEL 43 Select a model from the list of all models in the current document.
22 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_XSD_CONSTRAINT 22 Declares the item as a constraint.
23 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_XSD_WHITESPACES f3 Specifies how whitespaces are to be handled when a string of the current data type is being processed. Possible values are Preserve, Replace, and Collapse. The semantics follow the definition at http://www.w3.org/TR/xmlschema-2/#rf-whiteSpace.
23 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_XSD_CALCULATION 25 Declares that the item is calculated.
21 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_XSD_DATA_TYPE 41 Select a data type which the control should be validated against.
13 .uno%3APrintDefault 68 Ak chcete vytlačiť dokument s aktuálnymi nastaveniami tlače, kliknite na ikonu  Tlač súboru priamo
16 .uno%3AVerticalCaption 1ab Draws a line that ends in a rectangular callout with vertical text direction from where you drag in the current document. Drag a handle of the callout to resize the callout. To add text, click the edge of the callout, and then type or paste your text. To change a rectangular callout to a rounded callout, drag the largest corner handle when the pointer changes to a hand. Only available when Asian language support is enabled.
13 .uno%3AText_Marquee cf Vloží do dokumentu animovaný text s vodorovnou orientáciou. Natiahnite textové pole a potom napíšte alebo vložte do neho text. Na priradenie efektu animácie zvoľte Formát - Text - Animácia textu.
f .uno%3ADrawText b5 Nakreslí textové pole s vodorovnou orientáciou textu. Natiahnite pole do veľkosti, akú potrebujete, a potom napíšte alebo vložte text. Ak chcete otočiť text, otočte pole.
e .uno%3AEllipse c6 Nakreslí na určené miesto ovál. Kliknite na miesto, kde chcete ovál nakresliť  a potom ho ťahajte do požadovanej veľkosti. Ak chcete nakresliť kruh, podržte počas ťahania kláves Shift.
13 .uno%3AVerticalText f6 Nakreslí textové pole so zvislou orientáciou textu. Kliknite do dokumentu a potom napíšte alebo vložte text. Tiež je možné natiahnuť textové pole do požadovanej veľkosti. Je k dispozícii len pri zapnutej podpore ázijských jazykov.
11 .uno%3AInsertDraw 87 Kliknutím sa otvorí panel Kresba, pomocou ktorého je možné  do aktuálneho dokumentu pridávať útvary, úsečky, text a bubliny.
b .uno%3ARect e1 Nakreslí na určené miesto obdĺžnik. Kliknite na miesto, kde chcete umiestniť roh obdĺžniku, a potom ťahajte obdĺžnik do požadovanej veľkosti. Ak chcete nakresliť štvorec, podržte počas ťahania kláves Shift.
b .uno%3ALine 69 Nakreslí rovnú úsečku. Na obmedzenie čiary na uhol 45 stupňov, podržte pri ťahaní kláves Shift.
12 .uno%3ADrawCaption 176 Draws a line that ends in a rectangular callout with horizontal text direction from where you drag in the current document. Drag a handle of the callout to resize the callout. To add text, click the edge of the callout, and then type or paste your text. To change a rectangular callout to a rounded callout, drag the largest corner handle when the pointer changes to a hand.
16 .uno%3ABezier_Unfilled 19f Nakreslí tvar, ktorý je založený na Bézierovej krivke. Kliknite na miesto, kde chcete krivku začať, ťahajte, uvoľnite tlačidlo myši a potom presuňte ukazovateľ na miesto, kde chcete krivku ukončiť, a kliknite. Presunutím ukazovateľa a kliknutím pridáte na krivku rovný úsek. Dvojklikom ukončíte kresbu krivky. Ak chcete vytvoriť uzavretý tvar, dvakrát kliknite na počiatočný bod krivky.
17 .uno%3APolygon_Unfilled 15b Nakreslí čiaru zloženú z postupnosti rovných úsečiek. Kliknite na miesto, kde chcete začať, a ťahaním nakreslite úsečku. Kliknutím definujete koniec úsečky a rovnako pokračujte pri určení zostávajúcich častí. Dvojklikom ukončíte kreslenie čiary. Ak chcete vytvoriť uzavretý tvar, dvakrát kliknite na počiatočný bod.
10 .uno%3ACircleCut 19e Nakreslí vyplnený tvar, ktorý je definovaný kruhovým oblúkom a jednou úsečkou. Ak chcete nakresliť kruhový oblúk, natiahnite kruh do požadovanej veľkosti a potom kliknutím definujte počiatok úsečky. Potom presuňte kurzor myši na miesto, kde chcete úsečku ukončiť, a kliknite. Nemusíte kliknúť priamo na kruh. Ak chcete nakresliť eliptický oblúk, podržte počas ťahania kláves Shift.
a .uno%3AArc 170 Nakreslí v aktuálnom dokumente oblúk. Ak chcete nakresliť oblúk elipsy, natiahnite ovál do požadovanej veľkosti a potom kliknutím definujte počiatočný bod. Potom presuňte ukazovateľ myši na miesto, kde chcete oblúk ukončiť, a kliknite. Nemusíte kliknúť priamo na ovál. Ak chcete nakresliť kruhový oblúk, podržte počas ťahania kláves Shift.
a .uno%3APie 1b8 Nakreslí vyplnený tvar, ktorý je definovaný oblúkom oválu a dvomi úsečkami polomeru zo stredu. Keď chcete nakresliť oblúk elipsy, natiahnite ovál do požadovanej veľkosti a potom kliknutím definujte prvú úsečku. Potom presuňte ukazovateľ myši na miesto, kde chcete ukončiť druhú úsečku, a kliknite. Nemusíte kliknúť priamo na ovál. Keď chcete nakresliť kruhový oblúk, podržte počas ťahania kláves Shift.
18 .uno%3AFreeline_Unfilled be Draws a freeform line where you drag in the current document. To end the line, release the mouse button. To draw a closed shape, release the mouse button near the starting point of the line.
16 .uno%3AFormDesignTools 20 Otvorí panel Návrh formulára.
15 .uno%3AFormattedField 1c Vytvorí formátované pole.
f .uno%3ACheckBox 22 Vytvorí zaškrtávacie políčko.
d .uno%3AConfig 55 The Form Controls toolbar contains tools that you need to create an interactive form.
11 .uno%3APushbutton 13 Vytvorí tlačidlo.
b .uno%3AEdit 17 Vytvorí textové pole.
12 .uno%3ARadioButton 1e Vytvorí tlačidlo možností.
e .uno%3AListBox 16 Vytvorí pole zoznamu.
f .uno%3AComboBox 14 Vytvorí Combo pole.
c .uno%3ALabel 22 Vytvorí pole na zobrazenie textu.
13 .uno%3AMoreControls 27 Otvorí panel Viac ovládacích prvkov.
19 .uno%3AConvertToFormatted 3c Vybraný ovládací prvok sa premení na formátované pole.
17 .uno%3AConvertToNumeric 39 Vybraný ovládací prvok sa premení na číselné pole.
14 .uno%3AConvertToTime 37 Vybraný ovládací prvok sa premení na časové pole.
16 .uno%3AConvertToButton 33 Vybraný ovládací prvok sa premení na tlačidlo.
1c .uno%3AConvertToImageControl 42 Vybraný ovládací prvok sa premení na ovládacie pole obrázku.
14 .uno%3AConvertToEdit 37 Vybraný ovládací prvok sa premení na textové pole.
18 .uno%3AConvertToCurrency 36 Vybraný ovládací prvok sa premení na menové pole.
14 .uno%3AConvertToDate 39 Vybraný ovládací prvok sa premení na dátumové pole.
17 .uno%3AConvertToPattern 35 Vybraný ovládací prvok sa premení na pole vzorky.
18 .uno%3AChangeControlType 87 Otvorí podponuku, kde si je možné vybrať druh ovládacieho prvku, ktorým chcete nahradiť ovládací prvok označený v dokumente.
18 .uno%3AConvertToCheckBox 42 Vybraný ovládací prvok sa premení na zaškrtávacie políčko.
14 .uno%3AConvertToList 36 Vybraný ovládací prvok sa premení na pole zoznamu.
15 .uno%3AConvertToRadio 3e Vybraný ovládací prvok sa premení na tlačidlo možností.
15 .uno%3AConvertToFixed 34 Vybraný ovládací prvok sa premení na označenie.
1b .uno%3AConvertToFileControl 38 Vybraný ovládací prvok sa premení na výber súboru.
18 .uno%3AConvertToImageBtn 3f Vybraný ovládací prvok sa premení na obrázkové tlačidlo.
14 SID_FM_SHOWCOLS_MORE 22 Otvorí dialóg Zobraziť stĺpce.
10 SID_FM_INSERTCOL 64 Otvorí podponuku pre výber dátového poľa, ktoré chcete pridať do ovládacieho prvku tabuľky.
28 cui%2Fui%2Fshowcoldialog%2FShowColDialog 7e In the Show Columns dialog you can select the columns to be shown. Hold down the Shift or Ctrl key to select multiple entries.
10 SID_FM_CHANGECOL 71 Otvorí podponuku na výber dátového poľa, ktorým chcete nahradiť vybrané pole v ovládacom prvku tabuľky.
12 SID_FM_SHOWALLCOLS 39 Kliknite na Všetko, ak chcete zobraziť všetky stĺpce.
f SID_FM_SHOWCOLS 48 Otvorí podponuku, kde je možné vybrať zobrazenie skrytých stĺpcov.
10 SID_FM_DELETECOL 1d Odstráni označený stĺpec.
e SID_FM_HIDECOL 1a Skryje označený stĺpec.
18 .uno%3AControlProperties 46 Otvorí dialóg pre úpravu vlastností vybraného ovládacieho prvku.
22 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_ENABLE_VISIBLE 68 Defines whether the control will be visible in live mode. In design mode, the control is always visible.
5 37927 48 Určuje, či majú byť ikony na Navigačnom paneli malé alebo veľké.
13 HID_PROP_TIMEFORMAT 31 Umožňuje definovať požadovaný formát času.
22 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_LINEEND_FORMAT 60 Pre textové polia vyberte kód konca riadku, ktorý sa použije pri zápise textu do databázy.
d HID_PROP_FONT 2b Vyberte písmo pre text v ovládacom prvku.
15 HID_PROP_HIDDEN_VALUE 50 Umožňuje zadať hodnotu, ktorá bude pridaná ku skrytému ovládaciemu prvku.
17 HID_PROP_CURRENCYSYMBOL 36 Umožňuje zadať znak alebo reťazec pre symbol meny.
13 HID_PROP_TARGET_URL 70 Určuje URL adresu, ktorá bude otvorená po kliknutí na tlačidlo typu "Otvoriť dokument / webovú stránku".
5 37928 69 Určuje, či sa na Navigačnom paneli majú zobraziť alebo skryť prvky určujúce umiestnenie záznamu.
17 HID_PROP_DEFAULT_BUTTON 64 Vlastnosť Východzie tlačidlo určuje, ktoré tlačidlo sa použije pri stlačení klávesu Enter.
18 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_TEXT 37 Nastaví východzí text pre textové alebo combo pole.
20 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_DEFAULT_DATE 1b Nastaví východzí dátum.
22 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_BLOCKINCREMENT 74 Určuje hodnotu, ktorá sa pričíta alebo odčíta, keď používateľ klikne vedľa posuvníka na posuvnom paneli.
21 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_LINEINCREMENT 6c Určuje hodnotu, ktorá sa pričíta alebo odčíta, keď používateľ klikne na šípku posuvného panelu.
18 HID_PROP_SCROLLVALUE_MIN 2e Určuje minimálnu hodnotu pre posuvný panel.
18 HID_PROP_SCROLLVALUE_MAX 2e Určuje maximálnu hodnotu pre posuvný panel.
1c HID_PROP_DEFAULT_SCROLLVALUE 2f Nastaví východziu hodnotu pre posuvný panel.
19 HID_PROP_EFFECTIVEDEFAULT 2f Nastaví východziu hodnotu ovládacieho prvku.
1b HID_PROP_DEFAULT_SELECT_SEQ 45 Určuje položky poľa zoznamu, ktoré sa majú implicitne označiť.
18 HID_PROP_DEFAULT_CHECKED 53 Určuje, či je táto možnosť alebo zaškrtávacie políčko implicitne zapnuté.
22 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_WHEEL_BEHAVIOR 165 Sets whether the value changes when the user scrolls a mouse wheel. Never: No change of the value. When focused: (default) The value changes when the control has the focus and the wheel is pointing at the control and gets scrolled. Always: The value changes when the wheel is pointing at the control and gets scrolled, no matter which control has the focus.
11 HID_PROP_READONLY 55 Určuje, či je ovládací prvok len na čítanie (Áno) alebo sa dá upraviť (Nie).
d HID_PROP_NAME 78 Na záložke Vlastnosti určuje názov ovládacieho prvku. Na záložke Vlastnosti formulára určuje názov formulára.
19 HID_PROP_CURRSYM_POSITION 4b Určuje, či sa symbol meny v menovom poli zobrazí pred alebo za číslom.
19 HID_PROP_DECIMAL_ACCURACY 41 Určuje počet číslic zobrazených v desatinnej časti čísla.
10 HID_PROP_TIMEMIN 3d Určuje najnižší čas, ktorý môže používateľ zadať.
15 HID_PROP_EFFECTIVEMIN 76 Umožňuje určiť najnižšiu možnú hodnotu poľa. To znamená, že používateľ nemôže zadať nižšiu hodnotu.
1f EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_ANCHOR_TYPE 2b Defines where the control will be anchored.
11 HID_PROP_TRISTATE 73 Určuje, či môže zaškrtávacie políčko reprezentovať okrem hodnôt PRAVDA a NEPRAVDA naviac hodnotu NULOVÉ.
c HID_PROP_TAG 4a Určuje doplňujúce informácie alebo popisný text pre ovládací prvok.
17 HID_PROP_STRINGITEMLIST 5e Definuje zoznam položiek viditeľných v dokumente. Otvorte tento zoznam a zadajte svoj text.
1f EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_VISIBLESIZE e0 Určuje veľkosť posuvníka posuvného panelu v "hodnotových jednotkách". Napr. hodnota ("Max. hodnota posunu" mínus "Min. hodnota posunu") / 2 bude mať za následok posuvník, ktoré zaberie polovicu posuvného panelu.
1d EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_WORDBREAK 24 Displays text on more than one line.
1d EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_POSITIONX 3e Defines the X position of the control, relative to the anchor.
12 HID_PROP_ROWHEIGHT 33 Určuje výšku riadku v ovládacom prvku tabuľky.
15 HID_PROP_STRICTFORMAT 4b Ak je aktívny presný formát (Áno), prijímané sú len povolené znaky.
14 HID_PROP_LITERALMASK 75 Definuje znakovú masku. Znaková maska obsahuje východzie hodnoty a je viditeľná vždy po načítaní formulára.
d HID_PROP_SPIN 65 Možnosť "Áno" zmení ovládací prvok na rolovacie tlačidlo a pridajú sa zodpovedajúce šípky.
16 HID_PROP_NAVIGATIONBAR 60 Určuje, či sa pri spodnom ohraničení ovládacieho prvku tabuľky zobrazí navigačný panel.
5 37967 62 Určuje farbu okrajov pre ovládacie prvky, ktoré majú nastavenú vlastnosť Okraj na "plochý".
10 HID_PROP_DATEMIN 3f Určuje najnižší dátum, ktorý môže používateľ zadať.
10 HID_PROP_TABSTOP 62 Vlastnosť Krok tabulátora určuje, či je možné ovládací prvok vybrať pomocou klávesa Tab.
19 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_WIDTH 21 Defines the width of the control.
15 HID_PROP_RECORDMARKER 70 Určuje, či sa má prvý stĺpec zobraziť so štítkami riadkov, kde je aktuálny záznam označený šípkou.
e HID_PROP_LABEL 4f Vlastnosť Popisné pole nastavuje označenie ovládacieho prvku vo formulári.
1a EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_HEIGHT 22 Defines the height of the control.
13 HID_PROP_BUTTONTYPE 4e Vlastnosť Činnosť určuje, aká činnosť nastane pri aktivácii tlačidla.
12 HID_PROP_PRINTABLE 32 Určuje, či sa má toto ovládacie pole tlačiť.
1d EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_POSITIONY 3e Defines the Y position of the control, relative to the anchor.
5 37929 57 Určuje, či sa na Navigačnom paneli majú zobraziť alebo skryť prvky na navigáciu.
12 HID_PROP_VALUESTEP 1f Určuje intervaly číselníku.
5 37933 b1 Umožňuje v poliach (napr. textových alebo označení) používať zalomenie riadku a formátovanie. Pre zadanie formátovaného textu zvoľte "Viac riadkov s formátovaním".
10 HID_PROP_ENABLED 6b Ak je vlastnosť "Povolené" nastavená na (Áno), používateľ môže tento ovládací prvok používať.
1f EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_ORIENTATION 5d Určuje, či bude posuvný panel či rolovacie tlačidlo orientované zvisle alebo vodorovne.
20 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_DEFAULT_TIME 19 Nastaví východzí čas.
15 HID_PROP_CONTROLLABEL 30 Určuje zdroj pre označenie ovládacieho prvku.
13 HID_PROP_MAXTEXTLEN 46 Definuje maximálny počet znakov, ktoré môže používateľ zadať.
13 HID_PROP_DATEFORMAT 34 Zadajte požadovaný formát pre zobrazenie dátumu.
f HID_PROP_BORDER 4f Určuje, či sa má okraj poľa zobraziť "Bez rámca", v "3D" alebo "Plochý".
12 HID_PROP_LINECOUNT 8b Specifies how many lines should be displayed in the dropdown list. This setting is only active if you chose "Yes" in the "Dropdown" option.
11 HID_PROP_HELPTEXT 4f Umožňuje zadať pomocný text, ktorý sa zobrazí ako tip ovládacieho prvku.
e HID_PROP_WIDTH 37 Nastavenie šírky stĺpca v ovládacom prvku tabuľky.
13 HID_PROP_SCALEIMAGE 47 Zmení veľkosť obrázku, aby zodpovedal veľkosti ovládacieho prvku.
15 HID_PROP_AUTOCOMPLETE 2f Priradí combo poľu automatické vyplňovanie.
47 modules%2Fspropctrlr%2Fui%2Flabelselectiondialog%2FLabelSelectionDialog 75 Zaškrtnutím políčka Žiadne priradenie odstránite prepojenie medzi ovládacím prvkom a priradeným označením.
15 HID_PROP_REPEAT_DELAY 41 Určuje pozdržanie v milisekundách medzi opakovaním udalostí.
f HID_PROP_REPEAT 9b Určuje, či sa má opakovať akcia ovládacieho prvku, ak naňho kliknete a držíte tlačidlo myši (napr. pre rolovacie tlačidlo alebo posuvný panel).
5 37930 50 Určuje, či sa majú zobraziť alebo skryť prvky akcií na Navigačnom paneli.
18 HID_PROP_SHOWTHOUSANDSEP 1d Vloží oddeľovač tisícok.
12 HID_PROP_IMAGE_URL 65 Vlastnosť Obrázky určuje cestu a názov súboru s obrázkom, ktorý chcete zobraziť na tlačidle.
11 HID_PROP_DROPDOWN 3b Určuje, či sa combo pole má stránkovať dole alebo nie.
15 HID_PROP_TARGET_FRAME 72 Určuje cieľový rámec, v ktorom sa zobrazí dokument otvorený z ponuky "Otvoriť dokument / webovú stránku".
15 HID_PROP_EFFECTIVEMAX 4f Definuje hodnotu ovládacieho prvku, ktorú používateľ nemôže prekročiť.
10 HID_PROP_HELPURL 5e Určuje URL odkaz na dokument pomocníka, ktorý sa zobrazí ako pomocník ovládacieho prvku.
11 HID_PROP_TABINDEX 70 Vlastnosť Poradie aktivácie určuje poradie, v akom sa aktivujú ovládacie prvky pri stlačení klávesu Tab.
10 HID_PROP_HSCROLL 29 Pridá k textovému poľu posuvný panel.
e HID_PROP_ALIGN 48 Určuje zarovnanie pre text alebo obrázok použitý v ovládacom prvku.
18 HID_PROP_BACKGROUNDCOLOR 2a Nastaví farbu pozadia ovládacieho prvku.
10 HID_PROP_TIMEMAX 45 Určuje maximálnu hodnotu času, ktorú môže používateľ zadať.
5 37931 5f Specifies to show or hide the filtering and sorting items in a selected Navigation Bar control.
17 HID_PROP_MULTISELECTION 34 Umožňuje vybrať viac než jednu položku zoznamu.
21 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_SPININCREMENT 43 Určuje intervaly pre zvýšenie a zníženie hodnoty číselníku.
1a EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_TOGGLE 122 Specifies if a Push Button behaves as a Toggle Button. If you set Toggle to "Yes", you can switch between the "selected" and "not selected" control states when you click the button or press the spacebar while the control has the focus. A button in the "selected" state appears "pressed in".
10 HID_PROP_DATEMAX 39 Používateľ nemôže zadať vyšší dátum než tento.
20 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_FOCUSONCLICK 5a Ak je táto voľba nastavená na "Áno", tlačidlo získa zameranie, keď naňho kliknete.
5 37965 71 Určuje, či označený text v ovládacom prvku zostane označený, aj keď ovládací prvok už nie je aktívny.
12 HID_PROP_FORMATKEY 65 Určuje formátovací kód pre ovládací prvok. Kliknutím na tlačidlo ... je možné kód vybrať.
12 HID_PROP_ECHO_CHAR 96 Ak textové pole bude použité k zadávaniu hesla, zadajte ASCII kód zobrazovaného znaku. Zobrazí sa namiesto znakov zadávaných používateľom.
5 37966 6e Určuje, či sa zaškrtávacie políčka a tlačidlá možností zobrazujú ako 3D (východzie) alebo ploché.
11 HID_PROP_EDITMASK 61 Definuje vstupnú masku. Zadaním masky určíte, čo môže používateľ do tohto poľa zadať.
1f EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_SYMBOLCOLOR 4c Určuje farbu symbolov na ovládacom prvku, napr. šípok posuvného panelu.
18 HID_PROP_LIST_CELL_RANGE 5e Zadajte rozsah buniek zo zošitu, ktoré obsahujú položky pre pole zoznamu alebo combo pole.
16 HID_PROP_CONTROLSOURCE 4f Určuje pole v tabuľke zdroja dát, na ktoré odkazuje tento ovládací prvok.
14 HID_PROP_BOUNDCOLUMN 8e Pomocou indexu určíte pole tabuľky alebo SQL dotazu, ktoré sa spojí s poľom určeným v Dátové pole. Platné hodnoty sú 1, 2, 3 atď.
11 HID_PROP_REFVALUE e6 Umožňuje zadať referenčnú hodnotu pre webové formuláre, ktorá sa odovzdá serveru pri odoslaní formulára. V databázových formulároch sa zadaná hodnota zapíše do databázového poľa priradeného ovládaciemu prvku.
17 HID_PROP_FILTERPROPOSAL fc Pri návrhu formulára je možné v dialógu Vlastnosti formulára na záložke Dáta nastaviť textovým poliam vlastnosť "Filter". V režime filtru si potom je možné pri hľadaní vybrať zo všetkých informácií obsiahnutých v týchto poliach.
17 HID_PROP_LISTSOURCETYPE 39 Určuje dáta pre vyplnenie polí zoznamov a combo polí.
25 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_UNCHECKEDREFVALUE 12f Zaškrtávacie políčka a prepínače v zošitoch je možné prepojiť s bunkami v aktuálnom dokumente. Ak je ovládací prvok zapnutý, skopíruje sa do bunky hodnota z Referenčnej hodnoty (zapnutá). Ak je ovládací prvok vypnutý, skopíruje sa do bunky hodnota z Referenčnej hodnoty (vypnutá).
16 HID_PROP_EMPTY_IS_NULL c9 Defines how an empty string input should be handled. If set to Yes, an input string of length zero will be treated as a value NULL. If set to No, any input will be treated as-is without any conversion.
13 HID_PROP_BOUND_CELL 6d Určuje odkaz na prepojenú bunku v zošite. Prepojí sa stav alebo obsah ovládacieho prvku s obsahom bunky.
13 HID_PROP_LISTSOURCE c6 V databázových formulároch určuje zdroj dát zoznam položiek pre ovládací prvok. Toto pole je možné použiť pre zadanie zoznamu hodnôt do dokumentov, ktoré nie sú spojené s databázou.
1b HID_PROP_CELL_EXCHANGE_TYPE 39 Určuje režim prepojenia poľa zoznamu s bunkou zošitu.
13 HID_EVT_MOUSEEXITED 50 The Mouse outside event takes place when the mouse is outside the control field.
15 HID_EVT_MOUSERELEASED 71 The Mouse button released event occurs if the mouse button is released while the mouse pointer is on the control.
14 HID_EVT_MOUSEDRAGGED 65 The Mouse moved while key pressed event takes place when the mouse is dragged while a key is pressed.
13 HID_EVT_TEXTCHANGED 53 Udalosť Text zmenený nastane, keď zadáte alebo upravíte text vo vstupnom poli.
10 HID_EVT_KEYTYPED 5b The Key pressed event occurs when the user presses any key while the control has the focus.
13 HID_EVT_FOCUSGAINED 51 The When receiving focus event takes place if a control field receives the focus.
12 HID_EVT_MOUSEMOVED 41 The Mouse moved event occurs if the mouse moves over the control.
17 HID_EVT_ACTIONPERFORMED 3a The Execute action event occurs when an action is started.
14 HID_EVT_MOUSEENTERED 4c The Mouse inside event takes place if the mouse is inside the control field.
14 HID_EVT_MOUSEPRESSED 6f The Mouse button pressed event occurs if the mouse button is pressed while the mouse pointer is on the control.
1e HID_EVT_APPROVEACTIONPERFORMED 4d This event takes place before an action is triggered by clicking the control.
f HID_EVT_CHANGED 82 The Changed event takes place when the control loses the focus and the content of the control has changed since it lost the focus.
18 HID_EVT_ITEMSTATECHANGED 59 The Item status changed event takes place if the status of the control field has changed.
11 HID_EVT_FOCUSLOST 4c The When losing focus event takes place if a control field looses the focus.
d HID_EVT_KEYUP 5d The Key released event occurs when the user releases any key while the control has the focus.
15 .uno%3AFormProperties 61 In this dialog you can specify, among others,  the data source and the events for the whole form.
18 HID_PROP_SUBMIT_ENCODING 32 Specifies the type for encoding the data transfer.
16 HID_PROP_SUBMIT_METHOD 3f Upresní metódu prenosu informácií z vyplneného formulára.
12 HID_EVT_POSITIONED 60 The After record change event occurs directly after the current record pointer has been changed.
11 HID_EVT_ROWCHANGE 58 The After record action event occurs directly after the current record has been changed.
18 HID_EVT_APPROVEROWCHANGE 4b The Before record action event occurs before the current record is changed.
13 HID_EVT_POSITIONING 53 The Before record change event occurs before the current record pointer is changed.
11 HID_EVT_SUBMITTED 40 The Before submitting event occurs before the form data is sent.
10 HID_EVT_RESETTED 3d The After resetting event occurs after a form has been reset.
e HID_EVT_LOADED 46 The When loading event occurs directly after the form has been loaded.
13 HID_EVT_AFTERUPDATE 72 The After update event occurs after the control content changed by the user has been written into the data source.
18 HID_EVT_APPROVEPARAMETER 63 The Fill parameters event occurs when the form to be loaded has parameters that must be filled out.
11 HID_EVT_RELOADING 3e The Before reloading event occurs before the form is reloaded.
10 HID_EVT_RELOADED 4a The When reloading event occurs directly after the form has been reloaded.
10 HID_EVT_UNLOADED 73 The When unloading event occurs directly after the form has been unloaded; that is, separated from its data source.
17 HID_EVT_APPROVERESETTED 37 The Prior to reset event occurs before a form is reset.
11 HID_EVT_UNLOADING 67 The Before unloading event occurs before the form is unloaded; that is, separated from its data source.
15 HID_EVT_ERROROCCURRED 58 The Error occurred event is activated if an error occurs when accessing the data source.
15 HID_EVT_CONFIRMDELETE 51 The Confirm deletion event occurs as soon as data has been deleted from the form.
14 HID_PROP_SLAVEFIELDS 6b If you create a subform, enter the variable where possible values from the parent form field can be stored.
14 HID_PROP_ALLOW_EDITS 27 Determines if the data can be modified.
18 HID_PROP_ALLOW_DELETIONS 26 Determines if the data can be deleted.
13 HID_PROP_DATASOURCE 37 Defines the data source to which the form should refer.
15 HID_PROP_CURSORSOURCE fd Determines the content to be used for the form. The content can be an existing table or a query (previously created in the database), or it can be defined by an SQL-statement. Before you enter a content you have to define the exact type in Content type.
15 HID_PROP_MASTERFIELDS 80 If you create a subform, enter the data field of the parent form responsible for the synchronization between parent and subform.
18 HID_PROP_FILTER_CRITERIA 8c Enter the required conditions for filtering the data in the form. The filter specifications follow SQL rules without using the WHERE clause.
1a HID_PROP_ESCAPE_PROCESSING 46 Specifies whether the SQL statement is to be analyzed by %PRODUCTNAME.
12 HID_PROP_DATAENTRY 70 Determines if the form only allows the addition of new data (Yes) or if it allows other properties as well (No).
e HID_PROP_CYCLE 3f Determines how the navigation should be done using the tab key.
19 HID_PROP_CURSORSOURCETYPE 8a Defines whether the data source is to be an existing database table or query, or if the form is to be generated based on an SQL statement.
16 HID_PROP_SORT_CRITERIA 9c Specifies the conditions to sort the data in the form. The specification of the sorting conditions follows SQL rules without the use of the ORDER BY clause.
13 HID_PROP_NAVIGATION 4d Specifies whether the navigation functions in the lower form bar can be used.
18 HID_PROP_ALLOW_ADDITIONS 20 Determines if data can be added.
10 .uno%3ATabDialog 79 In the Tab Order dialog you can modify the order in which control fields get the focus when the user presses the tab key.
2f modules%2Fspropctrlr%2Fui%2Ftaborder%2FCTRLtree 76 Lists all controls in the form. These controls can be selected with the tab key in the given order from top to bottom.
2a modules%2Fspropctrlr%2Fui%2Ftaborder%2FupB 5c Click the Move Up button to shift the selected control one position higher in the tab order.
2c modules%2Fspropctrlr%2Fui%2Ftaborder%2FautoB 6f Click the Automatic Sort button to automatically sort the controls according to their position in the document.
2c modules%2Fspropctrlr%2Fui%2Ftaborder%2FdownB 5d Click the Move Down button to shift the selected control one position lower in the tab order.
d HID_FIELD_SEL 88 The field selection window lists all database fields of the table or query that was specified as the data source in the Form Properties.
f .uno%3AAddField 52 Opens a window where you can select a database field to add to the form or report.
1e .uno%3ASwitchControlDesignMode b1 Toggles the Design mode on or off. This function is used to switch quickly between Design and User mode. Activate to edit the form controls, deactivate to use the form controls.
14 SID_FM_RENAME_OBJECT 1c Renames the selected object.
1a .uno%3AShowPropertyBrowser 34 Starts the Properties dialog for the selected entry.
11 SID_FM_NEW_HIDDEN a6 Creates a hidden control in the selected form that is not displayed on the screen. A hidden control serves to include data that is transmitted together with the form.
12 HID_FORM_NAVIGATOR 68 The Form Navigator contains a list of all created (logical) forms with the corresponding control fields.
a SID_FM_NEW 6f Adds new elements to the form. The Add function can only be called if a form is selected in the Form Navigator.
d SID_FM_DELETE 1b Deletes the selected entry.
15 .uno%3AShowFmExplorer 84 Opens the Form Navigator. The Form Navigator displays all forms and subforms of the current document with their respective controls.
f SID_FM_NEW_FORM 23 Creates a new form in the document.
34 modules%2Fsabpilot%2Fui%2Ftableselectionpage%2Ftable 1c Specifies the desired table.
39 modules%2Fsabpilot%2Fui%2Ftableselectionpage%2Fdatasource 3a Specifies the data source that contains the desired table.
38 modules%2Fsabpilot%2Fui%2Fcontentfieldpage%2Fselectfield 3f Displays the data fields that are accepted into the form field.
32 modules%2Fsabpilot%2Fui%2Fcontenttablepage%2Ftable 76 In the Table field, select the table containing the data field whose content should be displayed in the control field.
3e DBP_EDIT_RID_PAGE_LCW_CONTENTSELECTION_FIELD_ET_DISPLAYEDFIELD 4a Specifies the field whose data are to be shown in the combo or list boxes.
3e DBP_LISTBOX_RID_PAGE_LCW_CONTENTSELECTION_FIELD_LB_SELECTFIELD 3d Displays all table fields chosen on the previous Wizard page.
33 modules%2Fsabpilot%2Fui%2Ffieldlinkpage%2Flisttable 5b Specifies the linked table data field, which is related to the specified value table field.
34 modules%2Fsabpilot%2Fui%2Ffieldlinkpage%2Fvaluefield 5d Specifies the current form data field which should be related to a field in the linked table.
43 modules%2Fsabpilot%2Fui%2Foptionsdbfieldpage%2FstoreInFieldCombobox 4b Specifies the data field where the combination field value should be saved.
3c modules%2Fsabpilot%2Fui%2Foptionsdbfieldpage%2FnoRadiobutton 7a Specifies that the value of this combination field will not be written in the database and will only be saved in the form.
3d modules%2Fsabpilot%2Fui%2Foptionsdbfieldpage%2FyesRadiobutton 6d Specifies whether the user's entered or selected combination field value should be saved in a database field.
13 .uno%3AOpenReadOnly 3a Opens forms in Design Mode so that the form can be edited.
11 .uno%3AUseWizards 51 Specifies whether to start the wizard automatically when inserting a new control.
15 .uno%3ADesignerDialog 76 Specifies whether to show or hide the Styles and Formatting window, which is where you can assign and organize Styles.
11 .uno%3AStyleApply 53 Priradí štýl aktuálnemu odseku, označeným odsekom alebo označenému objektu.
13 .uno%3ACharFontName 47 Umožňuje vybrať názov písma zo zoznamu alebo zadať názov priamo.
11 .uno%3AFontHeight 45 Umožňuje vybrať velkosť písma zo zeznamu alebo ju zadať ručne.
1e .uno%3ATextdirectionLeftToRigh 2f Specifies the horizontal direction of the text.
1e .uno%3ATextdirectionTopToBotto 2d Specifies the vertical direction of the text.
16 .uno%3ADecrementIndent 92 Click the Decrease Indent icon to reduce the left indent of the current paragraph or cell content and set it to the previous default tab position.
16 .uno%3AIncrementIndent 90 Click the Increase Indent icon to increase the left indent of the current paragraph or cell content and set it to the next default tab position.
10 .uno%3ABackColor 155 Použije aktuálnu farbu zvýraznenia na pozadie označeného textu. Pokiaľ nie je označený text, kliknite na ikonu  Zvýraznenie , označte text, ktorý chcete zvýrazniť, a potom znovu kliknite na ikonu  Zvýraznenie . Ak chcete zmeniť farbu zvýraznenia, kliknite na šípku vedľa ikony  Zvýraznenie  a potom na požadovanú farbu.
16 .uno%3ABackgroundColor ab Click to open a toolbar where you can click a background color for a paragraph. The color is applied to the background of the current paragraph or the selected paragraphs.
18 .uno%3AParaspaceIncrease 5f Click the Increase Spacing icon to increase the paragraph spacing above the selected paragraph.
18 .uno%3AParaspaceDecrease 5f Click the Decrease Spacing icon to decrease the paragraph spacing above the selected paragraph.
15 .uno%3ASetBorderStyle 71 Click the Borders icon to open the Borders toolbar, where you can modify the border of a sheet area or an object.
10 .uno%3ALineStyle 5b Click this icon to open the Line Style toolbar, where you can modify the border line style.
15 .uno%3AFrameLineColor 86 Click the Line Color (of the border) icon to open the Border Color toolbar, which enables you to change the border color of an object.
17 .uno%3AToggleAnchorType 2f Allows you to switch between anchoring options.
14 .uno%3AOptimizeTable 60 Otvorí panel nástrojov, ktorý obsahuje funkcie na optimalizáciu riadkov a stĺpcov tabuľky.
13 .uno%3ALineEndStyle 69 Opens the Arrowheads toolbar. Use the symbols shown to define the style for the end of the selected line.
1d .uno%3AToggleObjectRotateMode 1c Rotates the selected object.
12 .uno%3AObjectAlign 2b Modifies the alignment of selected objects.
15 .uno%3ADecrementLevel 50 Moves the selected paragraph down one level in a numbering or bullets hierarchy.
15 .uno%3AIncrementLevel 50 Moves the selected paragraph up one level in the numbering or bullets hierarchy.
d .uno%3AMoveUp 39 Positions the selected paragraph before the one above it.
f .uno%3AMoveDown 38 Positions the selected paragraph after the one below it.
14 .uno%3ADefaultBullet 5b Assigns bullet points to the selected paragraphs, or removes them from bulleted paragraphs.
e .uno%3AOpenUrl 9f Loads a document specified by an entered URL. You can type a new URL, edit an URL, or select one from the list. Displays the full path of the current document.
d .uno%3AReload 3a Replaces the current document with the last saved version.
1c HID_HELP_TEXT_SELECTION_MODE d6 You can enable a selection cursor in a read-only text document or in the Help. Choose Edit - Select Text or open the context menu of a read-only document and choose Select Text. The selection cursor does not blink.
e .uno%3AEditDoc 3b Enables you to edit a read-only document or database table.
11 .uno%3ADSBEditDoc 3d Turns the edit mode for the current database table on or off.
b .uno%3AStop 5e Click to interrupt the current loading process, Ctrl-click to interrupt all loading processes.
18 .uno%3AExportDirectToPDF 58 Exportuje aktuálny dokument priamo do PDF bez zobrazenia dialógového okna nastavení.
15 .uno%3AStatusGetTitle 42 Displays information about the active %PRODUCTNAME Basic document.
18 .uno%3AStatusGetPosition 7d Displays the current cursor position in the %PRODUCTNAME Basic document. The row number is specified, then the column number.
18 HID_ICCDIALOG_CANCEL_BTN 21 Closes the dialog without saving.
14 HID_ICCDIALOG_OK_BTN 22 Applies the data to your document.
17 HID_ICCDIALOG_RESET_BTN 39 Resets the entries in the dialog to their original state.
16 .uno%3ARemoveHyperlink 2a Removes the hyperlink, leaving plain text.
14 .uno%3AEditHyperlink 1b Opens the Hyperlink dialog.
18 HID_ICCDIALOG_CHOICECTRL 2c Select the type of hyperlink to be inserted.
1c .uno%3AOpenHyperlinkOnCursor 30 Opens the hyperlink in your default web browser.
1c .uno%3ACopyHyperlinkLocation 20 Copies the URL to the clipboard.
35 cui%3AEdit%3ARID_SVXPAGE_HYPERLINK_INTERNET%3AED_TEXT 1f Enter a name for the hyperlink.
35 cui%3AEdit%3ARID_SVXPAGE_HYPERLINK_DOCUMENT%3AED_TEXT 1f Enter a name for the hyperlink.
42 SVX%3AIMAGEBUTTON%3ARID_SVXPAGE_HYPERLINK_NEWDOCUMENT%3ABTN_SCRIPT 87 Opens the Assign Macro dialog, in which you can give events such as "mouse over object" or "trigger hyperlink" their own program codes.
3a cui%3AComboBox%3ARID_SVXPAGE_HYPERLINK_INTERNET%3ACB_FRAME c3 Enter the name of the frame that you want the linked file to open in, or select a predefined frame from the list. If you leave this box blank, the linked file opens in the current browser window.
3a cui%3AComboBox%3ARID_SVXPAGE_HYPERLINK_DOCUMENT%3ACB_FRAME c3 Enter the name of the frame that you want the linked file to open in, or select a predefined frame from the list. If you leave this box blank, the linked file opens in the current browser window.
3d cui%3AComboBox%3ARID_SVXPAGE_HYPERLINK_NEWDOCUMENT%3ACB_FRAME c3 Enter the name of the frame that you want the linked file to open in, or select a predefined frame from the list. If you leave this box blank, the linked file opens in the current browser window.
36 cui%3AComboBox%3ARID_SVXPAGE_HYPERLINK_MAIL%3ACB_FRAME c3 Enter the name of the frame that you want the linked file to open in, or select a predefined frame from the list. If you leave this box blank, the linked file opens in the current browser window.
3b SVX%3ALISTBOX%3ARID_SVXPAGE_HYPERLINK_NEWDOCUMENT%3ALB_FORM 43 Specifies whether the hyperlink is inserted as text or as a button.
3f SVX%3ACHECKBOX%3ARID_SVXPAGE_HYPERLINK_INTERNET%3ACBX_ANONYMOUS 3d Allows you to log in to the FTP address as an anonymous user.
1a CUI_HID_HYPERDLG_INET_PATH a3 Enter a URL for the file that you want to open when you click the hyperlink. If you do not specify a target frame, the file opens in the current document or frame.
43 SVX%3ARADIOBUTTON%3ARID_SVXPAGE_HYPERLINK_INTERNET%3ARB_LINKTYP_FTP 19 Creates an FTP hyperlink.
2c cui%2Fui%2Fhyperlinkmarkdialog%2FTreeListBox 48 Specifies the position in the target document where you wish to jump to.
38 cui%3AEdit%3ARID_SVXPAGE_HYPERLINK_NEWDOCUMENT%3AED_TEXT 1f Enter a name for the hyperlink.
31 cui%3AEdit%3ARID_SVXPAGE_HYPERLINK_MAIL%3AED_TEXT 1f Enter a name for the hyperlink.
26 cui%2Fui%2Fhyperlinkmarkdialog%2Fapply 3f Inserts the target in the Target field of the Hyperlink dialog.
3f SVX%3AIMAGEBUTTON%3ARID_SVXPAGE_HYPERLINK_INTERNET%3ABTN_BROWSE 3d Opens a web browser, into which you can load the desired URL.
26 cui%2Fui%2Fhyperlinkmarkdialog%2Fclose 64 Once the hyperlink has been completely entered, click on Close to set the link and leave the dialog.
3e SVX%3AEDIT%3ARID_SVXPAGE_HYPERLINK_NEWDOCUMENT%3AED_INDICATION 3f Specifies the visible text or button caption for the hyperlink.
36 SVX%3AEDIT%3ARID_SVXPAGE_HYPERLINK_INTERNET%3AED_LOGIN 41 Specifies your login name, if you are working with FTP addresses.
48 SVX%3ARADIOBUTTON%3ARID_SVXPAGE_HYPERLINK_INTERNET%3ARB_LINKTYP_INTERNET 1a Creates an http hyperlink.
37 SVX%3AEDIT%3ARID_SVXPAGE_HYPERLINK_INTERNET%3AED_PASSWD 3f Specifies your password, if you are working with FTP addresses.
16 HID_HYPERDLG_MAIL_PATH 67 Specifies the full URL of the addressee, in the form mailto:name@provider.com or news:group.server.com.
3a SVX_RADIOBUTTON_RID_SVXPAGE_HYPERLINK_MAIL_RB_LINKTYP_MAIL 36 Assigns the specified e-mail address to the hyperlink.
3a SVX_RADIOBUTTON_RID_SVXPAGE_HYPERLINK_MAIL_RB_LINKTYP_NEWS 28 Assigns a news address to the hyperlink.
2e SVX_EDIT_RID_SVXPAGE_HYPERLINK_MAIL_ED_SUBJECT 57 Specifies the subject that is inserted in the subject line of the new message document.
39 SVX_IMAGEBUTTON_RID_SVXPAGE_HYPERLINK_MAIL_BTN_ADRESSBOOK 27 Hides or shows the data source browser.
3f SVX%3AIMAGEBUTTON%3ARID_SVXPAGE_HYPERLINK_DOCUMENT%3ABTN_BROWSE 24 Opens the Target in Document dialog.
1a CUI_HID_HYPERLINK_DOCUMENT a3 Enter a URL for the file that you want to open when you click the hyperlink. If you do not specify a target frame, the file opens in the current document or frame.
19 CUI_HID_HYPERDLG_DOC_PATH a3 Enter a URL for the file that you want to open when you click the hyperlink. If you do not specify a target frame, the file opens in the current document or frame.
41 SVX%3AIMAGEBUTTON%3ARID_SVXPAGE_HYPERLINK_DOCUMENT%3ABTN_FILEOPEN 33 Opens the Open dialog, where you can select a file.
3b SVX%3AEDIT%3ARID_SVXPAGE_HYPERLINK_DOCUMENT%3AED_TARGET_DOC 4c Specifies a target for the hyperlink into the document specified under Path.
45 SVX%3ALISTBOX%3ARID_SVXPAGE_HYPERLINK_NEWDOCUMENT%3ALB_DOCUMENT_TYPES 2d Specifies the file type for the new document.
42 SVX%3ARADIOBUTTON%3ARID_SVXPAGE_HYPERLINK_NEWDOCUMENT%3ARB_EDITNOW 4e Specifies that the new document is created and immediately opened for editing.
44 SVX%3ARADIOBUTTON%3ARID_SVXPAGE_HYPERLINK_NEWDOCUMENT%3ARB_EDITLATER 48 Specifies that the document is created but it is not immediately opened.
42 SVX%3AIMAGEBUTTON%3ARID_SVXPAGE_HYPERLINK_NEWDOCUMENT%3ABTN_CREATE 3a Opens the Select Path dialog, where you can select a path.
3f cui%3AEdit%3ARID_SVXPAGE_HYPERLINK_NEWDOCUMENT%3AED_PATH_NEWDOC 4c Enter a URL for the file that you want to open when you click the hyperlink.
13 .uno%3APreviousPage 30 Moves back to the previous page in the document.
f .uno%3ANextPage 2f Moves forward to the next page in the document.
10 .uno%3AFirstPage 28 Moves to the first page of the document.
f .uno%3ALastPage 27 Moves to the last page of the document.
f .uno%3ACloseWin 1a Closes the current window.
21 DBACCESS_HID_BROWSER_ADMINISTRATE b3 Opens a dialog to add/edit/remove a database file from the list of registered databases. The same dialog opens by choosing %PRODUCTNAME Base - Databases in the Options dialog box.
18 .uno%3ADSBrowserExplorer 36 Turns on and off the view of the data source explorer.
1e DBACCESS_HID_BROWSER_CLOSECONN 68 Closes the connection to the data source. See %PRODUCTNAME Base - Connections in the Options dialog box.
21 DBACCESS_HID_BROWSER_RENAME_ENTRY c5 To rename an entry, call this command and enter the new name. You can also do this by selecting the entry and pressing F2. The database must support renaming, otherwise this command is not enabled.
22 DBACCESS_HID_BROWSER_EDIT_DATABASE 2d Opens the selected database file for editing.
f .uno%3ASortDown 39 Sorts the data of the selected field in descending order.
11 .uno%3AAutoFilter 4f Filters the records, based on the content of the currently selected data field.
17 .uno%3ARemoveFilterSort 51 Cancels the filter settings and displays all of the records in the current table.
1f HID_BROWSER_REFRESH_REBUILDVIEW 6b Rebuilds the view of the database table. Use this command when you have changed the structure of the table.
e .uno%3ARefresh 1d Refreshes the displayed data.
13 .uno%3ASbaBrwInsert 59 Inserts all fields of the marked record into the current document at the cursor position.
3b modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Finsertdbcolumnsdialog%2Fautoformat 79 Opens the AutoFormat dialog, in which you can select format styles that are immediately applied when inserting the table.
3c modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Finsertdbcolumnsdialog%2Ftableformat 7e Opens the Table Format dialog, which enables you to define the table properties such as borders, background, and column width.
3b modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Finsertdbcolumnsdialog%2Fcolumnname 5a Uses the field names of the database table as headings for each of the text table columns.
3a modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Finsertdbcolumnsdialog%2Ftablecols 3c Lists all database columns to be inserted into the document.
3c modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Finsertdbcolumnsdialog%2Ftabledbcols 42 Specifies the database columns to be inserted into the text table.
39 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Finsertdbcolumnsdialog%2Fallright 43 Moves all listed database fields into the Table column(s) list box.
3a modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Finsertdbcolumnsdialog%2Fnumformat 63 Specifies a format from the list, if the format information of certain data fields is not accepted.
38 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Finsertdbcolumnsdialog%2Fastable 50 Inserts data selected from the data source browser into the document as a table.
39 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Finsertdbcolumnsdialog%2Foneright 44 Moves the selected database field into the Table column(s) list box.
38 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Finsertdbcolumnsdialog%2Foneleft 45 Removes the selected database field from the Table column(s) list box
3d modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Finsertdbcolumnsdialog%2Ftableheading 4d Specifies whether to insert a heading line for the columns in the text table.
38 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Finsertdbcolumnsdialog%2Fallleft 3e Removes all database fields from the Table column(s) list box.
38 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Finsertdbcolumnsdialog%2Frowonly 32 Inserts an empty heading line into the text table.
3d modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Finsertdbcolumnsdialog%2Ffromdatabase 1d Accepts the database formats.
37 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Finsertdbcolumnsdialog%2Fastext 4d Inserts data selected from the data source browser into the document as text.
28 .uno%3ADataSourceBrowser%2FInsertContent 4b Updates the contents of the existing database fields by the marked records.
11 .uno%3AFilterCrit 28 Allows you to set the filtering options.
2a dbaccess%2Fui%2Fqueryfilterdialog%2Ffield3 4d Specifies the field names from the current table to set them in the argument.
27 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fqueryfilterdialog%2Fop3 53 For the following arguments, you can choose between the logical operators AND / OR.
2a dbaccess%2Fui%2Fqueryfilterdialog%2Fvalue3 26 Specifies a value to filter the field.
1f .uno%3ADataFilterStandardFilter 3b Specifies the logical conditions to filter your table data.
29 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fqueryfilterdialog%2Fcond3 6f Specifies the comparative operators through which the entries in the Field name and Value fields can be linked.
10 .uno%3AOrderCrit 3a Specifies the sort order (either ascending or descending).
29 cui%2Fui%2Ffmsearchdialog%2FpbSearchAgain 1d Starts or cancels the search.
26 cui%2Fui%2Ffmsearchdialog%2FcbWildCard 27 Allows a search with a * or ? wildcard.
27 cui%2Fui%2Ffmsearchdialog%2FcbStartOver 77 Restarts the search. A forward search restarts with the first record. A backwards search restarts with the last record.
27 cui%2Fui%2Ffmsearchdialog%2FcbBackwards 63 Specifies that the search process will run in reverse direction, from the last to the first record.
2e cui%2Fui%2Ffmsearchdialog%2FrbSearchForNotNull 36 Specifies that fields will be found that contain data.
27 cui%2Fui%2Ffmsearchdialog%2FcbUseFormat 57 Specifies that all field formats are considered when searching in the current document.
22 cui%2Fui%2Ffmsearchdialog%2FcbCase 53 Specifies that upper and lower case are taken into consideration during the search.
2b cui%2Fui%2Ffmsearchdialog%2FrbSearchForNull 39 Specifies that fields will be found that contain no data.
21 cui%2Fui%2Ffmsearchdialog%2Fclose 5d Closes the dialog. The settings of the last search will be saved until you quit %PRODUCTNAME.
25 cui%2Fui%2Ffmsearchdialog%2FcbRegular 22 Searches with regular expressions.
2b cui%2Fui%2Ffmsearchdialog%2FrbSearchForText 3c Enter the search term in the box or select it from the list.
27 cui%2Fui%2Ffmsearchdialog%2FrbAllFields 1c Searches through all fields.
10 .uno%3ARecSearch 23 Searches database tables and forms.
29 cui%2Fui%2Ffmsearchdialog%2FrbSingleField 28 Searches through a specified data field.
22 cui%2Fui%2Ffmsearchdialog%2FlbForm 46 Specifies the logical form in which you want the search to take place.
26 cui%2Fui%2Ffmsearchdialog%2FlbPosition 45 Specifies the relationship of the search term and the field contents.
11 .uno%3AFormFilter 4d Prompts the database server to filter the visible data by specified criteria.
13 .uno%3AFormFiltered 3f Switches between the filtered and unfiltered view of the table.
15 .uno%3AViewFormAsGrid 39 Activates an additional table view when in the form view.
2d .uno%3ADataSourceBrowser%2FDocumentDataSource 57 Displays, in the data source browser, the table that is linked to the current document.
14 .uno%3ASbaExecuteSql 31 Runs the SQL query and displays the query result.
13 .uno%3ADBClearQuery 3f Clears the query and removes all tables from the design window.
28 dbaccess%2Fui%2Ftablesjoindialog%2Fclose 1d Closes the Add Tables dialog.
2c dbaccess%2Fui%2Ftablesjoindialog%2Ftablelist 1b Lists the available tables.
26 dbaccess%2Fui%2Ftablesjoindialog%2Fadd 25 Inserts the currently selected table.
29 dbaccess%2Fui%2Ftablesjoindialog%2Ftables 12 Shows only tables.
2a dbaccess%2Fui%2Ftablesjoindialog%2Fqueries 13 Shows only queries.
19 .uno%3ADBChangeDesignMode 36 Displays the design view or the SQL view of the query.
13 .uno%3ASbaNativeSql 8c In Native SQL mode you can enter SQL commands that are not interpreted by $[officename], but are instead passed directly to the data source.
16 .uno%3ADBViewFunctions 5c Displays the "Function" row in the lower part of the design view of the Query Design window.
17 .uno%3ADBViewTableNames 3f Displays the "Table" row in the lower part of the Query Design.
14 .uno%3ADBViewAliases 3f Displays the "Alias" row in the lower part of the Query Design.
17 .uno%3ADBDistinctValues 66 Expands the created select statement of the SQL Query in the current column by the parameter DISTINCT.
13 .uno%3ASelectObject 30 Umožní výber objektov v aktuálnom dokumente.
11 .uno%3ASourceView 8b Displays the source text of the current HTML document. This view is available when creating a new HTML document or opening an existing one.
11 SW_HID_SOURCEVIEW 8b Displays the source text of the current HTML document. This view is available when creating a new HTML document or opening an existing one.
13 .uno%3ALayoutStatus 65 Displays the current Page Style. Double-click to edit the style, right-click to select another style.
10 .uno%3AStateZoom 2f Specifies the current page display zoom factor.
11 .uno%3AInsertMode 5d Displays the current insert mode. You can toggle between INSRT = insert and OVER = overwrite.
1a .uno%3AStatusSelectionMode 36 Here you can switch between different selection modes.
10 SID_MODIFYSTATUS 9a If changes to the document have not yet been saved, a "*" is displayed in this field on the Status Bar. This also applies to new, not yet saved documents.
12 .uno%3ACurrentTime 1a Displays the current time.
12 .uno%3ACurrentDate 1a Displays the current date.
1f cui%2Fui%2Fmosaicdialog%2Fwidth 2a Defines the width of the individual tiles.
1a .uno%3AGraphicFilterMosaic 46 Joins small groups of pixels into rectangular areas of the same color.
1a .uno%3AGraphicFilterRelief 27 Displays a dialog for creating reliefs.
1f cui%2Fui%2Fmosaicdialog%2Fedges 2f Enhances, or sharpens, the edges of the object.
1a .uno%3AGraphicFilterPopart 26 Converts an image to a pop-art format.
1f cui%2Fui%2Fposterdialog%2Fvalue 43 Specifies the number of colors to which the image is to be reduced.
1a .uno%3AGraphicFilterPoster 38 Opens a dialog to determine the number of poster colors.
1a .uno%3AGraphicFilterSmooth 39 Softens or blurs the image by applying a low pass filter.
1f .uno%3AGraphicFilterRemoveNoise 2a Removes noise by applying a median filter.
20 cui%2Fui%2Fmosaicdialog%2Fheight 2b Defines the height of the individual tiles.
19 .uno%3AGraphicFilterSobel 7e Displays the image as a charcoal sketch. The contours of the image are drawn in black, and the original colors are suppressed.
1b .uno%3AGraphicFilterToolbox 73 This icon on the Image bar opens the Graphic Filter bar, where you can use various filters on the selected picture.
1c .uno%3AGraphicFilterSolarize c4 Opens a dialog for defining solarization. Solarization refers to an effect that looks like what can happen when there is too much light during photo development. The colors become partly inverted.
1a .uno%3AGraphicFilterInvert 86 Inverts the color values of a color image, or the brightness values of a grayscale image. Apply the filter again to revert the effect.
21 cui%2Fui%2Fsolarizedialog%2Fvalue 5b Specifies the degree of brightness, in percent, above which the pixels are to be solarized.
1e cui%2Fui%2Fagingdialog%2Fvalue 84 Defines the intensity of aging, in percent. At 0% you see the gray values of all pixels. At 100% only the red color channel remains.
22 cui%2Fui%2Fsolarizedialog%2Finvert 24 Specifies to also invert all pixels.
1b .uno%3AGraphicFilterSharpen 32 Sharpens the image by applying a high pass filter.
19 .uno%3AGraphicFilterSepia a0 All pixels are set to their gray values, and then the green and blue color channels are reduced by the amount you specify. The red color channel is not changed.
f .uno%3AGrafMode a2 Lists view attributes for the selected graphic object. The embedded or linked graphic object in the current file will not be changed, only the view of the object.
e .uno%3AGrafRed 55 Specifies the proportion of red RGB color components for the selected graphic object.
10 .uno%3AGrafGreen 57 Specifies the proportion of green RGB color components for the selected graphic object.
f .uno%3AGrafBlue 4f Specifies the proportion of blue RGB color components for the selected graphic.
14 .uno%3AGrafLuminance 39 Specifies the brightness for the selected graphic object.
13 .uno%3AGrafContrast 3e Specifies the contrast for viewing the selected graphic image.
10 .uno%3AGrafGamma 72 Specifies the gamma value for the view of the selected object, which affects the brightness of the midtone values.
17 .uno%3AGrafTransparence 31 Specifies the transparency in the graphic object.
b .uno%3ACrop 3b Drag any of the eight cropping handles to crop the picture.
13 .uno%3AGrafAttrCrop 76 Allows to crop the display of an inserted picture. Only the display gets cropped, the inserted picture is not changed.
25 .uno%3ABasicShapes.isosceles-triangle 5b Click an icon on the Basic Shapes toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
1c .uno%3ABasicShapes.rectangle 5b Click an icon on the Basic Shapes toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
21 .uno%3ABasicShapes.right-triangle 5b Click an icon on the Basic Shapes toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
22 .uno%3ABasicShapes.round-rectangle 5b Click an icon on the Basic Shapes toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
1d .uno%3ABasicShapes.circle-pie 5b Click an icon on the Basic Shapes toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
1a .uno%3ABasicShapes.ellipse 5b Click an icon on the Basic Shapes toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
12 .uno%3ABasicShapes 68 Otvorí lištu nástrojov Základné útvary, ktorú možno použiť na vkladanie útvarov do dokumentu.
19 .uno%3ABasicShapes.circle 5b Click an icon on the Basic Shapes toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
1a .uno%3ABasicShapes.quadrat 5b Click an icon on the Basic Shapes toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
16 .uno%3ABasicShapes.can 5b Click an icon on the Basic Shapes toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
20 .uno%3ABasicShapes.round-quadrat 5b Click an icon on the Basic Shapes toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
1c .uno%3ABasicShapes.trapezoid 5b Click an icon on the Basic Shapes toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
1b .uno%3ABasicShapes.pentagon 5b Click an icon on the Basic Shapes toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
18 .uno%3ABasicShapes.cross 5b Click an icon on the Basic Shapes toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
1a .uno%3ABasicShapes.diamond 5b Click an icon on the Basic Shapes toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
20 .uno%3ABasicShapes.parallelogram 5b Click an icon on the Basic Shapes toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
18 .uno%3ABasicShapes.paper 5b Click an icon on the Basic Shapes toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
1a .uno%3ABasicShapes.hexagon 5b Click an icon on the Basic Shapes toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
18 .uno%3ABasicShapes.frame 5b Click an icon on the Basic Shapes toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
1a .uno%3ABasicShapes.octagon 5b Click an icon on the Basic Shapes toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
17 .uno%3ABasicShapes.ring 5b Click an icon on the Basic Shapes toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
17 .uno%3ABasicShapes.cube 5b Click an icon on the Basic Shapes toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
1c .uno%3ABasicShapes.block-arc 5b Click an icon on the Basic Shapes toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
22 .uno%3AArrowShapes.s-sharped-arrow 59 Click an icon from the Block Arrows toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
24 .uno%3AArrowShapes.split-round-arrow 59 Click an icon from the Block Arrows toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
25 .uno%3AArrowShapes.quad-arrow-callout 59 Click an icon from the Block Arrows toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
29 .uno%3AArrowShapes.up-right-arrow-callout 59 Click an icon from the Block Arrows toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
21 .uno%3AArrowShapes.up-right-arrow 59 Click an icon from the Block Arrows toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
25 .uno%3AArrowShapes.corner-right-arrow 59 Click an icon from the Block Arrows toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
20 .uno%3AArrowShapes.up-down-arrow 59 Click an icon from the Block Arrows toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
21 .uno%3AArrowShapes.circular-arrow 59 Click an icon from the Block Arrows toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
25 .uno%3AArrowShapes.down-arrow-callout 59 Click an icon from the Block Arrows toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
1d .uno%3AArrowShapes.quad-arrow 59 Click an icon from the Block Arrows toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
1e .uno%3AArrowShapes.right-arrow 59 Click an icon from the Block Arrows toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
26 .uno%3AArrowShapes.notched-right-arrow 59 Click an icon from the Block Arrows toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
2b .uno%3AArrowShapes.left-right-arrow-callout 59 Click an icon from the Block Arrows toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
1b .uno%3AArrowShapes.up-arrow 59 Click an icon from the Block Arrows toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
26 .uno%3AArrowShapes.up-right-down-arrow 59 Click an icon from the Block Arrows toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
29 .uno%3AArrowShapes.up-down--arrow-callout 59 Click an icon from the Block Arrows toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
1d .uno%3AArrowShapes.down-arrow 59 Click an icon from the Block Arrows toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
12 .uno%3AArrowShapes 55 Opens the Block Arrows toolbar from which you can insert graphics into your document.
23 .uno%3AArrowShapes.left-right-arrow 59 Click an icon from the Block Arrows toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
26 .uno%3AArrowShapes.striped-right-arrow 59 Click an icon from the Block Arrows toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
1a .uno%3AArrowShapes.chevron 59 Click an icon from the Block Arrows toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
1e .uno%3AArrowShapes.split-arrow 59 Click an icon from the Block Arrows toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
1d .uno%3AArrowShapes.left-arrow 59 Click an icon from the Block Arrows toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
21 .uno%3AArrowShapes.pentagon-right 59 Click an icon from the Block Arrows toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
23 .uno%3AArrowShapes.up-arrow-callout 59 Click an icon from the Block Arrows toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
26 .uno%3AArrowShapes.right-arrow-callout 59 Click an icon from the Block Arrows toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
25 .uno%3AArrowShapes.left-arrow-callout 59 Click an icon from the Block Arrows toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
23 .uno%3ACalloutShapes.line-callout-3 55 Click an icon from the Callouts toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
23 .uno%3ACalloutShapes.line-callout-2 55 Click an icon from the Callouts toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
23 .uno%3ACalloutShapes.line-callout-1 55 Click an icon from the Callouts toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
22 .uno%3ACalloutShapes.cloud-callout 55 Click an icon from the Callouts toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
14 .uno%3ACalloutShapes 51 Opens the Callouts toolbar from which you can insert graphics into your document.
28 .uno%3ACalloutShapes.rectangular-callout 55 Click an icon from the Callouts toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
2e .uno%3ACalloutShapes.round-rectangular-callout 55 Click an icon from the Callouts toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
22 .uno%3ACalloutShapes.round-callout 55 Click an icon from the Callouts toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
14 .uno%3AColorSettings 4b With the Color toolbar you can edit some properties of the selected object.
26 .uno%3AFlowChartShapes.flowchart-delay 56 Click an icon from the Flowchart toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
26 .uno%3AFlowChartShapes.flowchart-merge 56 Click an icon from the Flowchart toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
2a .uno%3AFlowChartShapes.flowchart-connector 56 Click an icon from the Flowchart toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
28 .uno%3AFlowChartShapes.flowchart-display 56 Click an icon from the Flowchart toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
31 .uno%3AFlowChartShapes.flowchart-internal-storage 56 Click an icon from the Flowchart toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
31 .uno%3AFlowChartShapes.flowchart-summing-junction 56 Click an icon from the Flowchart toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
28 .uno%3AFlowChartShapes.flowchart-extract 56 Click an icon from the Flowchart toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
36 .uno%3AFlowChartShapes.flowchart-direct-access-storage 56 Click an icon from the Flowchart toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
16 .uno%3AFlowChartShapes 52 Opens the Flowchart toolbar from which you can insert graphics into your document.
32 .uno%3AFlowChartShapes.flowchart-sequential-access 56 Click an icon from the Flowchart toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
33 .uno%3AFlowChartShapes.flowchart-predefined-process 56 Click an icon from the Flowchart toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
2c .uno%3AFlowChartShapes.flowchart-stored-data 56 Click an icon from the Flowchart toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
2e .uno%3AFlowChartShapes.flowchart-multidocument 56 Click an icon from the Flowchart toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
25 .uno%3AFlowChartShapes.flowchart-data 56 Click an icon from the Flowchart toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
28 .uno%3AFlowChartShapes.flowchart-process 56 Click an icon from the Flowchart toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
2b .uno%3AFlowChartShapes.flowchart-terminator 56 Click an icon from the Flowchart toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
32 .uno%3AFlowChartShapes.flowchart-alternate-process 56 Click an icon from the Flowchart toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
29 .uno%3AFlowChartShapes.flowchart-decision 56 Click an icon from the Flowchart toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
2c .uno%3AFlowChartShapes.flowchart-preparation 56 Click an icon from the Flowchart toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
31 .uno%3AFlowChartShapes.flowchart-manual-operation 56 Click an icon from the Flowchart toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
2e .uno%3AFlowChartShapes.flowchart-magnetic-disk 56 Click an icon from the Flowchart toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
2d .uno%3AFlowChartShapes.flowchart-manual-input 56 Click an icon from the Flowchart toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
33 .uno%3AFlowChartShapes.flowchart-off-page-connector 56 Click an icon from the Flowchart toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
25 .uno%3AFlowChartShapes.flowchart-card 56 Click an icon from the Flowchart toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
29 .uno%3AFlowChartShapes.flowchart-document 56 Click an icon from the Flowchart toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
23 .uno%3AFlowChartShapes.flowchart-or 56 Click an icon from the Flowchart toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
2d .uno%3AFlowChartShapes.flowchart-punched-tape 56 Click an icon from the Flowchart toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
28 .uno%3AFlowChartShapes.flowchart-collate 56 Click an icon from the Flowchart toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
25 .uno%3AFlowChartShapes.flowchart-sort 56 Click an icon from the Flowchart toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
1d .uno%3AFontworkGalleryFloater 64 The icon opens the Fontwork Gallery from which you can insert graphical text art into your document.
e .uno%3ADBLimit 4b Expands the created select statement of the SQL Query by the LIMIT X clause
17 .uno%3AFormatPaintbrush 9b Najskôr označte text alebo objekt a potom kliknite na túto ikonu. Následným kliknutím na iný text nebo iný objekt vložíte rovnaké formátovanie.
33 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fquerypropertiesdialog%2Fnondistinct 21 Not use distinct values in query.
30 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fquerypropertiesdialog%2Fdistinct 1d Use distinct values in query.
3d dbaccess%2Fui%2Fquerypropertiesdialog%2FQueryPropertiesDialog 1d Use distinct values in query.
17 .uno%3AStarShapes.star4 60 Click an icon on the Stars and Banners toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
17 .uno%3AStarShapes.star5 60 Click an icon on the Stars and Banners toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
16 .uno%3AStarShapes.bang 60 Click an icon on the Stars and Banners toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
17 .uno%3AStarShapes.star6 60 Click an icon on the Stars and Banners toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
17 .uno%3AStarShapes.star8 60 Click an icon on the Stars and Banners toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
23 .uno%3AStarShapes.horizontal-scroll 60 Click an icon on the Stars and Banners toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
11 .uno%3AStarShapes 5a Opens the Stars and Banners toolbar from which you can insert graphics into your document.
18 .uno%3AStarShapes.star12 60 Click an icon on the Stars and Banners toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
18 .uno%3AStarShapes.star24 60 Click an icon on the Stars and Banners toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
1f .uno%3AStarShapes.concave-star6 60 Click an icon on the Stars and Banners toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
1b .uno%3AStarShapes.doorplate 60 Click an icon on the Stars and Banners toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
18 .uno%3AStarShapes.signet 60 Click an icon on the Stars and Banners toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
21 .uno%3AStarShapes.vertical-scroll 60 Click an icon on the Stars and Banners toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
21 .uno%3ASymbolShapes.diamond-bevel 5c Click an icon on the Symbol Shapes toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
1f .uno%3ASymbolShapes.right-brace 5c Click an icon on the Symbol Shapes toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
1e .uno%3ASymbolShapes.left-brace 5c Click an icon on the Symbol Shapes toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
1e .uno%3ASymbolShapes.brace-pair 5c Click an icon on the Symbol Shapes toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
21 .uno%3ASymbolShapes.right-bracket 5c Click an icon on the Symbol Shapes toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
20 .uno%3ASymbolShapes.bracket-pair 5c Click an icon on the Symbol Shapes toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
18 .uno%3ASymbolShapes.moon 5c Click an icon on the Symbol Shapes toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
17 .uno%3ASymbolShapes.sun 5c Click an icon on the Symbol Shapes toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
13 .uno%3ASymbolShapes 56 Opens the Symbol Shapes toolbar from which you can insert graphics into your document.
19 .uno%3ASymbolShapes.heart 5c Click an icon on the Symbol Shapes toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
20 .uno%3ASymbolShapes.left-bracket 5c Click an icon on the Symbol Shapes toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
1a .uno%3ASymbolShapes.smiley 5c Click an icon on the Symbol Shapes toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
1a .uno%3ASymbolShapes.flower 5c Click an icon on the Symbol Shapes toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
1e .uno%3ASymbolShapes.quad-bevel 5c Click an icon on the Symbol Shapes toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
1d .uno%3ASymbolShapes.lightning 5c Click an icon on the Symbol Shapes toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
19 .uno%3ASymbolShapes.cloud 5c Click an icon on the Symbol Shapes toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
1d .uno%3ASymbolShapes.forbidden 5c Click an icon on the Symbol Shapes toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
21 .uno%3ASymbolShapes.octagon-bevel 5c Click an icon on the Symbol Shapes toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
1a .uno%3ASymbolShapes.puzzle 5c Click an icon on the Symbol Shapes toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
20 sfx%2Fui%2Fsearchdialog%2Fsearch 2d Finds the next occurrence of the search term.
23 sfx%2Fui%2Fsearchdialog%2Fbackwards 3b Searches backwards from the current position of the cursor.
1e sfx%2Fui%2Fsearchdialog%2Fwrap 4e Searches the entire Help page, starting at the current position of the cursor.
23 sfx%2Fui%2Fsearchdialog%2Fmatchcase 38 Distinguishes between uppercase text and lowercase text.
23 sfx%2Fui%2Fhelpcontrol%2Ftabcontrol 62 The navigation pane of the Help window contains the tab pages Contents, Index, Find and Bookmarks.
1a HID_HELP_TOOLBOXITEM_INDEX 23 Hides and shows the navigation pane
10 HID_HELP_TOOLBOX 48 The Toolbar contains important functions for controlling the Help system
1a HID_HELP_TOOLBOXITEM_START 31 Moves to the first page of the current Help topic
24 sfx%2Fui%2Fsearchdialog%2Fwholewords 1a Finds complete words only.
1d HID_HELP_TOOLBOXITEM_BACKWARD 1f Moves back to the previous page
11 .uno%3AHelpOnHelp 27 Provides an overview of the Help system
1f sfx%2Fui%2Fhelpcontrol%2Factive 5d The list box located at the very top is where you can select other %PRODUCTNAME Help modules.
1c HID_HELP_TOOLBOXITEM_FORWARD 1e Moves forward to the next page
1a HID_HELP_TOOLBOXITEM_PRINT 17 Prints the current page
1e HID_HELP_TOOLBOXITEM_BOOKMARKS 20 Adds this page to your bookmarks
21 HID_HELP_TOOLBOXITEM_SEARCHDIALOG 23 Opens the Find on this page dialog.
24 sfx%2Fui%2Fsearchdialog%2Fsearchterm 4e Enter the text that you want to search for or select a text entry in the list.
22 sfx%2Fui%2Fhelpindexpage%2Fdisplay 24 Click to display the selected topic.
28 sfx%2Fui%2Fhelpindexpage%2FHelpIndexPage 45 Double-click an entry or type the word you want to find in the index.
23 sfx%2Fui%2Fhelpsearchpage%2Fdisplay 28 Displays the entry selected in the list.
24 sfx%2Fui%2Fhelpsearchpage%2Fheadings 4a Specifies whether to only search in document headings for the search term.
22 sfx%2Fui%2Fhelpsearchpage%2Fsearch 3d Enter the search term here. The search is not case-sensitive.
20 sfx%2Fui%2Fhelpsearchpage%2Ffind 3b Click to start a full-text search for the term you entered.
23 sfx%2Fui%2Fhelpsearchpage%2Fresults 6a Lists the headings of the pages found in your full-text search. To display a page, double-click its entry.
29 sfx%2Fui%2Fhelpsearchpage%2Fcompletewords 6c Specifies whether to carry out an exact search for the word you entered. Incomplete words will not be found.
19 HID_HELP_BOOKMARKS_DELETE 1d deletes the bookmark selected
2a sfx%2Fui%2Fbookmarkdialog%2FBookmarkDialog 58 Displays the name of the bookmarked page. You can also type a new name for the bookmark.
2e sfx%2Fui%2Fhelpbookmarkpage%2FHelpBookmarkPage 7c Double-clicking a bookmark or pressing the Return key opens the assigned page in Help. A right-click opens the context menu.
17 HID_HELP_BOOKMARKS_OPEN 22 displays the selected help subject
19 HID_HELP_BOOKMARKS_RENAME 39 opens a dialog for entering another name for the bookmark
2c sfx%2Fui%2Fhelpcontentpage%2FHelpContentPage 56 Displays the main help themes, arranged in a similar way to folders in a file manager.
18 .uno%3AExtrusionTiltLeft 31 Nakloní vybraný objekt vľavo o päť stupňov.
18 .uno%3AExtrusionTiltDown 37 Nakloní vybraný objekt smerom nadol o päť stupňov.
17 .uno%3AExtrusion3DColor 1d Otvorí okno Farba vysunutia.
1f .uno%3AExtrusionLightingFloater 18 Otvorí okno Osvetlenie.
16 .uno%3AExtrusionToggle 3f Zapne alebo vypne používanie 3D efektov pre vybrané objekty.
19 .uno%3AExtrusionTiltRight 31 Nakloní vybraný objekt vpravo o päť stupňov.
38 svx%2Fui%2Fextrustiondepthdialog%2FExtrustionDepthDialog 19 Zadajte hĺbku vysunutia.
1c .uno%3AExtrusionDepthFloater 1e Otvorí okno Hĺbka vysunutia.
1e .uno%3AExtrusionSurfaceFloater 14 Otvorí okno Povrch.
20 .uno%3AExtrusionDirectionFloater 1c Otvorí okno Smer vysunutia.
16 .uno%3AExtrusionTiltUp 37 Nakloní vybraný objekt smerom nahor o päť stupňov.
1a SVX_HID_POPUP_LINEEND_CTRL d Zvoľte smer.
14 .uno%3AAutoPilotMenu 67 Prevedú vás vytvorením pracovných a osobných listov, faxov, programov, prezentácií a ďalších.
14 HID_LTRWIZARD_CREATE 73 V závislosti na vašich voľbách sprievodca vytvorí novú šablónu dokumentu a uloží ju na váš pevný disk.
12 HID_LTRWIZARD_NEXT 3f Uloží aktuálne nastavenia a pokračuje na ďalšiu stránku.
12 HID_LTRWIZARD_BACK 39 Umožnia vám zobraziť voľby predchádzajúcich krokov.
16 .uno%3AAutoPilotLetter 2e Spustí sprievodcu a vytvorí šablónu listu.
1b HID_LTRWIZ_CHKBUSINESSPAPER 97 Spresnite, či použitý papier obsahuje logo, adresu alebo pätu stránky. Sprievodca zobrazí vzhľad hlavičkového papiera na nasledujúcej strane.
1b HID_LTRWIZ_LSTBUSINESSSTYLE 2a Vyberte vzhľad pre vašu šablónu listu.
10 HID_LETTER_PAGE1 3c Spresnite či chcete vytvoriť osobný alebo pracovný list.
1c HID_LTRWIZ_OPTBUSINESSLETTER 3c Spresnite, či chcete vytvoriť šablónu pracovného listu.
20 HID_LTRWIZ_OPTPRIVOFFICIALLETTER 37 Spresnite, či chcete vytvoriť formálny osobný list.
1b HID_LTRWIZ_OPTPRIVATELETTER 2d Spresnite, či chcete vytvoriť osobný list.
1a HID_LTRWIZ_NUMFOOTERHEIGHT 7f Zadajte výšku oblasti päty, ktorá je už predtlačená na hlavičkovom papieri. %PRODUCTNAME nebude tlačiť túto oblasť.
19 HID_LTRWIZ_CHKPAPERFOOTER 64 Určuje, či je už na hlavičkovom papieri predtlačená päta. %PRODUCTNAME nebude tlačiť pätu.
21 HID_LTRWIZ_CHKPAPERCOMPANYADDRESS 66 Určuje, či je na hlavičkovom papieri už predtlačená adresa. %PRODUCTNAME nebude tlačiť adresu.
13 HID_LTRWIZ_NUMLOGOY 3b Nastavuje vzdialenosť objektu od horného okraja stránky.
13 HID_LTRWIZ_NUMLOGOX 3b Nastavuje vzdialenosť objektu od ľavého okraja stránky.
10 HID_LETTER_PAGE2 4f Umožňuje určiť prvky, ktoré sú už predtlačené na hlavičkovom papieri.
1d HID_LTRWIZ_CHKCOMPANYRECEIVER 6a Určuje, či je už vaša adresa predtlačená nad adresou adresáta. %PRODUCTNAME nebude tlačiť adresu.
1e HID_LTRWIZ_CHKPAPERCOMPANYLOGO 5f Spresnite, či je na hlavičkovom papieri už predtlačené logo. %PRODUCTNAME netlačiť logo.
18 HID_LTRWIZ_NUMLOGOHEIGHT 18 Určuje výšku objektu.
17 HID_LTRWIZ_NUMLOGOWIDTH 18 Určuje šírku objektu.
19 HID_LTRWIZ_CHKUSEGREETING 4e Obsahuje zdvorilostné zakončenie v šablóne listu. Vyberte text zo zoznamu.
17 HID_LTRWIZ_CHKUSEFOOTER 1f Šablóna listu obsahuje pätu.
18 HID_LTRWIZ_CHKUSESUBJECT 2b Obsahuje riadok predmetu v šablóne listu.
10 HID_LETTER_PAGE3 41 Určuje položky, ktoré majú byť zahrnuté do šablóny listu.
1b HID_LTRWIZ_CHKUSESALUTATION 43 Obsahuje oslovenie v šablóne listu. Vyberte oslovenie zo zoznamu.
15 HID_LTRWIZ_CHKUSELOGO 20 Obsahuje logo v šablóne listu.
1a HID_LTRWIZ_CHKUSEBENDMARKS 29 Obsahuje značky ohybu v šablóne listu.
20 HID_LTRWIZ_CHKUSEADDRESSRECEIVER 40 Obsahuje   spiatočnú adresu malej veľkosti v šablóne listu.
16 HID_LTRWIZ_CHKUSESIGNS 3e Obsahuje riadok s odkazom na pracovný list v šablóne listu.
21 HID_LTRWIZ_OPTRECEIVERPLACEHOLDER 3a Určuje, či šablóna listu obsahuje pole pre vlastníka.
1c HID_LTRWIZ_TXTSENDERPOSTCODE 1d Určuje adresu odosielateľa.
1a HID_LTRWIZ_TXTSENDERSTREET 1c Určuje ulicu odosielateľa.
10 HID_LETTER_PAGE4 3b Spresňuje informácie o odosielateľovi a prijímateľovi.
1f HID_LTRWIZ_OPTSENDERPLACEHOLDER 4d Use the address data from %PRODUCTNAME - User Data in the Options dialog box.
1e HID_LTRWIZ_OPTRECEIVERDATABASE 37 Do šablóny listu sa vložia polia z databázy adries.
1a HID_LTRWIZ_OPTSENDERDEFINE 41 Použiť informácie o adrese z následujúcich textových polí.
18 HID_LTRWIZ_TXTSENDERNAME 1b Určuje meno odosielateľa.
1f HID_LTRWIZ_CHKFOOTERPAGENUMBERS 28 Šablóna listu obsahuje čísla strán.
25 WIZARDS_HID_LTRWIZ_CHKFOOTERNEXTPAGES 1d Skryť pätu na prvej strane.
14 HID_LTRWIZ_TXTFOOTER 17 Vložte text pre pätu.
10 HID_LETTER_PAGE5 43 Určuje informácie, ktoré majú byť zahrnuté v priestore päty.
10 HID_LETTER_PAGE6 42 Určuje kde a pod akým menom bude dokument a šablóna uložená.
19 HID_LTRWIZ_OPTMAKECHANGES 3f Uloží šablónu a ponechá ju otvorenú pre ďalšie úpravy.
12 HID_LTRWIZ_TXTPATH 5f Zadajte cestu a meno šablóny alebo kliknite na tlačidlo ... pre výber mena cesty k súboru.
1a HID_LTRWIZ_TXTTEMPLATENAME 23 Určuje názov šablóny dokumentu.
1a HID_LTRWIZ_OPTCREATELETTER 5e Uložiť a zavrieť šablónu a otvoriť nový nepomenovaný dokument založený na šablóne.
1c WIZARDS_HID_FAXWIZARD_CREATE b2 Podľa zvolených nastavení sprievodca vytvorí šablónu dokumentu a uloží ju. Na pracovnej ploche sa objaví nový dokument založený na šablóne s názvom "Bez názvu X".
1a WIZARDS_HID_FAXWIZARD_NEXT 80 Sprievodca uloží aktuálne nastavenia a prejde na ďalšiu stranu. Tlačidlo Ďalšia sa stane na poslednej strane neaktívne.
1a WIZARDS_HID_FAXWIZARD_BACK d6 Pre zobrazenie zvolených nastavení z predchádzajúcej strany kliknite na tlačidlo Späť. Aktuálne nastavenia ostanú po kliknutí na toto tlačidlo nezmenené. Tlačidlo Späť bude aktívne od druhej strany.
13 .uno%3AAutoPilotFax 1c Otvorí sprievodcu pre faxy.
1b WIZARDS_HID_LSTPRIVATESTYLE 1f Určuje preddefinovaný štýl.
d HID_FAX_PAGE1 2c Definuje štýl vášho faxového dokumentu.
21 WIZARDS_HID_FAXWIZ_OPTBUSINESSFAX 37 Vytvára šablónu faxu pre pracovne štylizovaný fax.
23 WIZARDS_HID_FAXWIZ_LSTBUSINESSSTYLE 1f Určuje preddefinovaný štýl.
20 WIZARDS_HID_FAXWIZ_OPTPRIVATEFAX 2b Vytvára šablónu faxu pre súkromný fax.
1b WIZARDS_HID_TXTSENDERSTREET e Vloží pätu.
1c WIZARDS_HID_CHKUSESALUTATION 18 Obsahuje pole na dátum.
1a WIZARDS_HID_CHKUSEGREETING 3d Vloží riadok komunikačného typu. Vyberte text zo zoznamu.
19 WIZARDS_HID_CHKUSESUBJECT 1b Obsahuje logo spoločnosti.
d HID_FAX_PAGE2 32 Určuje, ktoré prvky faxu majú byť vytlačené.
18 WIZARDS_HID_CHKUSEFOOTER 2c Vloží pozdrav. Vyberte pozdrav zo zoznamu.
19 WIZARDS_HID_LSTSALUTATION 3d Vloží riadok komunikačného typu. Vyberte text zo zoznamu.
17 WIZARDS_HID_LSTGREETING 18 Vloží riadok predmetu.
20 WIZARDS_HID_OPTSENDERPLACEHOLDER 2c Vloží pozdrav. Vyberte pozdrav zo zoznamu.
1b WIZARDS_HID_OPTSENDERDEFINE 2c Vloží pozdrav. Vyberte pozdrav zo zoznamu.
19 WIZARDS_HID_TXTSENDERNAME 2c Vloží pozdrav. Vyberte pozdrav zo zoznamu.
1c WIZARDS_HID_FILETEMPLATEPATH 57 Vloží databázové polia, ktoré sa použijú neskôr pri hromadnej korešpondencií.
18 WIZARDS_HID_TXTSENDERFAX 1d Vložte adresu odosielateľa.
19 WIZARDS_HID_TXTSENDERCITY 7a Vyberte, ak chcete zadať adresu do následujúcich textových polí. Údaje sa do fax dokumentu vložia ako bežný text.
1a WIZARDS_HID_TXTSENDERSTATE 83 Vloží do šablóny faxu zástupné pole pre adresu. Neskôr v dokumentu kliknite na zástupné pole a zadajte skutočné hodnoty.
20 WIZARDS_HID_CHKFOOTERPAGENUMBERS 1d Vložte adresu odosielateľa.
d HID_FAX_PAGE3 27 Určuje príjemcu a odosielateľa faxu.
15 WIZARDS_HID_TXTFOOTER 1d Vložte adresu odosielateľa.
1f WIZARDS_HID_OPTRECEIVERDATABASE 1d Vložte adresu odosielateľa.
1e WIZARDS_HID_CHKFOOTERNEXTPAGES 1d Vložte adresu odosielateľa.
22 WIZARDS_HID_OPTRECEIVERPLACEHOLDER 1d Vložte adresu odosielateľa.
1b WIZARDS_HID_TXTTEMPLATENAME 83 Vloží do šablóny faxu zástupné pole pre adresu. Neskôr v dokumentu kliknite na zástupné pole a zadajte skutočné hodnoty.
d HID_FAX_PAGE4 16 Určuje dáta v päte.
d HID_FAX_PAGE5 26 Definuje meno a umiestnenie šablóny.
16 .uno%3AAutoPilotAgenda 44 Spustí sprievodcu, ktorý vám pomôže vytvoriť šablónu porady.
1f WIZARDS_HID_AGWIZ_1_CHK_MINUTES 4b Vytlačí stranu, na ktorej si môžete robiť poznámky v priebehu porady.
23 WIZARDS_HID_AGWIZ_1_LIST_PAGEDESIGN 24 Zo zoznamu vyberte vzhľad stránky.
10 HID_AGENDA_PAGE1 22 Určuje vzhľad strany pre poradu.
2f SW%3AEDIT%3ADLG_WIZARD_AG%3ADLG_AG2_EDIT_METORT 1a Určuje miesto stretnutia.
10 HID_AGENDA_PAGE2 31 Určuje dátum, čas, názov a miesto stretnutia.
34 SW%3ADATEFIELD%3ADLG_WIZARD_AG%3ADLG_AG2_DFLD_METDAT 1a Určuje dátum stretnutia.
34 SW%3ATIMEFIELD%3ADLG_WIZARD_AG%3ADLG_AG2_TFLD_METTIM 18 Určuje čas stretnutia.
1d WIZARDS_HID_AGWIZ_2_TXT_TITLE 1a Určuje nadpis stretnutia.
10 HID_AGENDA_PAGE3 35 Určuje záhlavia, ktoré chcete zahrnúť do porady.
24 WIZARDS_HID_AGWIZ_3_CHK_MEETING_TYPE 35 Určuje, či sa má vytlačiť riadok typ stretnutia.
1c WIZARDS_HID_AGWIZ_3_CHK_READ 38 Určuje, či sa má vytlačiť riadok prosím čítajte.
1d WIZARDS_HID_AGWIZ_3_CHK_NOTES 30 Určuje, či sa má vytlačiť riadok Poznámky.
1d WIZARDS_HID_AGWIZ_3_CHK_BRING 32 Určuje, či sa má vytlačiť riadok Prineste si.
27 WIZARDS_HID_AGWIZ_4_CHK_RESOURCEPERSONS 58 Určuje, či sa má vytlačiť riadok, do ktorého môžete vložiť meno účastníkov.
22 WIZARDS_HID_AGWIZ_4_CHK_TIMEKEEPER 56 Určuje, či sa má vytlačiť riadok, do ktorého môžete vložiť meno moderátora.
21 WIZARDS_HID_AGWIZ_4_CHK_ATTENDEES 57 Určuje, či sa má vytlačiť riadok, do ktorého môžete vložiť meno pracovníkov.
10 HID_AGENDA_PAGE4 36 Určuje mená, ktoré majú byť vytlačené v porade.
21 WIZARDS_HID_AGWIZ_4_CHK_OBSERVERS 59 Určuje, či sa má vytlačiť riadok, do ktorého môžete vložiť meno pozorovateľov.
21 WIZARDS_HID_AGWIZ_4_CHK_CALLED_BY 67 Určuje, či sa má vytlačiť riadok, do ktorého môžete vložiť meno osoby, ktorá poradu zvolala.
23 WIZARDS_HID_AGWIZ_4_CHK_FACILITATOR 5f Určuje, či sa má vytlačiť riadok, do ktorého môžete vložiť meno predsedajúcej osoby.
21 WIZARDS_HID_AGWIZ_4_CHK_NOTETAKER 58 Určuje, či sa má vytlačiť riadok, do ktorého môžete vložiť meno zapisovateľa.
1c WIZARDS_HID_AGWIZ_5_BTN_DOWN 2b Presunie nižšie aktuálnu tému programu.
1a WIZARDS_HID_AGWIZ_5_BTN_UP 2c Posunie vyššie aktuálnu tému programu ..
1e WIZARDS_HID_AGWIZ_5_BTN_INSERT 36 Vloží prázdny riadok pre tému za aktuálny riadok.
10 HID_AGENDA_PAGE5 46 Určuje témy programu, ktoré sa majú v šablóne porady vytlačiť.
1f WIZARDS_HID_AGWIZ_5_TXT_TOPIC_1 57 Zadajte témy programu. Pre zmenu poradia tém programu použite tlačidla Hore a Dole.
1e WIZARDS_HID_AGWIZ_5_BTN_REMOVE 23 Odstráni aktuálnu tému programu.
25 WIZARDS_HID_AGWIZ_5_TXT_RESPONSIBLE_1 57 Zadajte témy programu. Pre zmenu poradia tém programu použite tlačidla Hore a Dole.
21 WIZARDS_HID_AGWIZ_5_TXT_MINUTES_1 57 Zadajte témy programu. Pre zmenu poradia tém programu použite tlačidla Hore a Dole.
23 WIZARDS_HID_AGWIZ_6_OPT_MAKECHANGES 52 Vytvorí a uloží šablónu porady, potom otvorí šablónu pre ďalšie úpravy.
24 WIZARDS_HID_AGWIZ_6_OPT_CREATEAGENDA 70 Vytvorí a uloží šablónu porady, potom otvorí nový dokument programu porady založený na tejto šablóne.
10 HID_AGENDA_PAGE6 32 Vyberte nadpis a umiestnenie pre šablónu porady.
24 WIZARDS_HID_AGWIZ_6_TXT_TEMPLATENAME 1e Určuje meno šablóny porady.
24 WIZARDS_HID_AGWIZ_6_TXT_TEMPLATEPATH 40 Určuje úplnú cestu, vrátane názvu súboru šablóny porady.
24 WIZARDS_HID_AGWIZ_6_BTN_TEMPLATEPATH 40 Určuje úplnú cestu, vrátane názvu súboru šablóny porady.
24 SD%3APUSHBUTTON%3ADLG_ASS%3ABUT_NEXT 3b Akceptuje nové nastavenia a presune sa na ďalšiu stranu.
24 SD%3APUSHBUTTON%3ADLG_ASS%3ABUT_LAST 45 Vráti sa na predchádzajúci krok bez straty aktuálnych nastavení.
d SID_AUTOPILOT 8d Použiť sprievodcu na interaktívne vytvorenie prezentácie. So sprievodcom môžete upravovať ukážkové šablóny podľa vašich potrieb
40 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fassistentdialog%2FstartWithCheckbutton 71 Specifies that you only want the Wizard to start when you expressly request it with File - Wizard - Presentation.
3e modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fassistentdialog%2FpreviewCheckbutton 33 Určuje, či sa šablóna objaví v okne náhľadu.
3d modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fassistentdialog%2FtemplatesTreeview 38 Vypíše dostupné kategórie šablón pre prezentácie.
36 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fassistentdialog%2FopenButton 108 Lists the presentations that you created and saved to the Templates directory that is specified under %PRODUCTNAME - Paths in the Options dialog box. To edit the layout and formatting of a presentation with the wizard, select the presentation, and then click Next.
3c modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fassistentdialog%2FemptyRadiobutton 27 Vytvára novú (prázdnu) prezentáciu.
34 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fassistentdialog%2Fpage1Box 36 Určuje typ prezentácie a umožní vybrať šablónu.
3f modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fassistentdialog%2FtemplateRadiobutton 36 Otvorí zoznam obsahujúci upraviteľné prezentácie.
3b modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fassistentdialog%2FopenRadiobutton 31 Zobrazí zoznam skôr vytvorených prezentácií.
3e modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fassistentdialog%2Fmedium2Radiobutton 39 Vytvára prezentáciu, ktorá bude použitá ako snímky.
3e modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fassistentdialog%2Fmedium1Radiobutton 3f Vytvára prezentáciu určenú len na premietania na obrazovke.
3a modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fassistentdialog%2FlayoutTreeview 5f Umožňuje vybrať vzhľad snímok prezentácie, ktorú ste vybrali na prvej strane sprievodcu.
3e modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fassistentdialog%2Fmedium3Radiobutton 40 Vytvorí prezentáciu na priehľadný materiál pre premietanie.
3e modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fassistentdialog%2Fmedium5Radiobutton 2f Použije sa pôvodný formát strany šablóny.
3e modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fassistentdialog%2Fmedium4Radiobutton 40 Vytvorí prezentáciu, ktorá môže byť vytlačená na papier.
3b modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fassistentdialog%2FbreakSpinbutton 30 Definuje prestávku medzi každou prezentáciou.
3a modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fassistentdialog%2FtimeSpinbutton 35 Definuje dĺžku trvania každej strany prezentácie.
34 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fassistentdialog%2Fpage3Box 49 Priradí vašej prezentácií špeciálne efekty a určí jej rýchlosť.
3c modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fassistentdialog%2FkioskRadiobutton 49 Runs the presentation automatically, and restarts it again after a break.
3a modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fassistentdialog%2FeffectCombobox 23 Určuje vašej prezentácií efekt.
3b modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fassistentdialog%2FlogoCheckbutton 55 Určuje, či sa má v prestávkach medzi prezentáciami zobraziť $[officename] logo.
39 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fassistentdialog%2FspeedCombobox 1b Nastaví rýchlosť efektu.
3b modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fassistentdialog%2FliveRadiobutton 56 Možnosť Základné spustí prezentáciu cez celú obrazovku s určenou rýchlosťou.
42 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fassistentdialog%2FaskInformationTextview 6a Toto pole použite pre zaznamenanie myšlienok a nápadov, ktoré chcete povedať vo vašej prezentácií.
39 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fassistentdialog%2FaskTopicEntry 22 Určuje tému vašej prezentácie.
38 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fassistentdialog%2FaskNameEntry 32 Určuje vaše meno alebo meno vašej spoločnosti.
3e modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fassistentdialog%2FsummaryCheckbutton 3e Vytvorí súhrn všetkých zahrnutých strán v prezentácií.
1d WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_CMDFINISH 44 Kliknutím vytvoríte formulár bez zodpovedania ďalších otázok.
12 HID_DLGFORM_DIALOG 2b Aktivuje sprievodcu pre tvorbu formulárov.
1a HID_DLGFORM_FIELDSSELECTED 22 Zobrazí polia v novom formulári.
23 WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_SUB_CMDMOVEDOWN 36 Pre presunutie vybraného poľa nižšie kliknite sem.
2c WIZARDS_HID_DLGTABLE_CMDMOVEDOWN_PK_SELECTED 36 Pre presunutie vybraného poľa nižšie kliknite sem.
20 WIZARDS_HID_DLGTABLE_CMDMOVEDOWN 36 Pre presunutie vybraného poľa nižšie kliknite sem.
19 WIZARDS_HID2_BTN_DOC_DOWN 36 Pre presunutie vybraného poľa nižšie kliknite sem.
26 WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_MASTER_CMDMOVEDOWN 36 Pre presunutie vybraného poľa nižšie kliknite sem.
21 WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_SUB_CMDMOVEUP 2b Pre presunutie poľa vyššie kliknite sem.
27 WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_CMDFILTERMOVEUP 2b Pre presunutie poľa vyššie kliknite sem.
2a WIZARDS_HID_DLGTABLE_CMDMOVEUP_PK_SELECTED 2b Pre presunutie poľa vyššie kliknite sem.
29 WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_CMDFILTERMOVEDOWN 36 Pre presunutie vybraného poľa nižšie kliknite sem.
1b HID_DLGFORM_CMDMOVESELECTED 40 Kliknutím  presuniete vybrané pole do poľa kam mieri šípka.
1b HID_DLGFORM_FIELDSAVAILABLE 47 Lists the names of the data base fields in the selected table or query.
16 HID_DLGFORM_CMDMOVEALL 40 Kliknutím presuniete všetky polia do poľa, kam mieri šípka.
14 HID_DLGFORM_LBTABLES 36 Určuje tabuľku, z ktorej chcete vytvoriť formulár.
1d HID_DLGFORM_CMDREMOVESELECTED 41 Kliknutím presuniete vybrané polia do poľa, kam mieri šípka.
23 WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_CMDMOVEDOWN 36 Pre presunutie vybraného poľa nižšie kliknite sem.
18 HID_DLGFORM_CMDREMOVEALL 40 Kliknutím presuniete všetky polia do poľa, kam mieri šípka.
24 WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_MASTER_CMDMOVEUP 2b Pre presunutie poľa vyššie kliknite sem.
21 WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_CMDMOVEUP 2b Pre presunutie poľa vyššie kliknite sem.
17 WIZARDS_HID2_BTN_DOC_UP 2b Pre presunutie poľa vyššie kliknite sem.
1e WIZARDS_HID_DLGTABLE_CMDMOVEUP 2b Pre presunutie poľa vyššie kliknite sem.
25 WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_OPTSELECTMANUALLY 4a Kliknite pre pridanie podformulára založeného na ručnom výbere polí.
20 WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_lstRELATIONS 37 Vyberte reláciu, na ktorej je podformulár založený.
29 WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_OPTONEXISTINGRELATION 4b Kliknite pre pridanie podformulára založeného na existujúcej relácií.
24 WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_CHKCREATESUBFORM 23 Vyberte pre pridanie podformulára.
26 WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_SUB_FIELDSSELECTED 45 Zobrazí všetky polia, ktoré budú zahrnuté v novom podformulári.
20 WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_SUB_LBTABLES 46 Určuje tabuľku alebo dotaz, pre ktorý bude podformulár vytvorený.
28 WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_LINKER_LSTSLAVELINK4 72 Vyberte pole podformulára, ktoré bude spojené s poľom hlavného formulára vybraného z vedľajšieho zoznamu.
28 WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_LINKER_LSTSLAVELINK3 72 Vyberte pole podformulára, ktoré bude spojené s poľom hlavného formulára vybraného z vedľajšieho zoznamu.
28 WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_LINKER_LSTSLAVELINK1 72 Vyberte pole podformulára, ktoré bude spojené s poľom hlavného formulára vybraného z vedľajšieho zoznamu.
28 WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_LINKER_LSTSLAVELINK2 72 Vyberte pole podformulára, ktoré bude spojené s poľom hlavného formulára vybraného z vedľajšieho zoznamu.
29 WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_LINKER_LSTMASTERLINK4 72 Vyberte pole hlavného formulára, ktoré bude spojené s poľom podformulára vybraného z vedľajšieho zoznamu.
29 WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_LINKER_LSTMASTERLINK3 72 Vyberte pole hlavného formulára, ktoré bude spojené s poľom podformulára vybraného z vedľajšieho zoznamu.
29 WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_LINKER_LSTMASTERLINK1 72 Vyberte pole hlavného formulára, ktoré bude spojené s poľom podformulára vybraného z vedľajšieho zoznamu.
29 WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_LINKER_LSTMASTERLINK2 72 Vyberte pole hlavného formulára, ktoré bude spojené s poľom podformulára vybraného z vedľajšieho zoznamu.
1b HID_DLGFORM_CMDTOPJUSTIFIED 2c Zarovná označenia nad odpovedajúce dáta.
19 HID_DLGFORM_CMDTABLESTYLE 25 Zarovná polia databázy do tabuľky.
19 HID_DLGFORM_CMDALIGNRIGHT 21 Označenia sú zarovnané vpravo.
1a HID_DLGFORM_CMDLEFTLABELED 40 Zarovná polia databázy do stĺpcov pričom popisky sú vľavo.
18 HID_DLGFORM_CMDALIGNLEFT 21 Označenia sú zarovnané vľavo.
19 HID_DLGFORM_CMDTOPLABELED 3e Zarovná polia databázy do stĺpcov pričom popisky sú hore.
22 WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_OPTNEWDATAONLY 4f Vytvorí formulár, ktorý sa bude používať len pre zadávanie nových dát.
21 WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_CHKNOADDITION 2f Vyberte pre zákaz pridávania nových údajov.
25 WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_OPTDISPLAYALLDATA 72 Vytvorí formulár, ktorý sa bude používať na zobrazovanie existujúcich údajov ako aj na zadávanie nových.
25 WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_CHKNOMODIFICATION 22 Vyberte pre zákaz úprav údajov.
21 WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_CHKNODELETION 23 Vyberte pre zákaz mazania údajov.
23 WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_CMDSIMPLEBORDER 30 Určuje, že okraje polí majú plochý vzhľad.
1f WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_CMDNOBORDER 22 Určuje, že polia nemajú okraje.
1f WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_CMD3DBORDER 2b Určuje, že okraje polí majú 3D vzhľad.
1d WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_LSTSTYLES 21 Určuje štýl strany formulára.
21 WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_OPTMODIFYFORM 37 Uloží formulár a otvorí ho pre úpravy rozvrhnutia.
23 WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_OPTWORKWITHFORM 5f Uloží formulár a otvorí ho ako formulárový dokument pre vkladanie a zobrazovanie údajov.
1b WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_TXTPATH 1a Určuje názov formulára.
1c WIZARDS_HID_DLGREPORT_DIALOG 1b Vyberte vlastnosti správy.
1a HID_DOCUMENT_CREATE_REPWIZ 28 Aktivuje sprievodcu vytvorením správy.
1c HID_DLGREPORT_1_CMDREMOVEALL 41 Kliknutím  presuniete všetky polia do poľa, kam mieri šípka.
21 HID_DLGREPORT_1_CMDREMOVESELECTED 41 Kliknutím  presuniete vybrané pole do poľa, kam mieri šípka.
1a HID_DLGREPORT_1_CMDMOVEALL 41 Kliknutím  presuniete všetky polia do poľa, kam mieri šípka.
18 HID_DLGREPORT_1_LBTABLES 41 Vyberte tabuľku alebo dotaz, pre ktorý bude správa vytvorená.
1e HID_DLGREPORT_1_FIELDSSELECTED 32 Zobrazí všetky polia zahrnuté do novej správy.
1f HID_DLGREPORT_1_FIELDSAVAILABLE 4a Displays the names of the data base fields in the selected table or query.
1f HID_DLGREPORT_1_CMDMOVESELECTED 41 Kliknutím  presuniete vybrané pole do poľa, kam mieri šípka.
1a HID_DLGREPORT_6_TXTTITLE_6 8d Zobrazuje názvy polí zahrnutých do správy. Pre každé pole, ktoré bude vytlačené v správe, je možné vpravo od neho vložiť popis.
18 HID_DLGREPORT_2_CMDGROUP 40 Kliknutím presuniete vybrané pole do poľa, kam mieri šípka.
1a HID_DLGREPORT_2_CMDUNGROUP 40 Kliknutím presuniete vybrané pole do poľa, kam mieri šípka.
1f HID_DLGREPORT_2_PREGROUPINGDEST c2 Zobrazí polia, podľa ktorých bude správa zoskupená. Pre odobratie jednej úrovne zoskupenia vyberte názov poľa a kliknite na tlačidlo <. Je možné vybrať až štyri úrovne zoskupenia.
18 HID_DLGREPORT_2_GROUPING d5 Zobrazí zoznam polí vybraných na predchádzajúcej strane sprievodcu. Pre zoskupenie správ podľa poľa vyberte názov poľa v zozname a kliknite na tlačidlo >. Môžete vybrať až štyri úrovne zoskupení.
1b HID_DLGREPORT_3_OPTDESCEND4 1d Zoradí obsah polí zostupne.
15 HID_DLGREPORT_3_SORT4 43 Vyberte dodatočné pole, podľa ktorého sa bude správa zoradiť.
1a HID_DLGREPORT_3_OPTASCEND4 1e Zoradí obsah polí vzostupne.
15 HID_DLGREPORT_3_SORT1 3d Vyberte prvé pole, podľa ktorého sa bude správa zoradiť.
18 HID_DLGREPORT_4_PORTRAIT 31 Zvolí orientáciu strany pre správu na výšku.
19 HID_DLGREPORT_4_LANDSCAPE 31 Zvolí orientáciu strany pre správu na šírku.
1a HID_DLGREPORT_4_PAGELAYOUT 90 Definuje vzhľad strany pre správu. Vzhľady strán sú načítané zo súborov šablón, ktoré priraďujú záhlavie, pätu a pozadie strany.
1a HID_DLGREPORT_4_DATALAYOUT 63 Definuje súbor štýlov pre správu. Štýly priraďujú písmo, odsadenie, pozadie tabuľky atď.
1e HID_DLGREPORT_5_OPTUSETEMPLATE 2d Kliknutím na Dokončiť, sa správa uloží.
15 HID_DLGREPORT_4_TITLE 4b Určuje titulok, ktorý bude vytlačený na titulnom riadku každej strany.
1f HID_DLGREPORT_5_OPTEDITTEMPLATE 54 Kliknutím na Dokončiť, sa správa uloží a následne bude otvorená pre úpravy.
1f HID_DLGREPORT_5_OPTSTATDOCUMENT 7c Uloží správu ako statickú. Keď otvoríte takúto správu, vždy sa zobrazia údaje, z ktorých bola správa vytvorená.
1e HID_DLGREPORT_5_OPTDYNTEMPLATE 64 Uloží správu ako šablónu. Keď otvoríte dynamickú správu, budú zobrazené aktuálne údaje.
3b modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fpublishingdialog%2FnextPageButton 39 Uloží aktuálne nastavenia a prejde na ďalšiu stranu.
3b modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fpublishingdialog%2FlastPageButton 3b Návrat na možnosti vykonané na predchádzajúcej strane.
3c modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fpublishingdialog%2FdesignsTreeview 25 Zobrazí všetky existujúce návrhy.
41 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fpublishingdialog%2FoldDesignRadiobutton 82 Zo zoznamu načíta existujúci návrh pre použitie ako počiatočný stav pre ďalšie kroky na ďalších stranách sprievodcu.
3c modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fpublishingdialog%2FdelDesingButton 25 Odstráni vybraný návrh zo zoznamu.
41 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fpublishingdialog%2FnewDesignRadiobutton 35 Vytvoriť nový návrh na ďalšej strane sprievodcu.
37 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fpublishingdialog%2FindexEntry 55 Určuje URL  (absolútnu alebo relatívnu), ktorú musia zadať diváci prezentácie.
3c modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fpublishingdialog%2FperlRadiobutton 4f Použite export pre WebCast pre vytvorenie HTML stránky a skripty jazyka Perl.
35 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fpublishingdialog%2FCGIEntry 4a Určuje URL (absolútnu alebo relatívnu) pre vygenerované skripty Perlu.
3b modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fpublishingdialog%2FASPRadiobutton a3 Ak vyberiete možnosť ASP, export pre WebCast vytvorí stránky ASP. HTML prezentácia môže byť potom umiestená len na serveri podporujúcom technológiu ASP.
3d modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fpublishingdialog%2FnotesCheckbutton 36 Určuje, či majú byť zobrazené aj vaše poznámky.
3f modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fpublishingdialog%2FcontentCheckbutton 2b Vytvorí titulnú stranu vášho dokumentu.
40 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fpublishingdialog%2FstandardRadiobutton 37 Zo strán pre export vytvorí štandardné HTML strany.
3f modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fpublishingdialog%2FchgAutoRadiobutton 62 Snímky sa menia automaticky po uplynutí určitého času a nezávisí na časovaní prezentácie
3e modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fpublishingdialog%2FframesRadiobutton b1 Vytvorí štandardné HTML stránky s rámcami. Exportovaná stránka bude zobrazená v hlavnom rámci a rámec vľavo bude slúžiť ako obsah vo forme hypertextových odkazov.
3d modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fpublishingdialog%2FkioskRadiobutton 84 Vytvorí základnú HTML prezentáciu, v ktorej budú za sebou snímky automaticky nasledovať po určitých časových jednotkách.
3f modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fpublishingdialog%2FdurationSpinbutton 3e Určuje čas, počas ktorého bude každý snímok zobrazený.
42 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fpublishingdialog%2FchgDefaultRadiobutton f3 Prechod medzi snímkami závisí na časovaní, ktoré ste jednotlivým snímkam priradili v prezentácií. Ak ste nastavili ručný prechod medzi snímkami, v HTML prezentácií bude nový snímok uvedený po stlačení ľubovoľnej klávesy.
3f modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fpublishingdialog%2FendlessCheckbutton 4c Po zobrazení posledného snímku sa prezentácia automaticky spustí znova.
35 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fpublishingdialog%2FURLEntry 5f Určuje URL (absolútnu alebo relatívnu), kde bude na WWW serveru HTML prezentácia uložená.
3f modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fpublishingdialog%2FwebCastRadiobutton 61 V exporte pro WebCast budú vygenerované automatické skripty s podporou jazykov Perl alebo ASP.
43 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fpublishingdialog%2Fresolution3Radiobutton 47 Vyberie vysoké rozlíšenie pre zobrazenie snímok vo vysokej kvalite.
3c modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fpublishingdialog%2FqualityCombobox c2 Určuje kompresný faktor JPEG obrázkov. Hodnota 100% ponúka najlepšiu kvalitu, ale výsledná veľkosť súboru je väčšia. Hodnota 25% ponúka menšie súbory v podstatne horšej kvalite.
32 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fpublishingdialog%2Fpage3 7f Obrázky budú exportované ako PNG súbory. PNG sú komprimované bez straty údajov a môžu obsahovať viac než 256 farieb.
43 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fpublishingdialog%2Fresolution2Radiobutton 3f Vyberie stredné rozlíšenie pre stredne veľké prezentácie.
3b modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fpublishingdialog%2FgifRadiobutton 82 Obrázky budú exportované ako GIF súbory. Súbory GIF sú komprimované bezstratovou kompresiou a môžu obsahovať 256 farieb.
40 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fpublishingdialog%2FsldSoundCheckbutton 63 Určuje, či budú exportované zvukové súbory, ktoré definujú zvuky prechodov medzi snímkami.
43 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fpublishingdialog%2Fresolution1Radiobutton 7c Vyberte nízke rozlíšenie aby ste zachovali malú veľkosť súborov aj pri prezentáciách s veľkým množstvom snímok.
3b modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fpublishingdialog%2FpngRadiobutton 7f Obrázky budú exportované ako PNG súbory. PNG sú komprimované bez straty údajov a môžu obsahovať viac než 256 farieb.
3b modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fpublishingdialog%2FjpgRadiobutton 9a Obrázky budú exportované ako JPEG súbory. Súbory JPEG sú komprimované nastaviteľnou stratovou kompresiou a môžu obsahovať viac než 256 farieb.
39 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fpublishingdialog%2FmiscTextview 41 Určuje ďalší text, ktorý bude zobrazený na titulnej strane.
35 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fpublishingdialog%2FwwwEntry 5c Určuje adresu vašej domovskej stránky. Hypertextový odkaz bude vložený do publikácie.
37 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fpublishingdialog%2FemailEntry 24 Určuje adresu elektronickej pošty.
38 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fpublishingdialog%2FauthorEntry 20 Určuje meno autora publikácie.
40 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fpublishingdialog%2FtextOnlyCheckbutton 35 Namiesto tlačidiel vloží iba hypertextové odkazy.
38 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fpublishingdialog%2FvLinkButton 62 Otvorí dialóg Farba, vo ktorom je možné vybrať farbu navštívených hypertextových odkazov.
37 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fpublishingdialog%2FlinkButton 4c Otvorí dialóg Farba, v ktorom je možné vybrať farbu textu prezentácie.
38 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fpublishingdialog%2FaLinkButton 5c Otvorí dialóg Farba, v ktorom je možné vybrať farbu aktívnych hypertextových odkazov.
41 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fpublishingdialog%2FdocColorsRadiobutton 4c Rozhoduje o použití farieb zo štýlov použitých v aktuálnom dokumente.
37 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fpublishingdialog%2FtextButton 4c Otvorí dialóg Farba, v ktorom je možné vybrať farbu textu prezentácie.
37 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fpublishingdialog%2FbackButton 4e Otvorí dialóg Farba, v ktorom je možné zvoliť farba pozadia prezentácie.
3f modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fpublishingdialog%2FdefaultRadiobutton 3c Použiť základné farby divákovho webového prehliadača.
3c modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fpublishingdialog%2FuserRadiobutton 4b Umožní vám pre niektoré objekty prezentácie definovať vlastné farby.
15 HID_LISTWIZARD_FINISH 13 Creates the object.
3a modules%2Fsabpilot%2Fui%2Fgroupradioselectionpage%2Ftoleft 28 Odstráni vybranú možnosť zo zoznamu.
40 modules%2Fsabpilot%2Fui%2Fgroupradioselectionpage%2Fradiobuttons 4c Zobrazí všetky možnosti, ktoré majú byť zahrnuté do poľa zoskupenia.
3b modules%2Fsabpilot%2Fui%2Fgroupradioselectionpage%2Ftoright 4a Confirms the current label and copies the label to the Option fields list.
3f modules%2Fsabpilot%2Fui%2Fgroupradioselectionpage%2Fradiolabels 5e Určuje názvy príslušných polí možností. Názov poľa možnosti uvidíte vo formulári.
48 modules%2Fsabpilot%2Fui%2Fdefaultfieldselectionpage%2Fdefaultselectionno 43 Určuje, že Ako východzia možnosť nebude vybraté žiadne pole.
47 modules%2Fsabpilot%2Fui%2Fdefaultfieldselectionpage%2Fdefselectionfield 62 Vyberte pole možnosti, ktoré si prajete mať pri otvorení formulára nastavené ako východzie.
49 modules%2Fsabpilot%2Fui%2Fdefaultfieldselectionpage%2Fdefaultselectionyes 56 Určuje, ktoré pole možností bude vybrané ako východzie pre otvorenie formulára.
39 modules%2Fsabpilot%2Fui%2Foptionvaluespage%2Fradiobuttons 4c Vyberte pole možnosti, ku ktorému si prajete priradiť východziu hodnotu.
38 modules%2Fsabpilot%2Fui%2Foptionvaluespage%2Foptionvalue 4d Ako východziu hodnotu vybraného poľa možnosti zadajte číslo alebo text.
43 modules%2Fsabpilot%2Fui%2Foptionsdbfieldpage%2FstoreInFieldCombobox 43 Vyberte dátové pole, v ktorom budú uložené východzie hodnoty.
3c modules%2Fsabpilot%2Fui%2Foptionsdbfieldpage%2FnoRadiobutton 5f Určuje, či si prajete ukladať odkazové hodnoty iba vo formulári, a neukladať v databáze.
3d modules%2Fsabpilot%2Fui%2Foptionsdbfieldpage%2FyesRadiobutton 3b Určuje, či chcete uložiť odkazové hodnoty v databáze.
33 modules%2Fsabpilot%2Fui%2Foptionsfinalpage%2Fnameit 4c Určuje označenie pre celú skupinu. Označenie uvidíte na mieste skupiny.
1c WIZARDS_HID_DLGIMPORT_DIALOG 68 Kopíruje a konvertuje dokumenty do formátu OpenDocument XML, používaného aplikáciou $[officename].
27 macro%3A%2F%2F%2FImportWizard.Main.Main 68 Kopíruje a konvertuje dokumenty do formátu OpenDocument XML, používaného aplikáciou $[officename].
1f WIZARDS_HID_DLGIMPORT_0_CMDHELP 68 Kopíruje a konvertuje dokumenty do formátu OpenDocument XML, používaného aplikáciou $[officename].
1a HID_DLGIMPORT_0_CHKLOGFILE 6b Vytvorí vo vašom pracovnom adresári protokolový súbor ukazujúci, ktoré dokumenty boli konvertované.
1d HID_DLGIMPORT_2_CHKPOWERPOINT 5b Konvertuje dokumenty vo formáte Microsoft PowerPoint *.ppt do formátu OpenDocument *.odp.
18 HID_DLGIMPORT_2_CHKEXCEL 53 Konvertuje dokumenty formátu Microsoft Excel *.xls do formátu OpenDocument *.ods.
17 HID_DLGIMPORT_2_CHKWORD 55 Konvertuje dokumenty vo formáte Microsoft Word *.doc do formátu OpenDocument *.odt.
25 HID_DLGIMPORT_2_CMDDOCUMENTPATHSELECT 30 Otvorí dialóg pre vybratie požadovanej cesty.
1a HID_DLGIMPORT_2_CBTEMPLATE 2b Určuje, či budú konvertované šablóny.
1a HID_DLGIMPORT_2_CBDOCUMENT 2b Určuje, či budú dokumenty konvertované.
21 HID_DLGIMPORT_2_CBDOCUMENTRECURSE 59 Udáva, či sa hľadané súbory budú hľadať aj v podadresároch vybraného adresára.
1e HID_DLGIMPORT_2_LBDOCUMENTPATH 2f Určuje adresár obsahujúci zdrojové súbory.
1e HID_DLGIMPORT_2_EDDOCUMENTPATH 41 Určuje adresár, do ktorého budú uložené výsledné súbory.
17 HID_DLGCONVERT_LISTBOX1 38 Zobrazuje rozsahy z listu, ktoré sa budú konvertovať.
1c HID_DLGCONVERT_OPTIONBUTTON2 3c Všetky bunky meny v aktuálnom zošite budú konvertované.
1c HID_DLGCONVERT_OPTIONBUTTON1 3f Všetky bunky s vybratými štýlmi buniek budú konvertované.
18 HID_DLGCONVERT_CHECKBOX1 1a Konvertuje celý dokument.
15 HID_DLGCONVERT_CBBACK ab Ak je aktuálny dokument $[officename] Calc dokument alebo šablóna, môžete Eurokonvertor spustiť použitím zodpovedajúceho tlačidla na paneli nástrojov Nástroje.
15 HID_DLGCONVERT_CBHELP 1e Aktivuje nápoveď k dialógu.
17 HID_DLGCONVERT_CBCANCEL 15 Zavrie Eurokonvertor.
1c HID_DLGCONVERT_OPTIONBUTTON4 55 Všetky bunky meny v rozsahu vybratom pred spustením konvertoru budú konvertované.
1b HID_DLGCONVERT_CBTARGETOPEN 50 Otvorí dialóg, v ktorom je možné vybrať adresár pre konvertované súbory.
1c HID_DLGCONVERT_OPTIONBUTTON3 3e Všetky bunky meny v aktuálnom dokumente budú konvertované.
15 HID_DLGCONVERT_OBFILE 31 Konvertuje samostatný $[officename] Calc súbor.
15 HID_DLGCONVERT_CBGOON 11 Začne konverziu.
14 HID_DLGCONVERT_OBDIR 73 Konvertuje všetky súbory $[officename] Calc a $[officename] Writer dokumenty a šablóny   vo vybranom adresári.
18 HID_DLGCONVERT_COMBOBOX1 32 Určuje menu, ktorá sa bude prevádzať na eurá.
14 .uno%3AEuroConverter 96 Konvertuje sumy v menách nájdených  v dokumentoch aplikácie $[officename] Calc a v poliach a tabuľkách aplikácie $[officename] Writer na eurá.
17 HID_DLGCONVERT_TBSOURCE 53 Udáva názov adresára alebo samostatného súboru, ktorý má byť konvertovaný.
1d HID_DLGCONVERT_CHECKRECURSIVE 4a Určuje, či budú zahrnuté aj všetky podadresáre vybratého adresára.
1f HID_DLGCONVERT_CHKTEXTDOCUMENTS 5d Konvertuje sumy v menách nájdených v poliach a tabuľkách $[officename] Writer dokumentu.
19 HID_DLGCONVERT_CHKPROTECT a6 Určuje, či budú počas konverzie zamknuté listy dočasne odomknuté a potom naspäť zamknuté. Ak sú listy chránené heslom, uvidíte dialóg pre jeho zadanie.
1b HID_DLGCONVERT_CBSOURCEOPEN 44 Otvorí dialóg pre výber požadovaného adresára alebo dokumentu.
17 HID_DLGCONVERT_TBTARGET 45 Určuje adresár a cestu, kam budú skonvertované súbory uložené.
15 HID_ABSPILOT_PREVIOUS 1f Choď na predchádzajúci krok.
13 HID_ABSPILOT_CANCEL 3a Ukončí sprievodcu bez uskutočnenia akýchkoľvek zmien.
13 HID_ABSPILOT_FINISH 3d Vytvorí spojenie na dátový zdroj a ukončí tento dialóg.
34 modules%2Fsabpilot%2Fui%2Fselecttypepage%2Fgroupwise 46 Ak používate databázu kontaktov Groupwise, zvoľte túto možnosť.
34 modules%2Fsabpilot%2Fui%2Fselecttypepage%2Fevolution 52 Ak používate databázu kontaktov z aplikácie Evolution zvoľte túto možnosť.
31 modules%2Fsabpilot%2Fui%2Fselecttypepage%2Fmacosx 43 Ak používate databázu kontaktov z OS X, zvoľte túto možnosť.
17 EXTENSIONS_HID_ABSPILOT 54 Tento sprievodca zaregistruje existujúci adresár ako dátový zdroj $[officename].
36 modules%2Fsabpilot%2Fui%2Fselecttypepage%2Fthunderbird 50 Select this option if you already use an address book in Thunderbird or Icedove.
c slot%3A10934 54 Tento sprievodca zaregistruje existujúci adresár ako dátový zdroj $[officename].
11 HID_ABSPILOT_NEXT 17 Choď na ďalší krok.
21 .uno%3AAutoPilotAddressDataSource 54 Tento sprievodca zaregistruje existujúci adresár ako dátový zdroj $[officename].
2e modules%2Fsabpilot%2Fui%2Fselecttypepage%2Fkde 4b Ak používate databázu kontaktov prostredia KDE, zvoľte túto možnosť.
30 modules%2Fsabpilot%2Fui%2Fselecttypepage%2Fother 70 Ak si prajete zaregistrovať ako databázu kontaktov $[officename] iný dátový zdroj, zvoľte túto možnosť.
32 modules%2Fsabpilot%2Fui%2Fselecttypepage%2Fevoldap 58 Ak používate databázu kontaktov z aplikácie Evolution LDAP, zvoľte túto možnosť.
39 modules%2Fsabpilot%2Fui%2Fselecttypepage%2FSelectTypePage 54 Tento sprievodca zaregistruje existujúci adresár ako dátový zdroj $[officename].
2f modules%2Fsabpilot%2Fui%2Fselecttypepage%2Fldap 4c Ak používate databázu kontaktov na serveri LDAP, zvoľte túto možnosť.
32 modules%2Fsabpilot%2Fui%2Fselecttypepage%2Foutlook 71 Ak používate databázu kontaktov z aplikácie Microsoft Outlook (nie Outlook Express), zvoľte túto možnosť.
32 modules%2Fsabpilot%2Fui%2Fselecttypepage%2Ffirefox 4e Select this option if you already use an address book in Firefox or Iceweasel.
32 modules%2Fsabpilot%2Fui%2Fselecttypepage%2Fwindows 62 Ak používate databázu kontaktov z aplikácie Microsoft Outlook Express zvoľte túto možnosť.
34 modules%2Fsabpilot%2Fui%2Finvokeadminpage%2Fsettings 3a Calls a dialog in which you can enter additional settings.
3b modules%2Fsabpilot%2Fui%2Finvokeadminpage%2FInvokeAdminPage 5a Umožní vám upresniť ďalšie nastavenia pre LDAP  a ďalší externé dátové zdroje.
31 modules%2Fsabpilot%2Fui%2Fselecttablepage%2Ftable 59 Specifies the table that is to serve as the address book for the $[officename] templates.
3b modules%2Fsabpilot%2Fui%2Fselecttablepage%2FSelectTablePage 87 Určuje tabuľku z databáze kontaktov aplikácií Mozilla / Netscape 6.x, ktorá bude použitá ako databáza kontaktov $[officename].
39 modules%2Fsabpilot%2Fui%2Fdatasourcepage%2FDataSourcePage 82 Určuje miesto pre súbor s databázou kontaktov a názov, pod ktorým bude dátový zdroj zobrazený v prehliadači zdrojov dát.
2f modules%2Fsabpilot%2Fui%2Fdatasourcepage%2Fname 1f Specifies the data source name.
31 modules%2Fsabpilot%2Fui%2Fdatasourcepage%2Fbrowse 29 Určuje umiestenie dialógového súboru.
1f DBACCESS_HID_DSADMIN_BROWSECONN 29 Určuje umiestenie dialógového súboru.
34 modules%2Fsabpilot%2Fui%2Fdatasourcepage%2Favailable d9 Zaregistruje novo vytvorený databázový súbor v %PRODUCTNAME. Databáza bude potom zobrazená v okne zdroja dát (F4). Ak toto pole nie je zaškrtnuté, databáza bude dostupná iba spustením súboru s databázou.
32 modules%2Fsabpilot%2Fui%2Ffieldassignpage%2Fassign 35 Otvorí dialóg Šablóny: Priradenie zoznamu adries.
3b modules%2Fsabpilot%2Fui%2Ffieldassignpage%2FFieldAssignPage 41 Otvorí dialóg, ktorý vám umožní upresniť priradenie poľa.
5 34200 78 Sprievodca vytvorením webovej strany vám umožňuje spravovať webovú prezentáciu uloženú na internetovom serveri.
5 34209 1c Vymaže vybraté nastavenia.
5 34207 7f Select the settings that you want to load and then click Load. To start the wizard with the default settings, select "default".
5 34217 29 Zadajte meno autora vybratého dokumentu.
5 34216 21 Zadajte popis vybratého súboru.
5 34215 72 Vyberte titulok vybratého dokumentu. Titulok sa objaví ako hypertextový odkaz v obsahu vašej webovej stránky.
5 34210 144 Zobrazí zoznam dokumentov, ktoré si prajete publikovať na vašej webovej stránke. Sprievodca môže dokumenty %PRODUCTNAME pred tým, než budú odoslané na server, previesť do formátu HTML, PDF alebo v niektorých prípadoch i do formátu Flash. Všetky ostatné súbory budú odoslané v pôvodnom formáte súboru.
5 34211 d9 Otvorí dialóg, v ktorom je možné vybrať súbory, ktoré si prajete mať na vašej webovej stránke. Hypertextové odkazy na indexovej stránke vášho webu budú zobrazené v rovnakom poradí ako v tomto zoznamu.
5 34212 25 Odstráni vybratý súbor zo zoznamu.
5 34218 4c Vyberte formát súboru, do ktorého si prajete exportovať vybratý súbor.
5 34220 24 Vyberte vzhľad obsahu vášho webu.
5 34246 50 Optimalizuje vašu webovú stránku pre rozlíšenie obrazovky 1024x768 pixelov.
5 34237 3b Vloží do obsahu mená ľudí, ktorí dokumenty vytvorili.
5 34236 20 Obsah obsahuje popis dokumentov.
5 34245 4f Optimalizuje vašu webovú stránku pre rozlíšenie obrazovky 800x600 pixelov.
5 34238 3d Vloží do obsahu dátum vytvorenia jednotlivých dokumentov.
5 34240 23 Zobrazí v obsahu formát súborov.
5 34235 2c Obsahuje mená súborov dokumentov v obsahu.
5 34241 2a Zobrazí v obsahu ikonu formátu súborov.
5 34239 3d Vloží do obsahu dátum poslednej zmeny každého dokumentu.
5 34242 2d Zobrazí v obsahu počet strán vášho webu.
5 34243 33 Zobrazí v obsahu veľkosť súborov v kilobajtoch.
5 34244 4f Optimalizuje vašu webovú stránku pre rozlíšenie obrazovky 640x480 pixelov.
5 34248 2f Vyberte obrázok na pozadí stránky s obsahom.
5 34249 5d Vyberte Ikony, ktoré si prajete použiť pre navigačné prvky na vašej stránke s obsahom.
5 34247 30 Vyberte farebnú schému pre stránku s obsahom.
5 34292 2d Odstráni obrázok z pozadia stránky obsahu.
5 34291 68 Otvorí dialóg otvorenia súboru, v ktorom vyberiete súbor s obrázkom na pozadí pre stránku obsahu.
5 34290 4d Určuje obrázok na pozadí pre štýl Sprievodcu vytvorením webovej strany.
5 41002 27 Odstráni sadu ikon zo stránky obsahu.
5 41000 5a Vyberte sadu ikon pre navigáciu na vašom webe pre Sprievodcu vytvorením webovej strany.
5 34259 78 Zadajte Informácie o autorských právach pre stránku s obsahom. Informácia bude uložená medzi HTML meta značkami.
5 34258 69 Zadajte adresu elektronickej pošty pre stránku obsahu. Adresa bude uložená medzi HTML meta značkami.
5 34250 63 Zadajte názov vášho webu. Tento prvok bude zobrazený na titulnom paneli webového prehliadača.
5 34253 4e Zadajte popis stránky obsahu. Popis bude uložený medzi HTML meta značkami.
5 34255 5b Zadajte dátum vytvorenia stránky obsahu. Dátum bude uložený medzi HTML meta značkami.
5 34256 5a Zadajte dátum poslednej zmeny dokumentu. Dátum bude uložený medzi HTML meta značkami.
5 34271 26 Zadajte názov súboru s nastaveniami.
5 34270 3c Uloží nastavenia, ktoré ste určili v tomto sprievodcovi.
5 34269 63 Otvorí dialóg FTP pripojenie,  v ktorom je možné nastaviť a otestovať nastavenie FTP serveru.
5 34268 d5 Odošle vaše súbory na FTP server. Stránka s obsahom bude uložená do adresára, ktorý ste určili. Všetky ostatné súbory budú uložené do adresára "môjWeb" v adresári obsahujúcom stránku s obsahom.
5 34266 4e Otvorí dialóg, v ktorom je možné upresniť umiestenie súboru s archívom.
5 34260 61 Otvorí vašu webovú stránku vo východzom  webovom prehliadači vášho operačného systému.
5 34261 ee Nahrá vašu stránku s obsahom a súbory do lokálneho adresára. Súbor s obsahom bude uložený na miesto, ktoré ste určili. Všetky ostatné súbory budú uložené do adresára "môjWeb" v adresári obsahujúcom stránku s obsahom.
5 34263 25 Otvorí dialóg pre výber adresára.
5 34265 116 Pridá stránku s obsahom a súbory do komprimovaného archívu a odošle ich na vašu webovú stránku. Stránka s obsahom bude odoslaná na miesto, ktoré ste určili. Všetky ostatné súbory budú odoslané do adresára "môjWeb" v adresári obsahujúcom stránku s obsahom.
5 41046 67 Otvorí dialóg, v ktorom je možné upresniť adresár na FTP serveri, do ktorého sa uložia súbory.
5 41045 54 Zadajte umiestnenie adresára na FTP serveri, kam si prajete uložiť vaše súbory.
5 41044 33 Otestuje FTP pripojenie s aktuálnymi nastaveniami.
5 41040 57 Upravte a otestujte pripojenie k FTP serveru pre Sprievodcu vytvorením webovej strany.
5 41042 4c Zadajte používateľské meno, ktoré je nutné pre prístup k FTP serveru.
5 41041 2b Zadajte názov alebo IP adresu FTP serveru.
5 41043 3b Zadajte heslo, ktoré je nutné pre prístup k FTP serveru.
1d HID_QUERY_EDIT_JOINCONNECTION 1d Upraviť vlastnosti relácie.
14 HID_QRYDGN_ROW_ORDER 50 V tejto bunke je možné zvoliť zoraďovanie: vzostupne, zostupne a nezoradiť.
12 HID_CTL_QRYDGNCRIT 27 Vyberte podmienky na definíciu dotazu.
11 HID_CTL_QRYDGNTAB 54 Dvojitým kliknutím na pole ho pridáte do dotazu. Pretiahnutím určíte relácie.
22 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fsavedialog%2Ftitle 25 Zadajte názov dotazu alebo pohľadu.
23 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fsavedialog%2Fschema 41 Zadajte názov schémy, ktorá sa priradí dotazu alebo pohľadu.
14 HID_QRYDGN_ROW_FIELD 7c Enter the name of the data field that you referred to in the Query. All settings made in the lower rows refer to this field.
13 HID_QRYDGN_ROW_CRIT 47 Určuje Kritérium, podľa ktorého sa filtruje obsah dátového poľa.
16 HID_QRYDGN_ROW_VISIBLE 47 Ak zaškrtnete vlastnosť Viditeľné, dané pole sa zobrazí v dotaze.
17 HID_QRYDGN_ROW_FUNCTION 96 V dialogu Vstup parametra je možné zadať premenné, ktoré sú definované v dotaze. Zadajte hodnotu pre každú premennú dotazu a kliknite na OK.
14 HID_QRYDGN_ROW_ALIAS 64 Zadajte alias dátového poľa. V dotaze sa namiesto skutočného názvu poľa použije tento alias.
14 HID_QRYDGN_ROW_TABLE 44 Databázová tabuľka, v ktorej sa nachádza vybrané dátové pole.
21 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fjoindialog%2Ftype 4d Pri plnom spoji obsahuje výsledok všetky záznamy ľavej i pravej tabuľky.
23 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fjoindialog%2Ftable2 3a Určuje dve rôzne tabuľky, ktoré si želáte prepojiť.
5 dummy 64 Po kliknutí na tlačidlo Viac se zobrazí dialog s podrobnejšími informáciami o danom probléme.
2a dbaccess%2Fui%2Fpassword%2Fconfirmpassword 1a Vložte znovu nové heslo.
26 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fpassword%2Fnewpassword 14 Vložte nové heslo.
26 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fpassword%2Foldpassword 15 Vložte staré heslo.
29 SFX2%3AEDIT%3ADLG_PASSWD%3AED_PASSWD_USER 24 Určuje meno nového používateľa.
1c HID_TABLE_DESIGN_HELP_WINDOW 1a Zobrazuje texty nápovedy.
16 HID_TABDESIGN_NAMECELL 85 Určuje názov dátového poľa. Pri zadávaní názvu platí obmedzenie databázy, napr. dĺžka názvu, zvláštne znaky a medzery.
19 HID_TABDESIGN_COMMENTCELL 1a Zadajte voliteľný popis.
18 HID_TABDESIGN_BACKGROUND 2f V tejto oblasti určujete štruktúru tabuľky.
1a SID_TABLEDESIGN_INSERTROWS 9b Vloží prázdny riadok nad aktuálny riadok, pokiaľ tabuľka ešte nebola uložená.  Pokiaľ bola uložená, vloží prázdny riadok na koniec tabuľky.
20 SID_TABLEDESIGN_TABED_PRIMARYKEY 40 Ak je zaškrtnuté toto pole, je dátove pole primárny kľúč.
16 HID_TABDESIGN_TYPECELL 12 Určuje typ poľa.
13 HID_TAB_ENT_DEFAULT 37 Určuje východziu hodnotu pre nové dátové záznamy.
19 HID_TAB_ENT_FORMAT_SAMPLE 44 Zobrazuje kód formátu, ktorý je možné vybrať tlačidlom  ... .
d .uno%3ADelete 1a Odstráni vybraný riadok.
12 HID_TAB_ENT_FORMAT 2d Toto tlačidlo otvorí dialóg Formát poľa.
31 dbaccess%2Fui%2Findexdesigndialog%2FID_INDEX_DROP 1a Odstráni aktuálny index.
2a dbaccess%2Fui%2Findexdesigndialog%2FUNIQUE 46 Určuje, že aktuálny register môže mať iba Jednoznačné hodnoty.
2e dbaccess%2Fui%2Findexdesigndialog%2FINDEX_LIST a7 Zobrazuje dostupné indexy. Vyberte zo zoznamu index, ktorý si prajete upraviť. Na pravej strane dialógu sú zobrazené podrobnejšie informácie o vybranom indexe.
23 HID_DLGINDEX_INDEXDETAILS_SORTORDER 1d Určuje poradie zoraďovania.
30 dbaccess%2Fui%2Findexdesigndialog%2FID_INDEX_NEW 15 Vytvorí nový index.
14 .uno%3ADBIndexDesign 48 V dialógu Návrh indexu je možné upraviť indexy aktuálnej tabuľky.
33 dbaccess%2Fui%2Findexdesigndialog%2FID_INDEX_RENAME 1a Premenuje aktuálny index.
1f HID_DLGINDEX_INDEXDETAILS_FIELD 4d Zobrazuje zoznam polí aktuálnej tabuľky. Je možné vybrať aj viac polí.
31 dbaccess%2Fui%2Findexdesigndialog%2FID_INDEX_SAVE 27 Uloží aktuálny index do zdroja dát.
29 dbaccess%2Fui%2Findexdesigndialog%2Fclose 11 Zatvorí dialóg.
32 dbaccess%2Fui%2Findexdesigndialog%2FID_INDEX_RESET 49 Obnoví aktuálny index na nastavenia, ktoré mal pri otvorení dialógu.
13 HID_CTL_RELATIONTAB 63 Pomocou spoločných dátových polí je možné navzájom prepojiť tabuľky aktuálnej databázy.
2b dbaccess%2Fui%2Frelationdialog%2Fdeldefault 6d Pri odstraňovaní primárneho kľúča sa všetky polia externých kľúčov nastaví na východziu hodnotu.
26 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fjoindialog%2Frelations 21 Určuje polia kľúčov relácii.
28 dbaccess%2Fui%2Frelationdialog%2Faddnull 83 Pri zmene primárneho kľúča sa všetky polia externých kľúčov nastavia na hodnotu "NULL". To znamená, že pole je prázdne.
2a dbaccess%2Fui%2Frelationdialog%2Faddaction 5a Určuje, že zmeny vykonané v primárnom kľúči neovplyvní polia externých kľúčov.
27 dbaccess%2Fui%2Frelationdialog%2Ftable2 48 Ako názvy stĺpcov sa zobrazia názvy tabuliek vybraných pre spojenie.
14 .uno%3ADBAddRelation 44 Reláciu medzi dvoma tabuľkami je možné nastaviť alebo upraviť.
2b dbaccess%2Fui%2Frelationdialog%2Fdelcascade 5e Pri odstránení primárneho kľúča sa odstránia zodpovedajúce polia externých kľúčov.
2b dbaccess%2Fui%2Frelationdialog%2Faddcascade 7b Pri zmene primárneho kľúča aktualizuje hodnoty zodpovedajúcich polí externých kľúčov (kaskádová aktualizácia).
2b dbaccess%2Fui%2Frelationdialog%2Fadddefault 64 Pri zmene primárneho kľúča sa všetky polia externých kľúčov nastavia na východziu hodnotu.
2a dbaccess%2Fui%2Frelationdialog%2Fdelaction 55 Určuje, že odstranenie primárneho kľúča neovplyvní polia externých kľúčov.
28 dbaccess%2Fui%2Frelationdialog%2Fdelnull 69 Pri odstraňovaní primárneho kľúča sa všetky polia externých kľúčov nastavia na hodnotu "NULL".
27 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fcopytablepage%2Fkeyname 46 Specifies a name for the primary key generated. This name is optional.
24 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fcopytablepage%2Fdata 74 If the data cannot be attached, you will see a list of fields in the Column Info dialog whose data cannot be copied.
27 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fcopytablepage%2Fdefdata 29 Creates a 1:1 copy of the database table.
23 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fcopytablepage%2Fdef 40 Copies only the table definition and not the corresponding data.
2a dbaccess%2Fui%2Fcopytablepage%2Fprimarykey 4a Automatically generates a primary key data field and fills it with values.
24 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fcopytablepage%2Fname 1e Specifies a name for the copy.
24 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fcopytablepage%2Fview b4 If the database supports Views, you can select this option only when a query is copied in a table container. This option enables you to see and edit a query as a normal table view.
24 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fapplycolpage%2Fcolrh 5a Adds or removes the selected field (> or < button) or all of the fields (<< or >> button).
21 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fapplycolpage%2Fto 3e Lists the fields that you want to include in the copied table.
23 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fapplycolpage%2Ffrom bc Lists the available data fields that you can include in the copied table. To copy a data field, click its name, and then click the > button. To copy all of the fields, click the >> button.
2b dbaccess%2Fui%2Ftypeselectpage%2Fautobutton 28 Umožnuje automatické rozpoznanie typu.
25 dbaccess%2Fui%2Ftypeselectpage%2Fauto 4e Zadajte počet riadkov, ktoré sa použijú na automatické rozpoznánie typu.
18 HID_TAB_ENT_BOOL_DEFAULT 31 Vyberte výchoziu hodnotu pre pole typu Áno/Nie.
11 HID_TAB_ENT_SCALE 67 Zadajte počet desetinných miest dátového poľa. Táto voľba je dostupná len pre číselné polia.
2c dbaccess%2Fui%2Ftypeselectpage%2Fcolumnnames 49 Zoznam dátových polí, ktoré budú zahrnuté do kopírovanej tabuľky.
16 HID_TAB_ENT_COLUMNNAME 56 Zobrazuje názov vybraného dátového poľa. Taktiež je možné zadať nový názov.
10 HID_TAB_ENT_TYPE 12 Vyberte typ poľa.
f HID_TAB_ENT_LEN 27 Zadajte počet znakov dátového poľa.
27 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fnamematchingpage%2Fnone 35 Zruší výber všetkých dátových polí v zozname.
27 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fnamematchingpage%2Fleft 17b Zoznam dátových polí v zdrojovej tabuľke. Ak chcete vložiť dátové pole zo zdrojovej tabuľky do cieľovej tabuľky, zaškrtnite pole pred názvom dátového poľa. Ak chcete priradiť obsah dátového poľa zdrojovej tabuľky inému dátovému poľu v cieľovej tabuľke, kliknite na dátové pole v zozname zdrojovej tabuľky a potom kliknite na šípku hore alebo dole.
26 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fnamematchingpage%2Fall 29 Vyberie všetky dátové polia v zozname.
2b dbaccess%2Fui%2Fnamematchingpage%2Fup_right 34 Posunie vybranú položku o jednu pozíciu vyššie.
28 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fnamematchingpage%2Fright a3 Zoznam možných dátových polí v cieľovej tabuľke. Do cieľovej tabuľky sa pridajú len dátové polia, ktoré sú zaškrtnuté v zozname zdrojové tabuľky.
2d dbaccess%2Fui%2Fnamematchingpage%2Fdown_right 34 Posunie vybranú položku o jednu pozíciu nižšie.
16 HID_DSADMIN_USECATALOG b1 Použije súčasný zdroj dát ako katalóg. To je užitočné, ak je zdrojom dát databázový server ODBC. Ak je zdrojom dát ODBC ovládač dBASE, toto pole nezaškrtávajte.
2e dbaccess%2Fui%2Fspecialsettingspage%2Fusesql92 5f Povoľuje iba názvy, ktoré v zdroji dát používajú znaky zodpovedajúce obmedzeniam SQL92.
2b dbaccess%2Fui%2Fgeneratedvaluespage%2Fquery 73 Zadajte SQL dotaz, ktorý vracia poslednú hodnotu automatického zvýšenia dátového poľa primárneho kľúča.
22 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fodbcpage%2Foptions 59 Do tohoto textového poľa zadajte prípadné daľšie voliteľné nastavenia ovládača.
18 HID_DSADMIN_CHARSET_ODBC 7d Vyberte znakovú sadu, ktorú chcete použiť na prezeranie databázy v $[officename]. Toto nastavenie neovplyvní databázu.
2f dbaccess%2Fui%2Fgeneratedvaluespage%2Fstatement 65 Zadajte SQL príkaz, ktorý zdroju dát určí automaticky zvyšovať dané číselné dátové pole.
32 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fgeneratedvaluespage%2Fautoretrieve 75 Zapíná podporu $[officename] pre automatické zvyšovanie dátových polí pre aktuálny ODBC nebo JDBC zdroj dát.
2a dbaccess%2Fui%2Fdbasepage%2FindiciesButton 64 Otvorí dialóg Indexy, v kterom je možné spravovať indexy tabuliek v aktuálnej databáze dBASE.
32 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fdbasepage%2FshowDelRowsCheckbutton 9b Zobrazí všetky záznamy v súbore, vrátane tých, ktoré sú označené ako odstránené. Ak zaškrtnete toto pole, nie je možné záznamy odstrániť.
29 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fdbaseindexdialog%2Fremove 3b Presunie vybraný index tabuľky do zoznamu Voľné indexy.
29 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fdbaseindexdialog%2Faddall 3b Presunie všetky voľné indexy do zoznamu Indexy tabuľky.
26 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fdbaseindexdialog%2Fadd 33 Presunie vybraný index do zoznamu Indexy tabuľky.
2c dbaccess%2Fui%2Fdbaseindexdialog%2Fremoveall 3b Presunie všetky indexy tabuľky do zoznamu Voľné indexy.
33 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fdbaseindexdialog%2FDBaseIndexDialog 2f Indexy je možné spravovať v databáze dBASE.
2d dbaccess%2Fui%2Fdbaseindexdialog%2Ftableindex 47 Zobrazí zoznam aktuálnych indexov pre vybranú databázovú tabuľku.
28 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fdbaseindexdialog%2Ftable 42 Vyberte databázovú tabuľku, pre ktorú chcete vytvoriť indexy.
2c dbaccess%2Fui%2Fdbaseindexdialog%2Ffreeindex 4a Zobrazí zoznam dostupných indexov, ktoré je možné priradiť tabuľke.
29 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fdirectsqldialog%2Fexecute 41 Spustí príkaz, ktorý ste zadali do poľa Príkaz na spustenie.
31 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fdirectsqldialog%2FDirectSQLDialog 55 Otvorte dialóg, v ktorom je možné zadať SQL príkaz pre administráciu databázy.
25 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fdirectsqldialog%2Fsql 3f Zadajte administrátorský príkaz SQL, ktorý chcete spustiť.
2c dbaccess%2Fui%2Fdirectsqldialog%2Fsqlhistory 7b Zoznam skôr spustených SQL príkazov. K opätovnému spusteniu príkazu kliknite na príkaz a potom kliknite na Spustiť.
28 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fdirectsqldialog%2Fstatus 3e Zobrazuje výsledky, vrátane chýb, spusteného SQL príkazu.
1e HID_DSADMIN_SUPPRESS_VERSIONCL 45 Zoradí zoznam názvov tabuliek vo vzostupnom poradí podľa abecedy.
27 DBACCESS_HID_DSADMIN_SUPPRESS_VERSIONCL de Niektoré databázy môžu sledovať zmeny záznamov priradením čísla verzie upraveným poliam. Toto číslo sa pri každej zmene pola zvýši o 1.  Zobrazuje se interné číslo verzie záznamu v databázovej  tabulke.
25 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fuseradminpage%2Ftable 55 Zobrazí prístupové práva daného uživateľa. Je tu tiež možnosť ich upraviť.
24 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fuseradminpage%2Fuser 3c Vyberte používateľa, ktorého nastavenia chcete upraviť.
23 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fuseradminpage%2Fadd 41 Zadejte nového používateľa pre prístup k vybranej databáze.
2a dbaccess%2Fui%2Fuseradminpage%2Fchangepass 41 Zmení heslo aktuálneho používateľa pre prístup k databáze.
26 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fuseradminpage%2Fdelete 21 Odstráni vybraného uživateľa.
33 DBACCESS_PUSHBUTTON_TAB_PAG_ADABAS_SETTINGS_PB_STAT 6d Otvorí dialóg Štatistiky databázy, kde je možné zobraziť štatistické informácie o databáze Adabas.
33 DBACCESS_CHECKBOX_TAB_PAG_ADABAS_SETTINGS_CB_SHUTDB 43 Ukončí databázový server Adabas, keď ukončíte $[officename].
3b DBACCESS_NUMERICFIELD_TAB_PAG_ADABAS_SETTINGS_NF_CACHE_SIZE 24 Zadajte veľosť dátového bufferu.
3f DBACCESS_NUMERICFIELD_TAB_PAG_ADABAS_SETTINGS_NF_DATA_INCREMENT 72 Zadajte veľkosť, o ktorú sa má databáza automaticky zväčšovať. Maximálna veľkosť prírastku je 100 MB.
35 DBACCESS_EDIT_TAB_PAG_ADABAS_SETTINGS_ET_CTRLUSERNAME 73 Zadajte meno používateľa, ktorému chcete poskytnúť obmedzenú možnosť meniť niektoré parametre databázy.
35 DBACCESS_EDIT_TAB_PAG_ADABAS_SETTINGS_ET_CTRLPASSWORD 2a Zadajte heslo pre riadiacieho uživateľa.
33 DBACCESS_NUMERICFIELD_DLG_ADABASSTAT_ET_MEMORYUSING 40 Zobrazí množstvo využitého miesta v databáze v percentách.
28 DBACCESS_EDIT_DLG_ADABASSTAT_ET_FREESIZE 4d Zobrazí voľné miesto (v megabajtoch), ktoré je v databáze k dispozícii.
2b DBACCESS_EDIT_DLG_ADABASSTAT_ET_SYSDEVSPACE 2c Zobrazí cestu a názov súboru SYSDEVSPACE.
2b DBACCESS_LISTBOX_DLG_ADABASSTAT_LB_DATADEVS 2d Zobrazí cestu a názov súboru DATADEVSPACE.
2e DBACCESS_EDIT_DLG_ADABASSTAT_ET_TRANSACTIONLOG 2f Zobrazí cestu a názov súboru TRANSACTIONLOG.
24 DBACCESS_EDIT_DLG_ADABASSTAT_ET_SIZE 36 Zobrazí celkovú veľkosť databázy (v megabajtoch).
20 HID_DLG_ADABAS_DATADEVSPACE_SIZE 4d Enter the size of the database in megabytes here. The maximum size is 100 MB.
15 HID_DLG_ADABAS_DBNAME 19 Zadajte názov databázy.
1d HID_DLG_ADABAS_TRANSACTIONLOG 2c Enter the path for the transaction log file.
12 HID_DLG_ADABAS_USR 9e Zadajte meno doménového používateľa, ktoré Adabas používá interne. Obvykle sa východzie nastavenia mena a hesla doménového používateľa nemenia.
15 HID_DLG_ADABAS_CONUSR c5 Zadajte meno používateľa, ktorému chcete udeľiť obmedzenú možnosť upravovať niektoré parametre databázy. Obvykle sa východzie nastavenia mena a hesla riadiaceho používateľa nemenia.
15 HID_DLG_ADABAS_SYSUSR 27 Zadajte meno administrátora databázy.
19 HID_DLG_ADABAS_CACHE_SIZE 2e Enter the size of the data cache in megabytes.
18 HID_DLG_ADABAS_DOMAINPWD e Zadajte heslo.
1b HID_DLG_ADABAS_DATADEVSPACE 25 Enter the path for the data DEVSPACE.
1a HID_DLG_ADABAS_SYSDEVSPACE 27 Enter the path for the system DEVSPACE.
1d HID_DLG_ADABAS_PBDATADEVSPACE 48 Locate the directory where you want to save the file, and then click OK.
22 HID_DLG_ADABAS_TRANSACTIONLOG_SIZE 34 Enter the size of the transaction file in megabytes.
35 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fspecialsettingspage%2Fuseodbcliterals 22 Určuje, že polia nemajú okraje.
31 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fspecialsettingspage%2Finputchecks d8 When you enter a new record or update an existing record in a form, and you leave a field empty which is bound to a database column which requires input, then you will see a message complaining about the empty field.
26 DBACCESS_HID_DSADMIN_BOOLEANCOMPARISON 3b Select the type of Boolean comparison that you want to use.
2b dbaccess%2Fui%2Fspecialsettingspage%2Fuseoj 5c Use escape sequences for outer joins. The syntax for this escape sequence is {oj outer-join}
34 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fspecialsettingspage%2Fignorecurrency a9 Only for Oracle JDBC connections. When enabled it specifies that no column is treated as a currency field. The field type returned from the database driver is discarded.
2b dbaccess%2Fui%2Fspecialsettingspage%2Fuseas 9b Some databases use the keyword "AS" between a name and its alias, while other databases use a whitespace. Enable this option to insert AS before the alias.
29 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fspecialsettingspage%2Feol 6d Select to use the CR + LF code pair to end every text line (preferred for DOS and Windows operating systems).
2c dbaccess%2Fui%2Fspecialsettingspage%2Fappend 39 Appends the alias to the table name in SELECT statements.
31 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fspecialsettingspage%2Fignoreprivs 43 Ignores access privileges that are provided by the database driver.
33 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fspecialsettingspage%2Fuseschemaname 37 Allows you to use the schema name in SELECT statements.
34 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fspecialsettingspage%2Fusecatalogname b7 Uses the current data source of the catalog. This option is useful when the ODBC data source is a database server. Do not select this option if the ODBC data source is a dBASE driver.
31 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fspecialsettingspage%2Fprimarykeys 39 Umožňuje používateľovi zmazať štruktúru tabuľky.
33 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fspecialsettingspage%2Freplaceparams 44 Replaces named parameters in a data source with a question mark (?).
30 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fspecialsettingspage%2Fdisplayver 49 Displays the internal version number of the record in the database table.
31 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fspecialsettingspage%2Fcreateindex 2d Creates an index with ASC or DESC statements.
19 HID_DSADMIN_RETRIEVE_AUTO 73 Zadajte SQL dotaz, ktorý vracia poslednú hodnotu automatického zvýšenia dátového poľa primárneho kľúča.
33 DBACCESS_PUSHBUTTON_TAB_PAG_ADABAS_SETTINGS_PB_STAT 6d Otvorí dialóg Štatistiky databázy, kde je možné zobraziť štatistické informácie o databáze Adabas.
17 HID_DSADMIN_SHOWDELETED 9b Zobrazí všetky záznamy v súbore, vrátane tých, ktoré sú označené ako odstránené. Ak zaškrtnete toto pole, nie je možné záznamy odstrániť.
1c DBACCESS_HID_DSADMIN_CHARSET 54 Select the character set that you want to use to view the database in $[officename].
24 DBACCESS_HID_DSADMIN_SPECIAL_MESSAGE 38 Select the type of database that you want to connect to.
31 DBACCESS_HID_PAGE_DBWIZARD_JDBC_PB_TESTMYSQLCLASS 3c Tests the database connection through the JDBC driver class.
2d DBACCESS_HID_PAGE_DBWIZARD_JDBC_ET_MYSQLCLASS 49 Enter the name of the JDBC driver class that connects to the data source.
2e DBACCESS_HID_PAGE_DBWIZARD_JDBC_ET_MYSQLDBNAME 34 Zadajte uživateľské meno na prístup k databáze.
30 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fconnectionpage%2FpassCheckbutton 61 If checked, the user will be asked to enter the password that is required to access the database.
1f DBACCESS_HID_DSADMIN_DBASE_PATH 3e Enter the path to the directory that contains the dBASE files.
1e DBACCESS_HID_DSADMIN_FLAT_PATH 34 Zadajte uživateľské meno na prístup k databáze.
31 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fconnectionpage%2FconnectionButton 38 Tests the database connection with the current settings.
1e DBACCESS_HID_DSADMIN_CALC_PATH 4e Enter the path to the spreadsheet document that you want to use as a database.
20 DBACCESS_HID_DLG_DATABASE_WIZARD 57 The Database Wizard creates a database file that contains information about a database.
39 DBACCESS_HID_PAGE_DBWIZARD_GENERAL_RB_GETEXISTINGDATABASE 49 Select to create a database document for an existing database connection.
1b DBACCESS_HID_DSADMIN_DSTYPE 3e Select the database type for the existing database connection.
36 DBACCESS_HID_PAGE_DBWIZARD_GENERAL_RB_CREATEDBDATABASE 20 Select to create a new database.
3a dbaccess%3ARadioButton%3APAGE_GENERAL%3ARB_OPENEXISTINGDOC 62 Select to open a database file from a list of recently used files or from a file selection dialog.
33 dbaccess%3AListBox%3APAGE_GENERAL%3ALB_DOCUMENTLIST 86 Select a database file to open from the list of recently used files. Click Finish to open the file immediately and to exit the wizard.
36 dbaccess%3APushButton%3APAGE_GENERAL%3APB_OPENDOCUMENT a6 Opens a file selection dialog where you can select a database file. Click Open or OK in the file selection dialog to open the file immediately and to exit the wizard.
2b dbaccess%2Fui%2Ffinalpagewizard%2Fusewizard 46 Select to call the Table Wizard after the Database Wizard is finished.
2d dbaccess%2Fui%2Ffinalpagewizard%2Fyesregister 11e Select to register the database within your user copy of %PRODUCTNAME. After registering, the database is displayed in the View - Data Sources window. You must register a database to be able to insert the database fields in a document (Insert - Fields - More Fields) or in a mail merge.
2b dbaccess%2Fui%2Ffinalpagewizard%2FPageFinal 6a Specifies whether you want to register the database, open the database for editing, or insert a new table.
2d dbaccess%2Fui%2Ffinalpagewizard%2Fopenediting 4f Select to display the database file, where you can edit the database structure.
2c dbaccess%2Fui%2Ffinalpagewizard%2Fnoregister 4e Select to keep the database information only within the created database file.
37 DBACCESS_HID_PAGE_DBWIZARD_MSACCESS_PB_MSACCESSLOCATION 26 Click to open a file selection dialog.
37 DBACCESS_HID_PAGE_DBWIZARD_MSACCESS_ET_MSACCESSLOCATION 34 Zadajte uživateľské meno na prístup k databáze.
2f DBACCESS_HID_PAGE_DBWIZARD_ADABAS_PB_ADABASNAME 26 Click to open a file selection dialog.
2f DBACCESS_HID_PAGE_DBWIZARD_ADABAS_ET_ADABASNAME 34 Zadajte uživateľské meno na prístup k databáze.
3b dbaccess%2Fui%2Fauthentificationpage%2FgeneralUserNameEntry 30 A user name can have a maximum of 18 characters.
28 DBACCESS_HID_PAGE_DBWIZARD_ADO_PB_ADOURL 2a Click to open a database selection dialog.
3e dbaccess%2Fui%2Fauthentificationpage%2FpassRequiredCheckbutton 2b A password must contain 3 to 18 characters.
28 DBACCESS_HID_PAGE_DBWIZARD_ADO_ET_ADOURL 1a Enter the data source URL.
31 DBACCESS_HID_PAGE_DBWIZARD_DBASE_PB_DBASELOCATION 1d Open a path selection dialog.
31 DBACCESS_HID_PAGE_DBWIZARD_DBASE_ET_DBASELOCATION 34 Zadajte uživateľské meno na prístup k databáze.
30 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fconnectionpage%2FjavaDriverLabel 22 Enter the name of the JDBC driver.
1c HID_DSADMIN_CONNURL_JDBCPAGE df Enter the URL for the database. For example, for the MySQL JDBC driver, enter "jdbc:mysql://<Servername>/<name of the database>". For more information on the JDBC driver, consult the documentation that came with the driver.
32 DBACCESS_HID_PAGE_DBWIZARD_JDBC_ET_MYSQLHOSTSERVER 41 hostname is the name of the machine that runs the MySQL database.
17 HID_DSADMIN_USESSL_LDAP 56 Creates a secure connection to the LDAP server through the Secure Sockets Layer (SSL).
17 HID_DSADMIN_LDAP_BASEDN 4c Enter the starting point to search the LDAP database, for example, "dc=com".
1b HID_DSADMIN_LDAP_PORTNUMBER 30 Enter the port of the LDAP server, normally 389.
19 HID_DSADMIN_LDAP_HOSTNAME 45 Enter the name of the LDAP server using the format "ldap.server.com".
2a dbaccess%2Fui%2Fdbwizmysqlintropage%2Fjdbc 48 Connects to an existing JDBC data source that was set on a system level.
2a dbaccess%2Fui%2Fdbwizmysqlintropage%2Fodbc 48 Connects to an existing ODBC data source that was set on a system level.
37 DBACCESS_HID_PAGE_DBWIZARD_ODBC_PB_NAMEOFODBCDATASOURCE 33 Click to open an ODBC data source selection dialog:
37 DBACCESS_HID_PAGE_DBWIZARD_ODBC_ET_NAMEOFODBCDATASOURCE 34 Zadajte uživateľské meno na prístup k databáze.
30 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fconnectionpage%2FjavaDriverLabel 22 Enter the name of the JDBC driver.
2f DBACCESS_HID_PAGE_DBWIZARD_ORACLE_ET_ORACLEPORT 34 Zadajte uživateľské meno na prístup k databáze.
30 DBACCESS_HID_PAGE_DBWIZARD_ORACLE_ET_ORACLECLASS 34 Zadajte uživateľské meno na prístup k databáze.
35 DBACCESS_HID_PAGE_DBWIZARD_ORACLE_ET_ORACLEHOSTSERVER 34 Zadajte uživateľské meno na prístup k databáze.
37 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fdbwizspreadsheetpage%2Fpasswordrequired 44 Select to request a password from the user of the database document.
39 DBACCESS_HID_PAGE_DBWIZARD_SPREADSHEET_PB_SPREADSHEETPATH 26 Click to open a file selection dialog.
39 DBACCESS_HID_PAGE_DBWIZARD_SPREADSHEET_ET_SPREADSHEETPATH 35 Enter the path and file name to the spreadsheet file.
2f DBACCESS_HID_PAGE_DBWIZARD_TEXT_ET_OWNEXTENSION 42 Click to access custom files. Enter the extension in the text box.
33 DBACCESS_HID_PAGE_DBWIZARD_TEXT_RB_ACCESSOTHERFILES 42 Click to access custom files. Enter the extension in the text box.
33 DBACCESS_HID_PAGE_DBWIZARD_TEXT_ET_LOCATIONTEXTFILE fd Enter the path to the text file or files. If you just want one text file, you can use any extension of the file name. If you enter a folder name, the text files in that folder must have the extension *.csv to be recognized as files of the text database.
31 DBACCESS_HID_PAGE_DBWIZARD_TEXT_RB_ACCESSTXTFILES 1a Click to access txt files.
1f HID_DSADMIN_THOUSANDS_SEPARATOR 87 Enter or select the character that is used as a thousands separator in the text file, for example a comma (1,000), or a period (1.000).
1a HID_DSADMIN_TEXT_SEPARATOR 4c Enter or select the character that identifies a text field in the text file.
1b HID_DSADMIN_FIELD_SEPARATOR 4a Enter or select the character that separates data fields in the text file.
31 DBACCESS_HID_PAGE_DBWIZARD_TEXT_RB_ACCESSCSVFILES 1a Click to access csv files.
1d HID_DSADMIN_DECIMAL_SEPARATOR 81 Enter or select the character that is used as a decimal separator in the text file, for example, a period (0.5) or a comma (0,5).
33 DBACCESS_HID_PAGE_DBWIZARD_TEXT_PB_LOCATIONTEXTFILE 26 Click to open a file selection dialog.
1b .uno%3ADBDSAdvancedSettings 25 Opens the Advanced Properties dialog.
19 .uno%3ADBDSConnectionType 21 Opens the Connection Type Wizard.
f .uno%3ADBRename 71 Renames the selected object. Depending on the database, some names, characters, and name length might be invalid.
18 HID_BROWSER_TABLE_DELETE 33 Deletes the selected table, query, form, or report.
1f .uno%3ADBDatabasePropertiesMenu 10 Opens a submenu.
d .uno%3ADBEdit 4d Opens a window where you can edit the selected table, query, form, or report.
1f DBACCESS_HID_BROWSER_TABLE_EDIT 4d Opens a window where you can edit the selected table, query, form, or report.
d .uno%3ADBOpen 32 Opens the selected object in the last saved state.
29 .uno%3ADBNewFormAutoPilotWithPreSelection 3e Starts the Form Wizard for the selected table, query, or view.
2b .uno%3ADBNewReportAutoPilotWithPreSelection 40 Starts the Report Wizard for the selected table, query, or view.
16 .uno%3ADBConvertToView cf Converts the selected query to a view. The original query remains in your database file and an additional view is generated on the database server. You must have write permission to add a view to a database.
15 .uno%3ADBDSProperties 25 Opens the Database Properties dialog.
1b .uno%3ADBSendReportToWriter 86 Exports the selected report to a text document. A dynamic report is exported as a copy of the database contents at the time of export.
19 .uno%3ADBSendReportAsMail fe Opens the default e-mail application to send a new e-mail. The selected report is appended as an attachment. You can enter the subject, the recipients and a mail body. A dynamic report is exported as a copy of the database contents at the time of export.
29 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fcollectionviewdialog%2Fok 34 Zadajte uživateľské meno na prístup k databáze.
35 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fcollectionviewdialog%2FCollectionView 34 Zadajte uživateľské meno na prístup k databáze.
36 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fcollectionviewdialog%2FnewFolderButton 34 Zadajte uživateľské meno na prístup k databáze.
2f dbaccess%2Fui%2Fcollectionviewdialog%2FupButton 31 Click to go up one level in the folder hierarchy.
34 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fcollectionviewdialog%2FfileNameEntry 2f Zadajte názov súboru pre ukladaný formulár.
12 .uno%3ADBNewFolder 44 Opens a dialog where you can save a new folder in the database file.
13 .uno%3ADBNewViewSQL 1d Opens a new view in SQL mode.
10 .uno%3ADBNewView 20 Opens a new view in design mode.
28 DBACCESS_HID_BROWSER_TABLE_CREATE_DESIGN 1c Opens the table design view.
10 .uno%3ADBNewForm 27 Opens a new text document in form mode.
11 .uno%3ADBNewTable 1c Opens the table design view.
12 .uno%3ADBNewReport 48 Starts the Report Builder window for the selected table, view, or query.
14 .uno%3ADBNewQuerySql 1e Opens a new query in SQL mode.
11 .uno%3ADBNewQuery 21 Opens a new query in design mode.
12 .uno%3ADBDirectSQL 38 Opens the SQL dialog where you can enter SQL statements.
33 dbaccess%2Fui%2Ftablesfilterpage%2FTablesFilterPage 64 Opens the Table Filter dialog where you can specify which tables of the database to show or to hide.
12 .uno%3ADBUserAdmin 4b Opens the User Administration dialog if the database supports this feature.
17 .uno%3ADBRelationDesign 5d Opens the Relation Design view and checks whether the database connection supports relations.
16 .uno%3ADBRefreshTables 15 Refreshes the tables.
14 .uno%3ADBViewQueries 47 Selects the queries container and shows all queries in the detail view.
17 .uno%3ADBDisablePreview 2c Disables the preview in the database window.
14 .uno%3ADBViewReports 47 Selects the reports container and shows all reports in the detail view.
1b .uno%3ADBShowDocInfoPreview 49 The preview window displays the document information of a form or report.
12 .uno%3ADBViewForms 43 Selects the forms container and shows all forms in the detail view.
1c .uno%3ADBDatabaseObjectsMenu 10 Opens a submenu.
13 .uno%3ADBViewTables 45 Selects the tables container and shows all tables in the detail view.
10 .uno%3ADBPreview 10 Opens a submenu.
d .uno%3ADBSort 10 Opens a submenu.
17 .uno%3ADBShowDocPreview 36 The preview displays the document of a form or report.
26 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fsummarypage%2Ftextview 42 The list shows all changes that were applied to the database file.
23 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fbackuppage%2Fbrowse c1 Choose a location and file name to save the new database file. By default, the new file gets the same name as the old file, while the old file gets renamed with the string "backup" in the name.
17 .uno%3ADBMigrateScripts 96 The Database Document Macro Migration Wizard moves existing macros from sub-documents of an old Base file into the new Base file's macro storage area.
29 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fprepagepage%2FPreparePage 96 The Database Document Macro Migration Wizard moves existing macros from sub-documents of an old Base file into the new Base file's macro storage area.
29 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fmigratepage%2FMigratePage 96 The Database Document Macro Migration Wizard moves existing macros from sub-documents of an old Base file into the new Base file's macro storage area.
29 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fsummarypage%2FSummaryPage 96 The Database Document Macro Migration Wizard moves existing macros from sub-documents of an old Base file into the new Base file's macro storage area.
27 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fbackuppage%2FBackupPage 96 The Database Document Macro Migration Wizard moves existing macros from sub-documents of an old Base file into the new Base file's macro storage area.
36 svtools%3ACheckBox%3ADLG_LOGIN%3ACB_LOGIN_SAVEPASSWORD 99 Select to use the same user name and password without further dialog, when you connect again to the same data source in the current %PRODUCTNAME session.
2e svtools%3AEdit%3ADLG_LOGIN%3AED_LOGIN_PASSWORD 34 Zadajte uživateľské meno na prístup k databáze.
2e svtools%3AEdit%3ADLG_LOGIN%3AED_LOGIN_USERNAME 34 Zadajte uživateľské meno na prístup k databáze.
17 WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD 36 The Query Wizard helps you to design a database query.
24 WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_LSTSELFIELDS 3b Displays all fields that will be included in the new query.
21 WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_LSTTABLES 39 Specifies the table for which the query is to be created.
1d WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_SORT4 64 Specifies additional fields by which the created query is sorted, if previous sort fields are equal.
22 WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_OPTASCEND2 3f Click to sort in alphabetically or numerically ascending order.
22 WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_OPTASCEND3 3f Click to sort in alphabetically or numerically ascending order.
1d WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_SORT3 64 Specifies additional fields by which the created query is sorted, if previous sort fields are equal.
22 WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_OPTASCEND4 3f Click to sort in alphabetically or numerically ascending order.
22 WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_OPTASCEND1 3f Click to sort in alphabetically or numerically ascending order.
1d WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_SORT1 39 Specifies the field by which the created query is sorted.
1d WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_SORT2 64 Specifies additional fields by which the created query is sorted, if previous sort fields are equal.
23 WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_OPTDESCEND2 40 Click to sort in alphabetically or numerically descending order.
23 WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_OPTDESCEND3 40 Click to sort in alphabetically or numerically descending order.
23 WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_OPTDESCEND1 40 Click to sort in alphabetically or numerically descending order.
23 WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_OPTDESCEND4 40 Click to sort in alphabetically or numerically descending order.
26 WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_LSTFIELDNAME_2 34 Zadajte uživateľské meno na prístup k databáze.
26 WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_LSTFIELDNAME_3 34 Zadajte uživateľské meno na prístup k databáze.
23 WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_OPTMATCHANY 47 Select to filter the query by any of the conditions using a logical OR.
23 WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_OPTMATCHALL 45 Select to filter the query by all the conditions using a logical AND.
26 WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_LSTFIELDNAME_1 34 Zadajte uživateľské meno na prístup k databáze.
25 WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_LSTOPERATOR_1 24 Select the condition for the filter.
25 WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_LSTOPERATOR_2 24 Select the condition for the filter.
25 WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_LSTOPERATOR_3 24 Select the condition for the filter.
22 WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_TXTVALUE_3 34 Zadajte uživateľské meno na prístup k databáze.
22 WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_TXTVALUE_1 34 Zadajte uživateľské meno na prístup k databáze.
22 WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_TXTVALUE_2 34 Zadajte uživateľské meno na prístup k databáze.
29 WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_BTNAGGREGATEMINUS 21 Removes the last row of controls.
28 WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_BTNAGGREGATEPLUS 1e Appends a new row of controls.
2f WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_OPTAGGREGATEDETAILQUERY 28 Select to show all records of the query.
30 WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_OPTAGGREGATESUMMARYQUERY 33 Select to show only results of aggregate functions.
2e WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_LSTAGGREGATEFUNCTION_1 1e Select the aggregate function.
2c WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_LSTAGGREGATEFIELDS_1 1e Select the numeric field name.
2a WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_LSTFILTERSELFIELDS 3b Displays all fields that are to be used to group the query.
2c WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_LSTFILTERFIELDNAME_2 34 Zadajte uživateľské meno na prístup k databáze.
2c WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_LSTFILTERFIELDNAME_1 34 Zadajte uživateľské meno na prístup k databáze.
2c WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_LSTFILTERFIELDNAME_3 34 Zadajte uživateľské meno na prístup k databáze.
28 WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_TXTFILTERVALUE_3 34 Zadajte uživateľské meno na prístup k databáze.
28 WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_OPTGROUPMATCHANY 46 Select to group the query by any of the conditions using a logical OR.
28 WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_OPTGROUPMATCHALL 44 Select to group the query by all the conditions using a logical AND.
2b WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_LSTFILTEROPERATOR_1 26 Select the condition for the grouping.
2b WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_LSTFILTEROPERATOR_2 26 Select the condition for the grouping.
2b WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_LSTFILTEROPERATOR_3 26 Select the condition for the grouping.
28 WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_TXTFILTERVALUE_1 34 Zadajte uživateľské meno na prístup k databáze.
28 WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_TXTFILTERVALUE_2 34 Zadajte uživateľské meno na prístup k databáze.
22 WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_TXTTITLE_1 34 Zadajte uživateľské meno na prístup k databáze.
22 WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_TXTSUMMARY 20 Displays a summary of the query.
27 WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_OPTDISPLAYQUERY 25 Select to save and display the query.
26 WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_OPTMODIFYQUERY 31 Select to save the query and open it for editing.
25 WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_TXTQUERYTITLE 34 Zadajte uživateľské meno na prístup k databáze.
2f modules%2Fdbreport%2Fui%2Fdatetimedialog%2Ftime 94 Enable Include Time to insert a time field into the active area of the report. The time field displays the current time when the report is executed.
2f modules%2Fdbreport%2Fui%2Fdatetimedialog%2Fdate 94 Enable Include Date to insert a date field into the active area of the report. The date field displays the current date when the report is executed.
39 modules%2Fdbreport%2Fui%2Fdatetimedialog%2FDateTimeDialog 5f You can open the Date and Time dialog of the Report Builder by choosing Insert - Date and Time.
1a .uno%3AInsertDateTimeField 5f You can open the Date and Time dialog of the Report Builder by choosing Insert - Date and Time.
17 .uno%3ASectionShrinkTop 37 Shrinks the selected section to remove top empty space.
14 .uno%3ASectionShrink 42 Shrinks the selected section to remove top and bottom empty space.
16 .uno%3ASectionAlignTop 62 Select two or more objects and click this icon to align the objects at the top margin of the area.
11 .uno%3AVFixedLine 2c Inserts a vertical line to the current area.
19 .uno%3ASectionAlignBottom 65 Select two or more objects and click this icon to align the objects at the bottom margin of the area.
18 .uno%3ASectionAlignRight 64 Select two or more objects and click this icon to align the objects at the right margin of the area.
1a .uno%3ASectionShrinkBottom 3a Shrinks the selected section to remove bottom empty space.
17 .uno%3ASectionAlignLeft 63 Select two or more objects and click this icon to align the objects at the left margin of the area.
14 .uno%3ASmallestWidth 5b Select two or more objects and click this icon to resize the objects to the smallest width.
15 .uno%3ASmallestHeight 5c Select two or more objects and click this icon to resize the objects to the smallest height.
14 .uno%3AGreatestWidth 5b Select two or more objects and click this icon to resize the objects to the greatest width.
15 .uno%3AGreatestHeight 5c Select two or more objects and click this icon to resize the objects to the greatest height.
11 .uno%3AHFixedLine 2e Inserts a horizontal line to the current area.
28 REPORTDESIGN_HID_RPT_PROP_DEEPTRAVERSING e8 If Deep traversing is enabled, functions are evaluated considering all lower levels of hierarchy. This would be used for instance for line numbering. If Deep traversing is not enabled, only the first level of hierarchy is evaluated.
26 REPORTDESIGN_HID_RPT_PROP_PREEVALUATED 57 If Pre evaluation is enabled, functions are evaluated only when the report is finished.
28 REPORTDESIGN_HID_RPT_PROP_INITIALFORMULA 5a Enter the initial value for the evaluation of the formula. Often this is set to 0 or to 1.
16 .uno%3AReportNavigator 7f The Report Navigator reveals the structure of the report. You can use the Report Navigator to insert functions into the report.
12 .uno%3ANewFunction a9 In the context menu of the Report Navigator, you see the same commands as in the Report Builder view, plus additional commands to create new functions or to delete them.
21 REPORTDESIGN_HID_RPT_PROP_FORMULA 44 Enter the formula that defines the function. Use OpenFormula syntax.
26 REPORTDESIGN_HID_REPORT_NAVIGATOR_TREE 9f Click an entry in the Report Navigator. The corresponding object or area is selected in the Report Builder view. Right-click an entry to open the context menu.
36 modules%2Fdbreport%2Fui%2Fpagenumberdialog%2Falignment 9 Alignment
37 modules%2Fdbreport%2Fui%2Fpagenumberdialog%2Fbottompage 17 Bottom of Page (Footer)
3d modules%2Fdbreport%2Fui%2Fpagenumberdialog%2FPageNumberDialog 5d You can open the Page Numbers dialog of the Report Builder by choosing Insert - Page Numbers.
34 modules%2Fdbreport%2Fui%2Fpagenumberdialog%2Ftoppage 14 Top of Page (Header)
32 modules%2Fdbreport%2Fui%2Fpagenumberdialog%2Fpagen 6 Page N
35 modules%2Fdbreport%2Fui%2Fpagenumberdialog%2Fpagenofm b Page N of M
23 REPORTDESIGN_HID_RPT_PROP_DATAFIELD 43 On the Data tab page, you can change the data contents to be shown.
22 REPORTDESIGN_HID_RPT_PROP_RPT_FONT 2d Select the font for the selected text object.
26 REPORTDESIGN_HID_RPT_PROP_KEEPTOGETHER 78 Keep Together specifies to print the current object starting on top of a new page if it doesn't fit on the current page.
2e REPORTDESIGN_HID_RPT_PROP_PRINTWHENGROUPCHANGE 17 Print when group change
29 REPORTDESIGN_HID_RPT_PROP_BACKTRANSPARENT 51 Specifies whether the background of the selected object is transparent or opaque.
25 REPORTDESIGN_HID_RPT_PROP_PRESERVEIRI f5 For a picture, you can specify to either insert the picture as a link to a file or only as an embedded object in the Base file. The embedded option increases the size of the Base file, while the link option is not as portable to other computers.
25 REPORTDESIGN_HID_RPT_PROP_NEWROWORCOL 93 New Row Or Column specifies, for a multi-column design, whether the current section and/or the next section will be printed on a new row or column.
2a REPORTDESIGN_HID_RPT_PROP_PAGEHEADEROPTION 79 Specifies in which context the page header will be printed: on all pages, or not on pages with a report header or footer.
2b REPORTDESIGN_HID_RPT_PROP_GROUPKEEPTOGETHER 5c Groups are kept together by page or by column (default). You must enable Keep Together also.
13 .uno%3ASelectReport 5a To display the Data or General tab page for the whole report, choose Edit - Select Report.
26 REPORTDESIGN_HID_RPT_PROP_FORCENEWPAGE 66 Force New Page specifies whether the current section and/or the next section is printed on a new page.
34 REPORTDESIGN_HID_RPT_PROP_CONDITIONALPRINTEXPRESSION 5b If the Conditional Print Expression evaluates to TRUE, the selected object will be printed.
1e REPORTDESIGN_HID_RPT_FIELD_SEL c4 The Add Field window is shown automatically when you have selected a table in the Contents box and leave that box. You can also click the Add Field icon on the toolbar, or choose View - Add Field.
22 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_VERTICAL_ALIGN f Vert. Alignment
27 REPORTDESIGN_HID_RPT_PROP_RPT_POSITIONY 2a Set the Y Position for the selected object
2a REPORTDESIGN_HID_RPT_PROP_PAGEFOOTEROPTION 78 Specifies in which context the page footer will be printed: on all pages, or not on pages with a report header or footer
27 REPORTDESIGN_HID_RPT_PROP_RPT_POSITIONX 2a Set the X Position for the selected object
23 REPORTDESIGN_HID_RPT_PROP_BACKCOLOR 53 Sets the background color for the selected object, both on screen and for printing.
2d REPORTDESIGN_HID_RPT_PROP_PRINTREPEATEDVALUES 23 Specifies to print repeated values.
23 REPORTDESIGN_HID_RPT_PROP_RPT_WIDTH 26 Sets the width of the selected object.
21 REPORTDESIGN_HID_RPT_PROP_VISIBLE 68 An invisible object is not shown in the executed report. It is still visible in the Report Builder view.
24 REPORTDESIGN_HID_RPT_PROP_RPT_HEIGHT 2a Defines the height of the selected object.
2f modules%2Fdbreport%2Fui%2Ffloatingsort%2Fdelete 29 Removes the selected field from the list.
35 modules%2Fdbreport%2Fui%2Ffloatingsort%2FFloatingSort b2 In the Sorting and Grouping dialog of Report Builder, you can define the fields that should be sorted in your report, and the fields that should be kept together to form a group.
24 REPORTDESIGN_HID_RPT_FIELDEXPRESSION 37 Click to open a list from which you can select a field.
1b .uno%3ADbSortingAndGrouping b2 In the Sorting and Grouping dialog of Report Builder, you can define the fields that should be sorted in your report, and the fields that should be kept together to form a group.
2d modules%2Fdbreport%2Fui%2Ffloatingsort%2Fkeep 4e Select the level of detail by which a group is kept together on the same page.
2e modules%2Fdbreport%2Fui%2Ffloatingsort%2Fgroup 4b Select to create a new group on each changed value, or on other properties.
2d modules%2Fdbreport%2Fui%2Ffloatingsort%2Fdown 2a Moves the selected field down in the list.
2b modules%2Fdbreport%2Fui%2Ffloatingsort%2Fup 28 Moves the selected field up in the list.
30 modules%2Fdbreport%2Fui%2Ffloatingsort%2Fsorting 19 Select the sorting order.
31 modules%2Fdbreport%2Fui%2Ffloatingsort%2Finterval 3b Enter the group interval value that records are grouped by.
2c modules%2Fdbreport%2Fui%2Ffloatingsort%2Fbox 9f Lists the fields that will be used for sorting or grouping. The field at the top has the highest priority, the second field has the second priority, and so on.
2f modules%2Fdbreport%2Fui%2Ffloatingsort%2Fheader 28 Select to show or hide the Group Header.
2f modules%2Fdbreport%2Fui%2Ffloatingsort%2Ffooter 28 Select to show or hide the Group Footer.
1b WIZARDS_HID_DLGTABLE_DIALOG 36 The Table Wizard helps you to create a database table.
1d WIZARDS_HID_DLGTABLE_LBTABLES a2 Select one of the sample tables. Then select fields from that table from the left list box. Repeat this step until you have selected all the fields that you need.
1f WIZARDS_HID_DLGTABLE_OPTPRIVATE 3e Select the private category to see only private sample tables.
23 WIZARDS_HID_DLGTABLE_FIELDSSELECTED 3b Displays all fields that will be included in the new table.
20 WIZARDS_HID_DLGTABLE_OPTBUSINESS 40 Select the business category to see only business sample tables.
23 DBACCESS_HID_TAB_AUTOINCREMENTVALUE 70 Enter the SQL command specifier that instructs the data source to auto-increment a specified Integer data field.
11 HID_TAB_ENT_SCALE 67 Zadajte počet desetinných miest dátového poľa. Táto voľba je dostupná len pre číselné polia.
1d DBACCESS_HID_TAB_ENT_REQUIRED 2c If set to Yes, this field must not be empty.
f HID_TAB_ENT_LEN 27 Zadajte počet znakov dátového poľa.
22 DBACCESS_HID_TAB_ENT_AUTOINCREMENT 53 If set to Yes, the values for this data field are generated by the database engine.
25 WIZARDS_HID_DLGTABLE_LB_SELFIELDNAMES 36 Select a field in order to edit the field information.
1d WIZARDS_HID_DLGTABLE_CMDMINUS 2c Remove the selected field from the list box.
16 HID_TAB_ENT_COLUMNNAME 56 Zobrazuje názov vybraného dátového poľa. Taktiež je možné zadať nový názov.
1c WIZARDS_HID_DLGTABLE_CMDPLUS 25 Add a new data field to the list box.
23 WIZARDS_HID_DLGTABLE_OPT_PK_SEVERAL 4d Select to create a primary key from a combination of several existing fields.
2a WIZARDS_HID_DLGTABLE_CMDREMOVE_PK_SELECTED aa Select a field and click < to remove it from the list of primary key fields. The primary key is created as a concatenation of the fields in this list, from top to bottom.
2e WIZARDS_HID_DLGTABLE_CK_PK_AUTOVALUE_AUTOMATIC b6 Select to automatically insert a value and increment the field's value for each new record. The database must support automatic incrementation in order to use the Auto value feature.
28 WIZARDS_HID_DLGTABLE_FIELDS_PK_AVAILABLE 47 Select a field and click > to add it to the list of primary key fields.
24 WIZARDS_HID_DLGTABLE_CHK_USEPRIMEKEY cd Select to create a primary key. Add a primary key to every database table to uniquely identify each record. For some database systems within %PRODUCTNAME, a primary key is mandatory for editing the tables.
24 WIZARDS_HID_DLGTABLE_CK_PK_AUTOVALUE b6 Select to automatically insert a value and increment the field's value for each new record. The database must support automatic incrementation in order to use the Auto value feature.
25 WIZARDS_HID_DLGTABLE_OPT_PK_AUTOMATIC 41 Select to automatically add a primary key as an additional field.
22 WIZARDS_HID_DLGTABLE_OPT_PK_SINGLE 44 Select to use an existing field with unique values as a primary key.
24 WIZARDS_HID_DLGTABLE_LB_PK_FIELDNAME 16 Select the field name.
28 WIZARDS_HID_DLGTABLE_OPT_STARTFORMWIZARD 83 Select to create a form based on this table. The form is created on a text document with the last used settings of the Form Wizard.
1d WIZARDS_HID_DLGTABLE_TXT_NAME 19 Specifies the table name.
20 WIZARDS_HID_DLGTABLE_LST_CATALOG 54 Select the catalog for the table. (Available only if the database supports catalogs)
26 WIZARDS_HID_DLGTABLE_OPT_WORKWITHTABLE 29 Select to save and edit the table design.
24 WIZARDS_HID_DLGTABLE_OPT_MODIFYTABLE 41 Select to save the table design and open the table to enter data.
1f WIZARDS_HID_DLGTABLE_LST_SCHEMA 52 Select the schema for the table. (Available only if the database supports schemas)
15 .uno%3ADBReportRename 24 Odstráni vybraného používateľa.
15 .uno%3ADBReportDelete 24 Odstráni vybraného používateľa.
13 .uno%3ADBReportEdit 37 Opens the selected report so you can change the layout.
13 .uno%3ADBFormDelete 24 Odstráni vybraného používateľa.
12 .uno%3ADBTableOpen 57 Otvorí vybraný dotaz tak, aby ste mohli zadávať, upravovať alebo zmazať záznamy.
14 .uno%3ADBTableDelete 24 Odstráni vybraného používateľa.
13 .uno%3ADBFormRename 24 Odstráni vybraného používateľa.
14 .uno%3ADBQueryRename 24 Odstráni vybraného používateľa.
13 .uno%3ADBReportOpen 57 Otvorí vybraný dotaz tak, aby ste mohli zadávať, upravovať alebo zmazať záznamy.
12 .uno%3ADBTableEdit 39 Opens the selected table so you can change the structure.
12 .uno%3ADBQueryOpen 57 Otvorí vybraný dotaz tak, aby ste mohli zadávať, upravovať alebo zmazať záznamy.
14 .uno%3ADBTableRename 24 Odstráni vybraného používateľa.
14 .uno%3ADBQueryDelete 24 Odstráni vybraného používateľa.
11 .uno%3ADBFormOpen 57 Otvorí vybraný dotaz tak, aby ste mohli zadávať, upravovať alebo zmazať záznamy.
12 .uno%3ADBQueryEdit 39 Opens the selected query so you can change the structure.
11 .uno%3ADBFormEdit 35 Opens the selected form so you can change the layout.
19 .uno%3AFontworkShapeTypes 64 Otvorí panel Tvar písmomaľby. Kliknite na tvar na jeho použitie na všetky objekty písmomaľby.
20 .uno%3AFontworkSameLetterHeights 6c Prepne výšku písmen vybraného objektu písmomaľby z normálnej na rovnakú výšku pre všetky objekty.
c FontWork2TBO 25 Zadajte rozostup znakov písmomaľby.
c FontWork1TBO 42 Kliknutím aplikujete zarovnanie na vybrané objekty písmomaľby.
26 .uno%3AFontworkCharacterSpacingFloater 2a Otvorí okno Písmomaľba-rozostup znakov.
1f .uno%3AFontworkAlignmentFloater 25 Otvorí okno Zarovnanie písmomaľby.
32 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fconflictsdialog%2Fkeepother 40 Zachovajte zmenu iného používateľa, odstráňte vašu zmenu.
36 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fconflictsdialog%2Fkeepallothers 55 Zachovajte všetky zmeny ostatných používateľov, odstráňte všetky vaše zmeny.
31 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fconflictsdialog%2Fkeepmine 30 Zachovajte vaše zmeny, zrušte ostatné zmeny .
34 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fconflictsdialog%2Fkeepallmine 39 Zachovajte všetky vaše zmeny, zrušte všetky ostatné.
14 .uno%3AShareDocument 80 Otvorenie dialógu na nastavenie zdieľania dokumentu, kde sa dá povoliť alebo zakázať spoluprácu so zdieľaním dokumentu.
38 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fconflictsdialog%2FConflictsDialog a5 Ak sú rovnaké obsahy zmenené rôznymi používateľmi, otvorí sa dialóg Riešenie Konfliktov. Pri každom konflikte rozhodnite, ktoré zmeny sa majú zachovať.
3d modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fsharedocumentdlg%2FShareDocumentDialog 80 Otvorenie dialógu na nastavenie zdieľania dokumentu, kde sa dá povoliť alebo zakázať spoluprácu so zdieľaním dokumentu.
2f modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fsharedocumentdlg%2Fshare 10f Povolenie zdieľať ten istý dokument s inými používateľmi. Zakázať použitie nezdieľaných dokumentov. Toto môže zrušiť platnosť doteraz neuložených úprav, ktoré vykonali iní používatelia od doby, čo bol dokument naposledy otvorený alebo uložený.
15 .uno%3AFormFilterExit 6a Pokiaľ kliknete na tlačidlo Zavrieť na paneli Filtrovanie formulára, zobrazí sa formulár bez filtru.
18 .uno%3AFormFilterExecute 5f Pokiaľ kliknete na ikonu Použiť filter na paneli Filtrovanie formulára, použije sa filter.
1e .uno%3AConfigureToolboxVisible 47 Otvorte okno, v ktorom môžete pridať, upraviť alebo odobrať ikony.
2e cui%2Fui%2Fnewtoolbardialog%2FNewToolbarDialog 47 Otvorte okno, v ktorom môžete pridať, upraviť alebo odobrať ikony.
14 HID_FILTER_NAVIGATOR 195 The filter conditions that have been set appear in the Filter navigator. As soon as a filter is set, you see a blank filter entry at the bottom of the Filter navigator . You can select this entry by clicking the word "Or". Once you have selected the blank filter entry, you can enter additional filter conditions in the form. These conditions are linked by Boolean OR to the previously defined conditions.
19 SID_FM_FILTER_IS_NOT_NULL d3 Podmienku filtra môžete upraviť priamo ako text. Pokiaľ chcete testovať, či pole má alebo nemá obsah, môžete vybrať podmienku filtra "prázdne" (SQL:"Is Null") alebo "neprázdne" (SQL: "Is not Null").
1a .uno%3AFormFilterNavigator 7a Ak chcete spojiť viac podmienok pre filtre booleovským OR, kliknite na Navigácia filtra na paneli Formulárový Filter.
2f svx%2Fui%2Ffontworkgallerydialog%2FctlFavorites bc Select a Fontwork style and click OK to insert the Fontwork into your document. Double-click or Ctrl+double-click the Fontwork in your document to enter text edit mode and change the text.
38 svx%2Fui%2Ffontworkgallerydialog%2FFontworkGalleryDialog bc Select a Fontwork style and click OK to insert the Fontwork into your document. Double-click or Ctrl+double-click the Fontwork in your document to enter text edit mode and change the text.
12 .uno%3ASaveGraphic 96 To export a bitmap in Writer: Right-click the bitmap, choose Save Graphics. You see the Image Export dialog. Enter a file name and select a file type.
1c .uno%3APreviousTrackedChange 41 Jumps to and selects the previous change in the document, if any.
18 .uno%3ANextTrackedChange 3d Jumps to and selects the next change in the document, if any.
21 sfx%2Fui%2Fstartcenter%2Fopen_all 35 The Open a Document icon presents a file open dialog.
26 sfx%2Fui%2Fstartcenter%2Ftemplates_all 3c The Templates icon opens the Templates and Documents dialog.
21 sfx%2Fui%2Fstartcenter%2Fmath_all 3f Všetky tlačidlá dokumentov otvárajú dokument daného typu.
1d sfx%2Fui%2Fstartcenter%2Fhelp 47 Click an icon on the left pane to open a new document or a file dialog.
24 sfx%2Fui%2Fstartcenter%2FStartCenter 47 Click an icon on the left pane to open a new document or a file dialog.
23 sfx%2Fui%2Fstartcenter%2Fextensions 47 Click an icon on the left pane to open a new document or a file dialog.
21 sfx%2Fui%2Fstartcenter%2Fcalc_all 3f Všetky tlačidlá dokumentov otvárajú dokument daného typu.
15 FWK_HID_BACKINGWINDOW 47 Click an icon on the left pane to open a new document or a file dialog.
23 sfx%2Fui%2Fstartcenter%2Fwriter_all 3f Všetky tlačidlá dokumentov otvárajú dokument daného typu.
23 sfx%2Fui%2Fstartcenter%2Fall_recent 47 Click an icon on the left pane to open a new document or a file dialog.
21 sfx%2Fui%2Fstartcenter%2Fdraw_all 3f Všetky tlačidlá dokumentov otvárajú dokument daného typu.
24 sfx%2Fui%2Fstartcenter%2Fimpress_all 3f Všetky tlačidlá dokumentov otvárajú dokument daného typu.
25 sfx%2Fui%2Fstartcenter%2Fdatabase_all 3f Všetky tlačidlá dokumentov otvárajú dokument daného typu.
13 .uno%3AOnlineUpdate 10a Povoľte pre %PRODUCTNAME prístup na Internet. Ak potrebujete použiť proxy, zadajte potrebné údaje v nastavení proxy podNástroje - Možnosti - Internet. Potom zvoľte možnosť Online aktualizácia pre overenie dostupnosti novej verzie kancelárskeho balíka.
f .uno%3AHelpMenu 50 Menu Pomocník umožňuje spustiť a ovládať systém pomocníka $[officename].
10 .uno%3AHelpIndex 51 Otvorí hlavnú stránku pomocníka $[officename] pre práve bežiacu aplikáciu.
c .uno%3AAbout 52 Zobrazí všeobecné informácie o programe ako číslo verzie a autorské práva.
13 .uno%3ASendFeedback 60 Otvorí vo webovom prehliadači formulár, pomocou ktorého môžete nahlásiť chyby softvéru.
12 .uno%3AShowLicense c9 Zobrazí dokument CREDITS.odt, ktorý obsahuje zoznam jednotlivcov, ktorí od 28. 9. 2010 prispeli do zdrojového kódu OpenOffice.org (a ich príspevky boli importované do LibreOffice) a LibreOffice.
13 .uno%3AExtendedHelp 54 Povolí rozšírené tipy pomocníka pod kurzorom myši až do ďalšieho kliknutia.
e RID_ENVTOOLBOX 43 Štandardný panel je dostupný v každej aplikácii $[officename].
18 .HelpId%3Atableobjectbar 7e Panel Tabuľka obsahuje funkcie, ktoré potrebujete na prácu s tabuľkou. Zobrazí sa, pokiaľ umiestnite kurzor do tabuľky.
14 .uno%3ADSBFormLetter 5e Spustí Sprievodcu hromadnou korešpondenciou, ktorý vám pomôže vytvoriť hromadné listy.
17 .uno%3ADSBInsertColumns 5b Vloží všetky polia z označeného záznamu do aktuálneho dokumentu na pozíciu kurzoru.
13 .uno%3ADeleteRecord 41 Odstráni záznam. Príkaz je treba pred odstránením potvrdiť.
10 .uno%3ANewRecord 17 Vytvorí nový záznam.
e .uno%3ARecUndo 33 Umožňuje vám vrátiť zmenu v dátovej položke.
11 .uno%3ANextRecord 26 Presunie vás na nasledujúci záznam.
12 .uno%3AFirstRecord 1f Presunie vás na prvý záznam.
e .uno%3ARecSave 44 Uloží novú dátovú položku. Zmena je zaznamenaná do databázy.
11 .uno%3ALastRecord 23 Presunie vás na posledný záznam.
15 .uno%3AAbsoluteRecord 54 Zobrazuje číslo aktuálneho záznamu. Zadajte číslo k prechodu na daný záznam.
11 .uno%3APrevRecord 2a Presunie vás na predchádzajúci záznam.
e .uno%3AGridUse 45 Určuje, že je možné pohybovať objektmi len medzi bodmi mriežky.
13 .uno%3ABezierDelete 9c Pomocou ikony Zmazať body odstránite jeden alebo viac vybraných bodov. Ak chcete vybrať niekoľko bodov, podržte Shift a kliknite na požadované body.
13 .uno%3ABezierSmooth 38 Prevedie uhlový bod alebo súmerný bod na hladký bod.
16 .uno%3ABezierSymmetric 3a Prevedie rohový bod alebo hladký bod na symetrický bod.
13 .uno%3ABezierInsert 44 Aktivuje režim vkladania. V tomto režime je možné vkladať body.
11 .uno%3ABezierMove 34 Aktivuje režim, v ktorom je možné presúvat body.
1c .uno%3ABezierEliminatePoints 3b Označí aktuálny bod alebo vybrané body na odstránenie.
12 HID_BEZIER_TOOLBOX 65 Panel Upraviť body sa zobrazí, keď vyberiete objekt zložený z bodov a kliknete na Upraviť body.
12 .uno%3ABezierClose 1c Uzavrie čiaru alebo krivku.
14 .uno%3ABezierCutLine 70 Ikona Rozdeliť krivku rozdelí krivku. Vyberte bod alebo body, kde chcete krivku rozdeliť a kliknite na ikonu.
14 .uno%3ABezierConvert 33 Prevedie krivku na priamku alebo priamku na krivku.
11 .uno%3ABezierEdge 31 Prevedie vybratý bod alebo body na uhlové body.
16 HID_OFADLG_TREELISTBOX 18 Select an entry to edit.
18 .uno%3AOptionsTreeDialog 43 This command opens a dialog for a customized program configuration.
13 SID_GENERAL_OPTIONS cb Use this dialog to create general settings for working with $[officename]. The information covers topics such as user data, saving, printing, paths to important files and directories, and color defaults.
1e cui%2Fui%2Foptuserpage%2Femail 19 Type your e-mail address.
1c cui%2Fui%2Foptuserpage%2Ffax 23 Type your fax number in this field.
1d cui%2Fui%2Foptuserpage%2Fwork 24 Type your work number in this field.
1d cui%2Fui%2Foptuserpage%2Fhome 31 Type your private telephone number in this field.
22 cui%2Fui%2Foptuserpage%2Ffirstname 15 Type your first name.
21 cui%2Fui%2Foptuserpage%2Flastname 14 Type your last name.
1f cui%2Fui%2Foptuserpage%2Fstreet 2b Type the name of your street in this field.
1e cui%2Fui%2Foptuserpage%2Ficity 1d Type the city where you live.
24 cui%2Fui%2Foptuserpage%2FOptUserPage 2d Use this tab page to enter or edit user data.
22 cui%2Fui%2Foptuserpage%2Fshortname 13 Type your initials.
20 cui%2Fui%2Foptuserpage%2Fcompany 2c Type the name of your company in this field.
1e cui%2Fui%2Foptuserpage%2Ftitle 1e Type your title in this field.
1d cui%2Fui%2Foptuserpage%2Fizip 1c Type your ZIP in this field.
21 cui%2Fui%2Foptuserpage%2Fposition 30 Type your position in the company in this field.
1e cui%2Fui%2Foptuserpage%2Fstate 10 Type your state.
20 cui%2Fui%2Foptsavepage%2Fdoctype 51 Specifies the document type for which you want to define the default file format.
23 cui%2Fui%2Foptsavepage%2Fodfversion fc Some companies or organizations may require ODF documents in the ODF 1.0/1.1 format. You can select that format to save in the listbox. This older format cannot store all new features, so the new format ODF 1.2 (Extended) is recommended where possible.
28 cui%2Fui%2Foptsavepage%2Fload_docprinter 16c If enabled, the printer settings will be loaded with the document. This can cause a document to be printed on a distant printer, if you do not change the printer manually in the Print dialog. If disabled, your standard printer will be used to print this document. The current printer settings will be stored with the document whether or not this option is checked.
20 cui%2Fui%2Foptsavepage%2Fdocinfo 5b Specifies that the Properties dialog will appear every time you select the Save As command.
26 cui%2Fui%2Foptsavepage%2Frelative_fsys 3f Select this box for relative saving of URLs in the file system.
20 sfx%2Fui%2Falienwarndialog%2Fask c2 You can choose to get a warning message when you save a document in a format that is not OpenDocument or which you did not set as default format in Load/Save - General in the Options dialog box.
26 cui%2Fui%2Foptsavepage%2Frelative_inet 3c Select this box for relative saving of URLs to the Internet.
26 cui%2Fui%2Foptsavepage%2Fload_settings 47 Loads the user-specific settings saved in a document with the document.
24 cui%2Fui%2Foptsavepage%2FOptSavePage 72 In the General section, you can select default settings for saving documents, and can select default file formats.
1f cui%2Fui%2Foptsavepage%2Fsaveas b1 Specifies how documents of the type selected on the left will always be saved as this file type. You may select another file type for the current document in the Save as dialog.
28 cui%2Fui%2Foptsavepage%2Fwarnalienformat c2 You can choose to get a warning message when you save a document in a format that is not OpenDocument or which you did not set as default format in Load/Save - General in the Options dialog box.
1f cui%2Fui%2Foptsavepage%2Fbackup d5 Saves the previous version of a document as a backup copy whenever you save a document. Every time %PRODUCTNAME creates a backup copy, the previous backup copy is replaced. The backup copy gets the extension .BAK.
21 cui%2Fui%2Foptsavepage%2Fautosave 94 Specifies that %PRODUCTNAME saves the information needed to restore all open documents in case of a crash. You can specify the saving time interval.
26 cui%2Fui%2Foptsavepage%2Fautosave_spin 49 Specifies the time interval in minutes for the automatic recovery option.
25 cui%2Fui%2Foptsavepage%2Fuserautosave 8d Specifies that %PRODUCTNAME saves all open documents when saving auto recovery information. Uses the same time interval as AutoRecovery does.
1e cui%2Fui%2Foptpathspage%2Fedit 36 Click to display the Select Path or Edit Paths dialog.
21 cui%2Fui%2Foptpathspage%2Fdefault 48 The Default button resets the predefined paths for all selected entries.
1f cui%2Fui%2Foptpathspage%2Fpaths 65 To modify an entry in this list, click the entry and click Edit. You can also double click the entry.
26 cui%2Fui%2Foptpathspage%2FOptPathsPage 75 This section contains the default paths to important folders in $[officename]. These paths can be edited by the user.
21 cui%2Fui%2Fselectpathdialog%2Fadd 60 Opens the Select Path dialog to select another folder or the Open dialog to select another file.
23 cui%2Fui%2Fselectpathdialog%2Fpaths 5f Contains a list of the paths that have already been added. Mark the default path for new files.
12 .uno%3ASpellOnline 45 Počas písania automaticky kontroluje pravopis a podčiarkuje chyby.
2a cui%2Fui%2Foptlingupage%2Flingudictsdelete 59 Deletes the selected dictionary after a confirmation, provided it is not write-protected.
26 cui%2Fui%2Foptlingupage%2Flinguoptions 37 Defines the options for the spellcheck and hyphenation.
28 cui%2Fui%2Feditdictionarydialog%2Fdelete 3b Removes the marked word from the current custom dictionary.
26 cui%2Fui%2Feditdictionarydialog%2Fword 86 You can type a new word for inclusion in the dictionary. In the list below you will see the contents of the current custom dictionary.
29 cui%2Fui%2Feditdictionarydialog%2Freplace a6 This input field is only available if you are editing an exception dictionary. The field shows the alternative suggestion for the current word in the "Word" text box.
28 cui%2Fui%2Foptlingupage%2Flingudictsedit 71 Opens the Edit custom dictionary dialog, in which you can add to your custom dictionary or edit existing entries.
26 cui%2Fui%2Foptlingupage%2Flingumodules 28 Contains the installed language modules.
2a cui%2Fui%2Foptlingupage%2Flingumodulesedit 34 To edit a language module, select it and click Edit.
31 cui%2Fui%2Fbreaknumberoptions%2FBreakNumberOption 50 Type the minimum number of characters that must come before or after the hyphen.
26 cui%2Fui%2Foptlingupage%2FOptLinguPage 46 Specifies the properties of the spellcheck, thesaurus and hyphenation.
2c cui%2Fui%2Foptnewdictionarydialog%2Fnameedit 30 Specifies the name of the new custom dictionary.
27 cui%2Fui%2Foptlingupage%2Flingudictsnew 8a Opens the New Dictionary dialog, in which you can name a new user-defined dictionary or dictionary of exceptions and specify the language.
2a cui%2Fui%2Foptnewdictionarydialog%2Fexcept 44 Specifies whether you wish to avoid certain words in your documents.
2c cui%2Fui%2Feditdictionarydialog%2Fnewreplace a0 Adds the word in the Word text field to your current custom dictionary. The word in the Suggestion field is also added when working with exception dictionaries.
2c cui%2Fui%2Foptnewdictionarydialog%2Flanguage 4f By selecting a certain language you can limit the use of the custom dictionary.
2a cui%2Fui%2Foptlingupage%2Flinguoptionsedit 44 If you want to change a value, select the entry and then click Edit.
26 cui%2Fui%2Feditdictionarydialog%2Fbook 20 Specifies the book to be edited.
26 cui%2Fui%2Feditdictionarydialog%2Flang 38 Assigns a new language to the current custom dictionary.
23 cui%2Fui%2Feditmodulesdialog%2Fback 37 Click here to undo the current changes in the list box.
29 cui%2Fui%2Feditmodulesdialog%2Flingudicts 71 Specifies the language and the available spelling, hyphenation and Thesaurus sub-modules for the selected module.
21 cui%2Fui%2Feditmodulesdialog%2Fup 4b Increases the priority of the module selected in the list box by one level.
27 cui%2Fui%2Feditmodulesdialog%2Flanguage 25 Specifies the language of the module.
23 cui%2Fui%2Feditmodulesdialog%2Fdown 4b Decreases the priority of the module selected in the list box by one level.
1b cui%2Fui%2Fcolorpage%2Fsave 63 Opens the Save As dialog, which enables you to save the current color table under a specified name.
1b cui%2Fui%2Fcolorpage%2Fload 44 Accesses the Open dialog, which allows you to select a color palette
1d cui%2Fui%2Fcolorpage%2Fmodify 1a Changes the current color.
1a cui%2Fui%2Fcolorpage%2Fadd 11 Adds a new color.
18 cui%2Fui%2Fcolorpage%2FK 5 Black
1e cui%2Fui%2Fcolorpage%2Fcolorlb 51 Contains a list of available colors. To select a color, choose one from the list.
1b cui%2Fui%2Fcolorpage%2Fname 69 Specifies the name of a selected color. You can also type a name in this field when defining a new color.
20 cui%2Fui%2Fcolorpage%2FColorPage 5f Môžte vybrať farbu z tabuľky farieb, upraviť existujúcu farbu alebo vytvoriť nové farby
18 cui%2Fui%2Fcolorpage%2FR 3 Red
1e cui%2Fui%2Fcolorpage%2Fmodellb 5c To modify, select the color model: Red-Green-Blue (RGB) or Cyan-Magenta-Yellow-BlacK (CMYK).
18 cui%2Fui%2Fcolorpage%2FB 4 Blue
18 cui%2Fui%2Fcolorpage%2FG 5 Green
18 cui%2Fui%2Fcolorpage%2FM 7 Magenta
18 cui%2Fui%2Fcolorpage%2FC 4 Cyan
18 cui%2Fui%2Fcolorpage%2FY 6 Yellow
33 SVTOOLS%3ANUMERICFIELD%3ADLG_COLOR%3ANUM_SATURATION 2b Sets the Saturation in the HSB color model.
28 SVTOOLS%3APUSHBUTTON%3ADLG_COLOR%3ABTN_2 b7 Sets the small selection cursor in the right window on the color, which corresponds to the selected color in the left window and updates the respective values in the numerical fields.
28 SVTOOLS%3APUSHBUTTON%3ADLG_COLOR%3ABTN_1 b7 Click the <-- button to replace the selected color in the color palette with the color selected at the right. The button is enabled when you select a color in one of the four corners.
25 SVTOOLS_METRICFIELD_DLG_COLOR_NUM_KEY 42 Sets the Black color value or key (black) in the CMYK color model.
26 SVTOOLS_METRICFIELD_DLG_COLOR_NUM_CYAN 32 Sets the Cyan color value in the CMYK color model.
28 SVTOOLS_METRICFIELD_DLG_COLOR_NUM_YELLOW 34 Sets the Yellow color value in the CMYK color model.
2c SVTOOLS%3ANUMERICFIELD%3ADLG_COLOR%3ANUM_RED 30 Sets the Red color value in the RGB color model.
2d SVTOOLS%3ANUMERICFIELD%3ADLG_COLOR%3ANUM_BLUE 31 Sets the Blue color value in the RGB color model.
29 SVTOOLS_METRICFIELD_DLG_COLOR_NUM_MAGENTA 35 Sets the Magenta color value in the CMYK color model.
2c SVTOOLS%3ANUMERICFIELD%3ADLG_COLOR%3ANUM_HUE 24 Sets the Hue in the HSB color model.
32 SVTOOLS%3ANUMERICFIELD%3ADLG_COLOR%3ANUM_LUMINANCE 2b Sets the Brightness in the HSB color model.
2e SVTOOLS%3ANUMERICFIELD%3ADLG_COLOR%3ANUM_GREEN 32 Sets the Green color value in the RGB color model.
20 cui%2Fui%2Foptgeneralpage%2Fyear 4a Defines a date range, within which the system recognizes a two-digit year.
2a cui%2Fui%2Foptgeneralpage%2FOptGeneralPage 31 Specifies the general settings for $[officename].
25 cui%2Fui%2Foptgeneralpage%2Fdocstatus 48 Specifies whether the printing of the document counts as a modification.
24 cui%2Fui%2Foptgeneralpage%2Ftooltips 86 Displays the icon names and more bubble help information, for example, chapter names when you scroll through a document with chapters.
23 cui%2Fui%2Foptgeneralpage%2Fexthelp 63 Displays a help text when you rest the cursor on an icon, a menu command, or a control on a dialog.
23 cui%2Fui%2Foptgeneralpage%2Ffiledlg 84 Specifies whether $[officename] dialogs are used to open and save documents. Otherwise the dialogs of the operating system are used.
1f cui%2Fui%2Foptfontspage%2Fapply 26 Applies the selected font replacement.
24 cui%2Fui%2Foptfontspage%2Ffontheight 41 Select a font size for the display of HTML and Basic source code.
26 cui%2Fui%2Foptfontspage%2Freplacements e6 Substitutes a font with a font of your choice. The substitution replaces a font only when it is displayed on screen, or on screen and when printing. The replacement does not change the font settings that are saved in the document.
1f cui%2Fui%2Foptfontspage%2Ffont2 31 Enter or select the name of the replacement font.
1f cui%2Fui%2Foptfontspage%2Ffont1 3e Enter or select the name of the font that you want to replace.
29 cui%2Fui%2Foptfontspage%2Fnonpropfontonly 43 Check to display only non-proportional fonts in the Fonts list box.
22 cui%2Fui%2Foptfontspage%2Fusetable 36 Enables the font replacement settings that you define.
22 cui%2Fui%2Foptfontspage%2Ffontname 3e Select the font for the display of HTML and Basic source code.
20 cui%2Fui%2Foptfontspage%2Fdelete 26 Deletes the selected font replacement.
21 cui%2Fui%2Foptfontspage%2Fchecklb f0 Lists the original font and the font that will replace it. Select Always to replace the font, even if the original font is installed on your system. Select Screen only to replace the screen font only and never replace the font for printing.
21 cui%2Fui%2Foptviewpage%2Fuseaccel 63 Directly accesses hardware features of the graphical display adapter to improve the screen display.
21 cui%2Fui%2Foptviewpage%2Fmousepos 52 Specifies if and how the mouse pointer will be positioned in newly opened dialogs.
22 cui%2Fui%2Foptviewpage%2Ficonstyle 38 Select the icon style for icons in toolbars and dialogs.
1e cui%2Fui%2Foptviewpage%2Fuseaa af When supported, you can enable and disable anti-aliasing of graphics. With anti-aliasing enabled, the display of most graphical objects looks smoother and with less artifacts.
5 20201 4a Press Shift+Ctrl+R to restore or refresh the view of the current document.
23 cui%2Fui%2Foptviewpage%2Fwindowsize 62 Uses percentile scaling for font size in user interface elements, such as dialogs and icon labels.
19 .uno%3ARestoreEditingView 87 Specifies whether to restore the last used document view. Many view properties valid when the document was last saved will be restored.
1e cui%2Fui%2Foptviewpage%2Ftrans b0 If enabled, the text selection in Writer and the cell selection in Calc will be shown using a transparent color. If not enabled, the selection will be shown by inverted colors.
21 cui%2Fui%2Foptviewpage%2Ficonsize 2c Specifies the display size of toolbar icons.
24 cui%2Fui%2Foptviewpage%2Fmousemiddle 30 Defines the function of the middle mouse button.
20 cui%2Fui%2Foptviewpage%2Ftransmf 7a Select the transparency level for transparent selections. The default value is 75%. You can select values from 10% to 90%.
1f cui%2Fui%2Foptviewpage%2Faafont 2f Select to smooth the screen appearance of text.
23 cui%2Fui%2Foptviewpage%2Fsystemfont 67 Specifies to use the system font to display all menus and dialogs. Else another installed font is used.
1d cui%2Fui%2Foptviewpage%2Faanf 33 Enter the smallest font size to apply antialiasing.
28 cui%2Fui%2Foptviewpage%2Fshowfonthistory 82 Lists the last five fonts that you used in the current document at the top of the list in the Font Name box on the Formatting bar.
22 cui%2Fui%2Foptviewpage%2Fmenuicons a4 Displays icons next to the corresponding menu items. Select from "Automatic", "Hide" and "Show". "Automatic" displays icons according to system settings and themes.
28 cui%2Fui%2Foptviewpage%2Fshowfontpreview 7b Displays the names of selectable fonts in the corresponding font, for example, fonts in the Font box on the Formatting bar.
1f sfx%2Fui%2Foptprintpage%2Ftrans 69 Mark this check box if you always want to be warned if transparent objects are contained in the document.
25 sfx%2Fui%2Foptprintpage%2Fpaperorient 5e Mark this check box if you need a certain paper orientation for printing the current document.
23 sfx%2Fui%2Foptprintpage%2Fpapersize 58 Mark this check box if a certain paper size is needed for printing the current document.
20 sfx%2Fui%2Foptprintpage%2Fframe2 35 Defines which warnings appear before printing begins.
29 sfx%2Fui%2Foptprintpage%2Freducegradcolor 49 Specifies that gradients are only printed in a single intermediate color.
29 sfx%2Fui%2Foptprintpage%2Freducetransauto 76 Specifies that the transparency is only printed if the transparent area covers less than a quarter of the entire page.
25 sfx%2Fui%2Foptprintpage%2Freducetrans a5 If you mark this field the transparent objects will be printed like normal, non-transparent objects, depending on your selection in the following two option buttons.
26 sfx%2Fui%2Foptprintpage%2Freducebitmap 6e Specifies that bitmaps are printed with reduced quality. The resolution can only be reduced and not increased.
24 sfx%2Fui%2Foptprintpage%2Freducegrad 44 If this field is marked, gradients are printed with reduced quality.
27 sfx%2Fui%2Foptprintpage%2Fconverttogray 38 Specifies that all colors are printed only as grayscale.
26 sfx%2Fui%2Foptprintpage%2FOptPrintPage 24 Specifies the print setting options.
29 sfx%2Fui%2Foptprintpage%2Freducetransnone 2f With this option transparency is never printed.
2d sfx%2Fui%2Foptprintpage%2Freducebitmapoptimal 75 High print quality corresponds to a resolution of 300dpi. Normal print quality corresponds to a resolution of 200dpi.
29 sfx%2Fui%2Foptprintpage%2Freducebitmapdpi 61 Specifies the maximum print quality in dpi. The resolution can only be reduced and not increased.
28 sfx%2Fui%2Foptprintpage%2Freducegradstep 3e Specifies the maximum number of gradient stripes for printing.
1e sfx%2Fui%2Foptprintpage%2Ffile 57 Specifies whether the print settings apply to direct printing or to printing to a file.
2b sfx%2Fui%2Foptprintpage%2Freducebitmaptrans 75 If this field is marked, the reduction in print quality for bitmaps also applies to the transparent areas of objects.
23 cui%2Fui%2Foptmemorypage%2Folecache 46 Choose the maximum number of OLE objects that are pooled in the cache.
25 cui%2Fui%2Foptmemorypage%2Fobjecttime 4f Specifies the time that each graphic remains in the cache in hours and minutes.
28 cui%2Fui%2Foptmemorypage%2FOptMemoryPage 51 Defines the settings for the graphics cache and the number of steps you can undo.
1f cui%2Fui%2Foptmemorypage%2Fundo 5b You can specify the number of steps which can be undone by selecting a number from the box.
27 cui%2Fui%2Foptmemorypage%2Fgraphiccache 30 Specifies the total cache size for all graphics.
26 cui%2Fui%2Foptmemorypage%2Fobjectcache 89 Mark this check box if you want $[officename] to enable quickstart. This option is available if the Quickstart module has been installed.
2a cui%2Fui%2Foptappearancepage%2Fcolorconfig 32 Select the colors for the user interface elements.
2c cui%2Fui%2Foptappearancepage%2Fcolorschemelb 29 Selects the color scheme you want to use.
25 cui%2Fui%2Foptappearancepage%2Fdelete 57 Deletes the color scheme shown in the Scheme box. You cannot delete the Default scheme.
23 cui%2Fui%2Foptappearancepage%2Fsave 47 Saves the current settings as a color scheme that you can reload later.
30 cui%2Fui%2Foptappearancepage%2FOptAppearancePage 35 Sets the colors for the $[officename] user interface.
23 HID_OPTIONS_COLORCONFIG_NAME_SCHEME 22 Enter a name for the color scheme.
38 cui%2Fui%2Foptaccessibilitypage%2Fsystempagepreviewcolor 4c Applies the high contrast settings of the operating system to page previews.
2f cui%2Fui%2Foptaccessibilitypage%2Fautofontcolor 6c Displays fonts in %PRODUCTNAME using the system color settings. This option only affects the screen display.
32 cui%2Fui%2Foptaccessibilitypage%2Ftiphelptimeoutnf 35 Enter the number of seconds to display the Help tips.
30 cui%2Fui%2Foptaccessibilitypage%2Ftiphelptimeout 3f Hides the Help tips after the number of seconds that you enter.
36 cui%2Fui%2Foptaccessibilitypage%2FOptAccessibilityPage 83 Sets options that make %PRODUCTNAME programs more accessible for users with reduced sight, limited dexterity or other disabilities.
2e cui%2Fui%2Foptaccessibilitypage%2Fanimatedtext 48 Previews animated text, such as blinking and scrolling, in %PRODUCTNAME.
2e cui%2Fui%2Foptaccessibilitypage%2Fautodetecthc 5c Switches %PRODUCTNAME into high contrast mode when the system background color is very dark.
33 cui%2Fui%2Foptaccessibilitypage%2Ftextselinreadonly 27 Displays cursor in read-only documents.
32 cui%2Fui%2Foptaccessibilitypage%2Fanimatedgraphics 40 Previews animated graphics, such as GIF images, in %PRODUCTNAME.
24 SVX_EDIT_RID_SVXPAGE_SSO_ED_USERNAME 57 Using "simple" authentication method, you enter your user name on the LDAP server here.
28 SVX_CHECKBOX_RID_SVXPAGE_SSO_CB_PASSWORD 56 Using "simple" authentication method, check this box to make your password persistent.
24 SVX_EDIT_RID_SVXPAGE_SSO_ED_PASSWORD 5d Using "simple" authentication method, enter your password for access to the LDAP server here.
28 SVX_LISTBOX_RID_SVXPAGE_SSO_LB_MECHANISM 3d Choose your security mechanism for access to the LDAP server.
24 cui%2Fui%2Foptsavepage%2FOptSavePage 25 Specifies general Load/Save settings.
21 cui%2Fui%2Foptproxypage%2Fnoproxy 62 Specifies the names of the servers that do not require any proxy servers, separated by semicolons.
21 cui%2Fui%2Foptproxypage%2Fftpport 31 Type the port for the corresponding proxy server.
23 cui%2Fui%2Foptproxypage%2Fproxymode 27 Specifies the type of proxy definition.
1e cui%2Fui%2Foptproxypage%2Fhttp 2b Type the name of the proxy server for HTTP.
1d cui%2Fui%2Foptproxypage%2Fftp 2a Type the name of the proxy server for FTP.
1f cui%2Fui%2Foptproxypage%2Fhttps 53 Type the name of the proxy server for HTTPS. Type the port in the right-hand field.
20 cui%2Fui%2Foptemailpage%2Fbrowse 31 Opens a file dialog to select the e-mail program.
1d cui%2Fui%2Foptemailpage%2Furl 27 Enter the e-mail program path and name.
9 703992332 20 Opens the Macro Security dialog.
2d cui%2Fui%2Fstoredwebconnectiondialog%2Fchange 51 Opens a dialog where you can view and change the password for the selected entry.
40 cui%2Fui%2Fstoredwebconnectiondialog%2FStoredWebConnectionDialog 29 Removes the selected entry from the list.
28 cui%2Fui%2Foptsecuritypage%2Fconnections 70 Asks for the master password. If master password is correct, shows the Stored Web Connection Information dialog.
33 uui%2Fui%2Fmasterpassworddlg%2FMasterPasswordDialog 26 Enter the master password to continue.
2b uui%2Fui%2Fsetmasterpassworddlg%2Fpassword1 1a Enter the master password.
2d cui%2Fui%2Fstoredwebconnectiondialog%2Fremove 29 Removes the selected entry from the list.
2b cui%2Fui%2Foptsecuritypage%2Fmasterpassword 27 Opens the Enter Master Password dialog.
9 703988740 6b Select to see a warning dialog when you try to print a document that contains recorded changes or comments.
9 703988741 cb Select to see a warning dialog when you try to sign a document that contains recorded changes, versions, fields, references to other sources (for example linked sections or linked pictures), or comments.
9 703988739 7d Select to see a warning dialog when you try to save or send a document that contains recorded changes, versions, or comments.
9 703988742 93 Select to see a warning dialog when you try to export a document to PDF format that displays recorded changes in Writer, or that displays comments.
2b uui%2Fui%2Fsetmasterpassworddlg%2Fpassword2 20 Enter the master password again.
9 703988743 e3 Select to always remove user data from the file properties. If this option is not selected, you can still remove the personal information for the current document with the Reset Properties button on File - Properties - General.
24 cui%2Fui%2Foptsecuritypage%2Foptions 30 Opens the "Security options and warning" dialog.
2c cui%2Fui%2Foptsecuritypage%2FOptSecurityPage 76 Defines the security options for saving documents, for web connections, and for opening documents that contain macros.
30 cui%2Fui%2Fstoredwebconnectiondialog%2Fremoveall 22 Removes all entries from the list.
9 703988744 8e Select to always enable the Save with password option in the file save dialogs. Deselect the option to save files by default without password.
29 cui%2Fui%2Foptsecuritypage%2Fsavepassword bb If enabled, %PRODUCTNAME will securely store all passwords that you use to access files from web servers. You can retrieve the passwords from the list after you enter the master password.
2c cui%2Fui%2Fsecurityoptionsdialog%2Fctrlclick 88 If enabled, you must hold down the Ctrl key while clicking a hyperlink to follow that link. If not enabled, a click opens the hyperlink.
20 cui%2Fui%2Fopthtmlpage%2Fcharset 33 Select the appropriate character set for the export
29 cui%2Fui%2Fopthtmlpage%2Fnumbersenglishus d6 If not checked, numbers will be interpreted according to the setting in Language Settings - Language of - Locale setting in the Options dialog box. If checked, numbers will be interpreted as 'English (USA)' locale.
23 cui%2Fui%2Fopthtmlpage%2Funknowntag 67 Mark this check box if you want tags that are not recognized by $[officename] to be imported as fields.
28 cui%2Fui%2Fopthtmlpage%2Fignorefontnames 97 Mark this check box to ignore all font settings when importing. The fonts that were defined in the HTML Page Style will be the fonts that will be used.
22 cui%2Fui%2Fopthtmlpage%2Fstarbasic 62 Mark this check box to include the $[officename] Basic instructions when exporting to HTML format.
1f cui%2Fui%2Fopthtmlpage%2Fexport 32 Defines the settings for exporting HTML documents.
29 cui%2Fui%2Fopthtmlpage%2Fstarbasicwarning 6f If this field is marked, when exporting to HTML a warning is shown that %PRODUCTNAME Basic macros will be lost.
1e cui%2Fui%2Fopthtmlpage%2Fsize7 7b Use the spin buttons Size 1 to Size 7 to define the respective font sizes for the HTML <font size=1> to <font size=7> tags.
27 cui%2Fui%2Fopthtmlpage%2Fprintextension a2 If you mark this field, the print layout of the current document (for example, table of contents with justified page numbers and dot leaders) is exported as well.
24 cui%2Fui%2Fopthtmlpage%2FOptHtmlPage 20 Defines settings for HTML pages.
25 cui%2Fui%2Fopthtmlpage%2Fsavegrflocal dd Mark this check box to automatically upload the embedded pictures to the Internet server when uploading using FTP. Use the Save As dialog to save the document and enter a complete FTP URL as the file name in the Internet.
14 .uno%3ASwEditOptions a4 These settings determine the way text documents that are created in $[officename] are handled. It is also possible to define settings for the current text document.
33 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fviewoptionspage%2Fcomments dc Displays comments. Click a comment to edit the text. Use the context menu in Navigator to locate or delete a comment. Use the comments's context menu to delete this comment or all comments or all comments of this author.
16 .uno%3ATableBoundaries 8c To display the table boundaries, right-click any table and choose Table Boundaries, or choose Table - Table Boundaries in a Writer document.
35 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fviewoptionspage%2Fhscrollbar 22 Displays the horizontal scrollbar.
39 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fviewoptionspage%2Fvrulercombobox 5d Displays the vertical ruler. Select the desired measurement unit from the corresponding list.
36 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fviewoptionspage%2Fmeasureunit 26 Specifies the Unit for HTML documents.
31 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fviewoptionspage%2Ftables 2f Displays the tables contained in your document.
37 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fviewoptionspage%2Fsmoothscroll 2d Activates the smooth page scrolling function.
34 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fviewoptionspage%2Fhelplines ab Displays snap lines around the frames when frames are moved. You can select the Helplines While Moving option to show the exact position of the object using lineal values.
33 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fviewoptionspage%2Fdrawings 3e Displays the drawings and controls contained in your document.
3a modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fviewoptionspage%2FViewOptionsPage 81 Defines the default settings for displaying objects in your text documents and also the default settings for the window elements.
30 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fviewoptionspage%2Fruler 59 Enables the rulers. Use the following two check boxes to select the ruler(s) to be shown.
39 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fviewoptionspage%2Fhrulercombobox 5f Displays the horizontal ruler. Select the desired measurement unit from the corresponding list.
35 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fviewoptionspage%2Ffieldcodes 4f Displays the field names in the document instead of the contents of the fields.
35 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fviewoptionspage%2Fvscrollbar 20 Displays the vertical scrollbar.
36 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fviewoptionspage%2Fvrulerright 30 Aligns the vertical ruler with the right border.
33 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fviewoptionspage%2Fgraphics 40 Specifies whether to display graphics and objects on the screen.
35 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptfonttabpage%2Ftitleheight 1f Specifies the size of the font.
30 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptfonttabpage%2Fidxbox 52 Specifies the font used for indexes, alphabetical indexes, and tables of contents.
38 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptfonttabpage%2Fstandardheight 1f Specifies the size of the font.
35 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptfonttabpage%2Fstandardbox 3e Specifies the font to be used for the Default Paragraph Style.
35 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptfonttabpage%2Findexheight 1f Specifies the size of the font.
31 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptfonttabpage%2Flistbox 43 Specifies the fonts for lists and numbering and all derived styles.
38 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptfonttabpage%2FOptFontTabPage 3d Specifies the settings for the basic fonts in your documents.
32 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptfonttabpage%2Flabelbox 3e Specifies the font used for the captions of images and tables.
34 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptfonttabpage%2Flistheight 1f Specifies the size of the font.
35 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptfonttabpage%2Flabelheight 1f Specifies the size of the font.
31 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptfonttabpage%2Fdoconly 3f Specifies that the settings apply to the current document only.
32 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptfonttabpage%2Ftitlebox 2b Specifies the font to be used for headings.
3b modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fprintoptionspage%2Ftextplaceholder 78 Enable this option to print text placeholders. Disable this option to leave the text placeholders blank in the printout.
33 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fprintoptionspage%2Fendpage 38 Specifies whether comments in your document are printed.
38 .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3APrintEmptyPages%3ACheckBox 190 If this option is enabled, automatically-inserted blank pages are being printed. This is best if you are printing double-sided. For example, in a book, a "chapter" paragraph style has been set to always start with an odd numbered page. If the previous chapter ends on an odd page, %PRODUCTNAME inserts an even numbered blank page. This option controls whether to print that even numbered page or not.
3c .HelpId%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3APrintPageBackground%3ACheckBox 95 Specifies whether to include colors and objects that are inserted to the background of the page (Format - Page - Background) in the printed document.
34 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fprintoptionspage%2Fbrochure 45 Select the Brochure option to print your document in brochure format.
36 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fprintoptionspage%2Fbackground 95 Specifies whether to include colors and objects that are inserted to the background of the page (Format - Page - Background) in the printed document.
36 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fprintoptionspage%2Fhiddentext 3a Enable this option to print text that is marked as hidden.
36 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fprintoptionspage%2Fblankpages 190 If this option is enabled, automatically-inserted blank pages are being printed. This is best if you are printing double-sided. For example, in a book, a "chapter" paragraph style has been set to always start with an odd numbered page. If the previous chapter ends on an odd page, %PRODUCTNAME inserts an even numbered blank page. This option controls whether to print that even numbered page or not.
3c modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fprintoptionspage%2FPrintOptionsPage 38 Specifies print settings within a text or HTML document.
35 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fprintoptionspage%2Fpapertray a9 For printers with multiple trays, the "Paper tray from printer settings" option specifies whether the paper tray used is specified by the system settings of the printer.
35 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fprintoptionspage%2Fleftpages 4a Specifies whether to print all left (even numbered) pages of the document.
2f modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fprintoptionspage%2Frtl 59 Check to print the pages of the brochure in the correct order for a right-to-left script.
38 .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3APrintHiddenText%3ACheckBox 3a Enable this option to print text that is marked as hidden.
33 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fprintoptionspage%2Finblack 30 Specifies whether to always print text in black.
36 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fprintoptionspage%2Frightpages 4a Specifies whether to print all right (odd numbered) pages of the document.
3b .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3APrintAnnotationMode%3AListBox 38 Specifies whether comments in your document are printed.
3d .HelpId%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3APrintTextPlaceholder%3ACheckBox 78 Enable this option to print text placeholders. Disable this option to leave the text placeholders blank in the printout.
30 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fprintoptionspage%2Fnone 38 Specifies whether comments in your document are printed.
34 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fprintoptionspage%2Fgraphics 41 Specifies whether the graphics of your text document are printed.
38 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fprintoptionspage%2Fformcontrols 4b Specifies whether the form control fields of the text document are printed.
30 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fprintoptionspage%2Fonly 38 Specifies whether comments in your document are printed.
2f modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fprintoptionspage%2Ffax 84 If you have installed fax software on your computer and wish to fax directly from the text document, select the desired fax machine.
2f modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fprintoptionspage%2Fend 38 Specifies whether comments in your document are printed.
31 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fopttablepage%2Fcolinsert 32 Specifies the default value for inserting columns.
31 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fopttablepage%2Frowinsert 2f Specifies the default value for inserting rows.
31 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fopttablepage%2Fdontsplit 43 Specifies that tables are not split by any type of text flow break.
34 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fopttablepage%2Frepeatheader 59 Specifies whether the table heading is carried over onto the new page after a page break.
2b modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fopttablepage%2Ffix 56 Specifies that changes to a row or column only affect the corresponding adjacent area.
2f modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fopttablepage%2Frowmove 30 Specifies the value to be used for moving a row.
2f modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fopttablepage%2Fcolmove 33 Specifies the value to be used for moving a column.
34 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fopttablepage%2FOptTablePage 33 Defines the attributes of tables in text documents.
38 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fopttablepage%2Fnumfmtformatting 9a If Number format recognition is not marked, only input in the format that has been set at the cell is accepted. Any other input resets the format to Text.
2e modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fopttablepage%2Fborder 34 Specifies that table cells have a border by default.
2b modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fopttablepage%2Fvar 40 Specifies that changes to a row or column affect the table size.
35 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fopttablepage%2Fnumformatting 4f Specifies that numbers in a text table are recognized and formatted as numbers.
2f modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fopttablepage%2Ffixprop 4d Specifies that changes to a row or column have an effect on the entire table.
2e modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fopttablepage%2Fheader 60 Specifies that the first row of the table is formatted with the "Table heading" Paragraph Style.
34 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fopttablepage%2Fnumalignment 43 Specifies that numbers are always bottom right aligned in the cell.
34 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptformataidspage%2Ffilltab 7f When the direct cursor is used, as many tabs as necessary are added in the new paragraph until the clicked position is reached.
37 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptformataidspage%2Ffillindent 9d When the direct cursor is used, the left paragraph indent is set at the horizontal position where you click the direct cursor. The paragraph is left aligned.
37 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptformataidspage%2Ffillmargin 102 Sets the paragraph alignment when the direct cursor is used. Depending on where the mouse is clicked, the paragraph is formatted left aligned, centered or right aligned. The cursor before the mouse-click shows, by means of a triangle, which alignment is set.
38 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptformataidspage%2Fcursoronoff 1c Activates the direct cursor.
3c modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptformataidspage%2Fhiddenparafield 6e If you have inserted text using the Hidden Paragraph field, specifies whether to display the hidden paragraph.
36 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptformataidspage%2Ffillspace 9f When the Direct Cursor is used, a corresponding number of tabs and spaces are inserted in the new paragraph as necessary until the clicked position is reached.
34 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptformataidspage%2Fhyphens 185 Specifies whether soft hyphens (called also as optional or discretionary hyphens) are displayed. These are hidden user-defined delimiters that you enter within a word by pressing Ctrl+Hyphen(-). Words with soft hyphens are only separated at the end of a line at the point where a soft hyphen has been inserted, irrespective of whether the automatic hyphenation is activated or deactivated.
32 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptformataidspage%2Fbreak 82 Displays all line breaks inserted with the Shift+Enter shortcut. These breaks create a new line, but do not start a new paragraph.
31 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptformataidspage%2Ftabs 37 Specifies that tab stops are displayed as small arrows.
3e modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptformataidspage%2FOptFormatAidsPage 6f In $[officename] text and HTML documents, defines the display for certain characters and for the direct cursor.
35 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptformataidspage%2Fnonbreak af Specifies that non-breaking spaces are shown as gray boxes. Non-breaking spaces are not broken at the end of a line and are entered with the Ctrl+Shift+Spacebar shortcut keys.
33 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptformataidspage%2Fspaces 42 Specifies whether to represent every space in the text with a dot.
36 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptformataidspage%2Fparagraph 79 Specifies whether paragraph delimiters are displayed. The paragraph delimiters also contain paragraph format information.
37 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptformataidspage%2Fhiddentext 66 Displays text that uses the character format "hidden", when View - Non-printing Characters is enabled.
39 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptformataidspage%2Fcursorinprot 57 Specifies that you can set the cursor in a protected area, but cannot make any changes.
3c modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptformataidspage%2Fhiddentextfield 47 Displays text that is hidden by Conditional Text or Hidden Text fields.
33 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptredlinepage%2Fmarkcolor 43 Specifies the color for highlighting the changed lines in the text.
31 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptredlinepage%2Fmarkpos 3e Defines if and where changed lines in the document are marked.
36 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptredlinepage%2Fchangedcolor e8 You can also choose a color to display each type of recorded change. When you choose the condition "By author" in the list, the color is automatically determined by $[officename], then modified to match to the author of each change.
38 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptredlinepage%2FOptRedLinePage 32 Defines the appearance of changes in the document.
31 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptredlinepage%2Fdeleted ca Specifies how changes in the document are displayed when text is deleted. If you record text deletions, the text is displayed with the selected attribute (for example, strikethrough) and is not deleted.
30 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptredlinepage%2Finsert 4a Specifies how changes in the document are displayed when text is inserted.
31 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptredlinepage%2Fchanged 88 Defines how changes to text attributes are displayed in the document. These changes affect attributes such as bold, italic or underline.
34 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptgeneralpage%2Fsquaremode 47 When this setting is enabled, the text grid will look like square page.
35 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptgeneralpage%2Fusecharunit 99 When this setting is enabled, the measurement units of indents and spacing on Format - Paragraph - Indents & Spacing tab will be character (ch) and line.
2d modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptgeneralpage%2Ftab 37 Specifies the spacing between the individual tab stops.
30 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptgeneralpage%2Fmetric 35 Specifies the unit of measurement for text documents.
36 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptgeneralpage%2Fupdatecharts be Specifies whether to automatically update charts. Whenever a Writer table cell value changes and the cursor leaves that cell, the chart that displays the cell value is updated automatically.
38 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptgeneralpage%2FOptGeneralPage 2e Specifies general settings for text documents.
30 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptgeneralpage%2Falways 2e Always updates links while loading a document.
33 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptgeneralpage%2Fonrequest 37 Updates links only on request while loading a document.
36 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptgeneralpage%2Fupdatefields c8 The contents of all fields are updated automatically whenever the screen contents are displayed as new. Even with this box unchecked, some fields are updated each time a special condition takes place.
2f modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptgeneralpage%2Fnever 31 Links are never updated while loading a document.
30 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptcompatpage%2Fdefault 69 Click to use the current settings on this tab page as the default for further sessions with %PRODUCTNAME.
2c SW_CHECKBOX_TP_OPTLOAD_PAGE_CB_TAB_ALIGNMENT 95 Specifies how to align text at tab stops beyond the right margin, how to handle decimal tab stops, and how to handle tab stops close to a line break.
36 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptcompatpage%2FOptCompatPage 8c Specifies compatibility settings for text documents. These options help in fine-tuning %PRODUCTNAME when importing Microsoft Word documents.
34 SW%3ACHECKBOX%3ATP_OPTLOAD_PAGE%3ACB_MERGE_PARA_DIST 79 Specifies whether to add MS Word-compatible spacing between paragraphs and tables in $[officename] Writer text documents.
2e SW_CHECKBOX_TP_OPTLOAD_PAGE_CB_PRINTER_METRICS 6a Specifies that printer metrics are applied for printing and also for formatting the display on the screen.
3e SW%3ACHECKBOX%3ATP_OPTLOAD_PAGE%3ACB_MERGE_PARA_DIST_PAGESTART b6 Specifies whether paragraph spacing at the top of a page will also be effective at the beginning of a page or column if the paragraph is positioned on the first page of the document.
35 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptcaptionpage%2Fapplyborder 41 Applies the border and shadow of the object to the caption frame.
2f modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptcaptionpage%2Flevel 4f Specifies the headings or chapter levels where you want the numbering to start.
32 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptcaptionpage%2Fposition 42 Determines the position of the caption with respect to the object.
31 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptcaptionpage%2Fobjects 4a Select the object type for which the AutoCaption settings are to be valid.
33 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptcaptionpage%2Fseparator 57 Defines the character to be displayed after the number of the heading or chapter level.
38 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptcaptionpage%2FOptCaptionPage 4a Select the object type for which the AutoCaption settings are to be valid.
33 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptcaptionpage%2Fnumbering 29 Specifies the type of numbering required.
33 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptcaptionpage%2Fcharstyle 1d Špecifikuje znakový štýl.
37 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptcaptionpage%2Fchapseparator 57 Defines the character to be displayed after the number of the heading or chapter level.
32 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptcaptionpage%2Fcategory 2e Specifies the category of the selected object.
14 SID_SW_ONLINEOPTIONS 46 Defines the basic settings for $[officename] documents in HTML format.
15 .uno%3AHelplinesFront 2c Sets the snap lines in front of all objects.
24 svx%2Fui%2Foptgridpage%2FOptGridPage cc Specifies the settings for the configurable grid on your document pages. This grid helps you determine the exact position of your objects. You can also set this grid in line with the "magnetic" snap grid.
10 .uno%3AGridFront 2e Sets the visible grid in front of all objects.
24 svx%2Fui%2Foptgridpage%2Fusegridsnap 5a Specifies whether to move frames, drawing elements, and controls only between grid points.
28 svx%2Fui%2Foptgridpage%2Fnumflddivisiony 45 Určuje maximálny počet znakov, ktoré môže používateľ zadať.
28 svx%2Fui%2Foptgridpage%2Fnumflddivisionx 45 Určuje maximálny počet znakov, ktoré môže používateľ zadať.
24 svx%2Fui%2Foptgridpage%2Fgridvisible 26 Specifies whether to display the grid.
24 svx%2Fui%2Foptgridpage%2Fsynchronize 44 Specifies whether to change the current grid settings symmetrically.
24 svx%2Fui%2Foptgridpage%2Fmtrflddrawy 51 Defines the grid points spacing in the desired unit of measurement on the Y-axis.
24 svx%2Fui%2Foptgridpage%2Fmtrflddrawx 4e Defines the unit of measure for the spacing between grid points on the X-axis.
13 .uno%3AToolsOptions f4 Defines various settings for spreadsheets, contents to be displayed, and the cursor direction after a cell entry. You can also define sorting lists, determine the number of decimal places and the settings for recording and highlighting changes.
2a modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Ftpviewpage%2Ftblreg 56 Specifies whether to display the sheet tabs at the bottom of the spreadsheet document.
30 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Ftpviewpage%2Frowcolheader 34 Specifies whether to display row and column headers.
28 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Ftpviewpage%2Fdraw 40 Defines if drawing objects in your document are shown or hidden.
2b modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Ftpviewpage%2Fvscroll 56 Specifies whether to display a vertical scrollbar at the right of the document window.
2b modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Ftpviewpage%2Fhscroll 59 Specifies whether to display a horizontal scrollbar at the bottom of the document window.
2a modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Ftpviewpage%2Fobjgrf 34 Defines if objects and graphics are shown or hidden.
2d modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Ftpviewpage%2Frangefind bf Specifies that each reference is highlighted in color in the formula. The cell range is also enclosed by a colored border as soon as the cell containing the reference is selected for editing.
2a modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Ftpviewpage%2Fanchor 67 Specifies whether the anchor icon is displayed when an inserted object, such as a graphic, is selected.
29 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Ftpviewpage%2Fbreak 46 Specifies whether to view the page breaks within a defined print area.
2c modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Ftpviewpage%2Fsynczoom 74 If checked, all sheets are shown with the same zoom factor. If not checked, each sheet can have its own zoom factor.
29 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Ftpviewpage%2Fcolor 3d Specifies a color for the grid lines in the current document.
29 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Ftpviewpage%2Fvalue 111 Mark the Value highlighting box to show the cell contents in different colors, depending on type. Text cells are formatted in black, formulas in green, number cells in blue, and protected cells are shown with light grey background, no matter how their display is formatted.
28 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Ftpviewpage%2Fgrid db Specifies when grid lines will be displayed. Default is to display grid lines only on cells that do not have a background color. You can choose to also display grid lines on cells with background color, or to hide them.
2e modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Ftpviewpage%2FTpViewPage 86 Defines which elements of the %PRODUCTNAME Calc main window are displayed. You can also show or hide highlighting of values in tables.
2b modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Ftpviewpage%2Foutline 84 If you have defined an outline, the Outline symbols option specifies whether to view the outline symbols at the border of the sheet.
2c modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Ftpviewpage%2Fclipmark f3 If a cell contains text that is wider than the width of the cell, the text is displayed over empty neighboring cells in the same row. If there is no empty neighboring cell, a small triangle at the cell border indicates that the text continues.
2b modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Ftpviewpage%2Fformula 43 Specifies whether to show formulas instead of results in the cells.
2d modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Ftpviewpage%2Fguideline 5a Specifies whether to view guides when moving drawings, frames, graphics and other objects.
27 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Ftpviewpage%2Fnil 36 Specifies whether to show numbers with the value of 0.
2b modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Ftpviewpage%2Fdiagram 37 Defines if charts in your document are shown or hidden.
12 .uno%3ANoteVisible 5f To display a comment permanently, select the Show comment command from the cell's context menu.
29 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Ftpviewpage%2Fannot d1 Specifies that a small rectangle in the top right corner of the cell indicates that a comment exists. The comment will be shown only when you enable tips under %PRODUCTNAME - General in the Options dialog box.
31 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fscgeneralpage%2Freplwarncb 6d Specifies that, when you paste cells from the clipboard to a cell range that is not empty, a warning appears.
30 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fscgeneralpage%2Ftextfmtcb 6a Specifies that printer metrics are applied for printing and also for formatting the display on the screen.
2f modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fscgeneralpage%2Fformatcb 74 Specifies whether to automatically apply the formatting attributes of the selected cell to the empty adjacent cells.
30 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fscgeneralpage%2Fmarkhdrcb 56 Specifies whether to highlight column and row headers in the selected columns or rows.
2d modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fscgeneralpage%2Funitlb 2c Defines the unit of measure in spreadsheets.
2f modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fscgeneralpage%2Fexprefcb f9 Specifies whether to expand references when inserting columns or rows adjacent to the reference range. This is only possible if the reference range, where the column or row is inserted, originally spanned at least two cells in the desired direction.
31 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fscgeneralpage%2Feditmodecb 4e Allows you to immediately edit the selected cell after pressing the Enter key.
2c modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fscgeneralpage%2Ftabmf 1f Defines the tab stops distance.
2e modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fscgeneralpage%2Falignlb 64 Determines the direction that the cursor in the spreadsheet will move after you press the Enter key.
2a modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Foptsortlists%2Fcopy 10d Copies the contents of the cells in the Copy list from box. If you select a reference to related rows and columns, the Copy List dialog appears after clicking the button. You can use this dialog to define if the reference is converted to sort lists by row or by column.
29 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Foptsortlists%2Fadd 23 Adds a new list into the Lists box.
29 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Foptsortlists%2Fnew 37 Enters the contents of a new list into the Entries box.
32 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Foptsortlists%2FOptSortLists 9c All user-defined lists are displayed in the Sort Lists dialog. You can also define and edit your own lists. Only text can be used as sort lists, no numbers.
2b modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Foptsortlists%2Flists 4a Displays all the available lists. These lists can be selected for editing.
2d modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Foptsortlists%2Fentries 50 Displays the content of the currently selected list. This content can be edited.
2e modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Foptsortlists%2Fcopyfrom 99 Defines the spreadsheet and the cells to copy, in order to include them in the Lists box. The currently selected range in the spreadsheet is the default.
2f modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fcolorrowdialog%2Fcolumns 56 Select the Columns option to summarize the contents of the selected columns in a list.
2c modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fcolorrowdialog%2Frows 50 Select the Rows option to summarize the contents of the selected rows in a list.
36 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fcolorrowdialog%2FColOrRowDialog 2f Allows you to copy marked cells to a sort list.
2e modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Foptcalculatepage%2Fprec ae Defines the number of decimals to be displayed for numbers with the General number format. The numbers are displayed as rounded numbers, but are not saved as rounded numbers.
35 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Foptcalculatepage%2Fgeneralprec dd You can specify the maximum number of decimal places that are shown by default for cells with General number format. If not enabled, cells with General number format show as many decimal places as the column width allows.
2f modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Foptcalculatepage%2Fsteps 2b Sets the maximum number of iteration steps.
30 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Foptcalculatepage%2Flookup cc Specifies that you can use the text in any cell as a label for the column below the text or the row to the right of the text. The text must consist of at least one word and must not contain any operators.
3a modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Foptcalculatepage%2FOptCalculatePage 32 Defines the calculation settings for spreadsheets.
33 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Foptcalculatepage%2Fminchange ad Specifies the difference between two consecutive iteration step results. If the result of the iteration is lower than the minimum change value, then the iteration will stop.
31 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Foptcalculatepage%2Fiterate b1 Specifies whether formulas with iterative references (formulas that are continuously repeated until the problem is solved) are calculated after a specific number of repetitions.
31 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Foptcalculatepage%2Fdatestd 1c Sets 12/30/1899 as day zero.
32 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Foptcalculatepage%2Fdate1904 63 Sets 1/1/1904 as day zero. Use this setting for spreadsheets that are imported in a foreign format.
2e modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Foptcalculatepage%2Fcase 64 Specifies whether to distinguish between upper and lower case in texts when comparing cell contents.
2e modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Foptcalculatepage%2Fcalc 11b Specifies whether to make calculations using the rounded values displayed in the sheet. Charts will be shown with the displayed values. If the Precision as shown option is not marked, the displayed numbers are rounded, but they are calculated internally using the non-rounded number.
2f modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Foptcalculatepage%2Fregex 68 Specifies that regular expressions are enabled when searching and also for character string comparisons.
32 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Foptcalculatepage%2Fdatesc10 62 Sets 1/1/1900 as day zero. Use this setting for StarCalc 1.0 spreadsheets containing date entries.
2f modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Foptcalculatepage%2Fmatch 117 Specifies that the search criteria you set for the Calc database functions must match the whole cell exactly. When the Search criteria = and <> must apply to whole cells box is marked, $[officename] Calc behaves exactly as MS Excel when searching cells in the database functions.
2f modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Foptchangespage%2Fentries 35 Specifies the color to highlight moved cell contents.
36 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Foptchangespage%2FOptChangesPage 5c The Changes dialog specifies various options for highlighting recorded changes in documents.
2f modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Foptchangespage%2Fchanges 31 Specifies the color for changes of cell contents.
31 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Foptchangespage%2Fdeletions 39 Specifies the color to highlight deletions in a document.
32 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Foptchangespage%2Finsertions 3a Specifies the color to highlight insertions in a document.
27 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Foptdlg%2FprintCB e3 Specifies that only contents from selected sheets are printed, even if you specify a wider range in the File - Print dialog or in the Format - Print Ranges dialog. Contents from sheets that are not selected will not be printed.
2a modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Foptdlg%2FsuppressCB 56 Specifies that empty pages that have no cell contents or draw objects are not printed.
30 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Foptdlg%2FoptCalcPrintPage 31 Determines the printer settings for spreadsheets.
42 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Foptcompatibilitypage%2FOptCompatibilityPage 34 Defines compatibility options for %PRODUCTNAME Calc.
2e modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Foptformula%2FOptFormula 49 Defines formula syntax options and loading options for %PRODUCTNAME Calc.
36 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Foptdefaultpage%2FOptDefaultPage 37 Defines default settings for new spreadsheet documents.
14 .uno%3ASdEditOptions ad Defines various settings for newly created presentation documents, such as the contents to be displayed, the measurement unit used, if and how grid alignment is carried out.
32 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fsdviewpage%2Fmoveoutline 59 %PRODUCTNAME displays the contour line of each individual object when moving this object.
31 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fsdviewpage%2FSdViewPage 26 Specifies the available display modes.
32 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fsdviewpage%2Fdragstripes 3a Specifies whether to display guides when moving an object.
2c modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fsdviewpage%2Fruler 54 Specifies whether to display the rulers at the top and to the left of the work area.
34 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fsdviewpage%2Fhandlesbezier ec Displays the control points of all Bézier points if you have previously selected a Bézier curve. If the All control points in Bézier editor option is not marked, only the control points of the selected Bézier points will be visible.
27 svx%2Fui%2Foptgridpage%2Fmtrfldbezangle 26 Defines the angle for point reduction.
21 svx%2Fui%2Foptgridpage%2Fbigortho 16b Specifies that a square is created based on the longer side of a rectangle when the Shift key is pressed before you release the mouse button. This also applies to an ellipse (a circle will be created based on the longest diameter of the ellipse). When the Extend edges box is not marked, a square or a circle will be created based on the shorter side or diameter.
1e svx%2Fui%2Foptgridpage%2Fortho 79 Specifies that graphic objects are restricted vertically, horizontally or diagonally (45°) when creating or moving them.
27 svx%2Fui%2Foptgridpage%2Fmtrfldsnaparea cc Defines the snap distance between the mouse pointer and the object contour. $[officename] Impress snaps to a snap point if the mouse pointer is nearer than the distance selected in the Snap range control.
23 svx%2Fui%2Foptgridpage%2Fsnappoints 69 Specifies whether to align the contour of the graphic object to the points of the nearest graphic object.
24 svx%2Fui%2Foptgridpage%2Fmtrfldangle 7c Specifies that graphic objects can only be rotated within the rotation angle that you selected in the When rotating control.
13 HID_SD_OPTIONS_SNAP 3a Defines the grid settings for creating and moving objects.
26 svx%2Fui%2Foptgridpage%2Fsnaphelplines 57 Snaps the edge of a dragged object to the nearest snap line when you release the mouse.
23 svx%2Fui%2Foptgridpage%2Fsnapborder 58 Specifies whether to align the contour of the graphic object to the nearest page margin.
22 svx%2Fui%2Foptgridpage%2Fsnapframe 69 Specifies whether to align the contour of the graphic object to the border of the nearest graphic object.
37 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fprntopts%2Fpapertryfrmprntrcb 52 Determines that the paper tray to be used is the one defined in the printer setup.
2b modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fprntopts%2Fbackcb 2c Select Back to print the back of a brochure.
2c modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fprntopts%2Ffrontcb 2e Select Front to print the front of a brochure.
2d modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fprntopts%2Fbrouchrb 44 Select the Brochure option to print the document in brochure format.
2d modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fprntopts%2Ftilepgrb a8 Specifies that pages are to be printed in tiled format. If the pages or slides are smaller than the paper, several pages or slides will be printed on one page of paper.
2b modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fprntopts%2Fdatecb 2c Specifies whether to print the current date.
2b modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fprntopts%2Ftimecb 2c Specifies whether to print the current time.
2d modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fprntopts%2Fprntopts 43 Specifies print settings within a drawing or presentation document.
2e modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fprntopts%2Fdefaultrb 34 Specifies that you want to print in original colors.
31 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fprntopts%2Fblackwhiterb 41 Specifies that you want to print the document in black and white.
2d modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fprntopts%2Fpagenmcb 29 Specifies whether to print the page name.
2f modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fprntopts%2Fhiddenpgcb 55 Specifies whether to print the pages that are currently hidden from the presentation.
2e modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fprntopts%2Ffittopgrb 89 Specifies whether to scale down objects that are beyond the margins of the current printer, so that they fit on the paper in the printer.
30 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fprntopts%2Fgrayscalerb 35 Specifies that you want to print colors as grayscale.
32 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fprntopts%2Fpagedefaultrb 44 Specifies that you do not want to further scale pages when printing.
41 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Foptimpressgeneralpage%2FcbCompatibility 68 Specifies that $[officename] Impress calculates the paragraph spacing exactly like Microsoft PowerPoint.
3d modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Foptimpressgeneralpage%2Fenremotcont 54 Specifies that you want to enable Bluetooth remote control while Impress is running.
10 .uno%3AQuickEdit 6e If on, you can edit text immediately after clicking a text object. If off, you must double-click to edit text.
12 .uno%3APickThrough 3e Specifies whether to select a text frame by clicking the text.
3a modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Foptimpressgeneralpage%2FscaleBox 2b Determines the drawing scale on the rulers.
3d modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Foptimpressgeneralpage%2FOptSavePage 42 Defines the general options for drawing or presentation documents.
41 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Foptimpressgeneralpage%2Fstartwithwizard 64 Specifies whether to activate the Wizard when opening a presentation with File - New - Presentation.
40 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Foptimpressgeneralpage%2Fbackgroundback 4d Specifies whether to use the cache for displaying objects on the master page.
3e modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Foptimpressgeneralpage%2Fcopywhenmove 56 If enabled, a copy is created when you move an object while holding down the Ctrl key.
3e modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Foptimpressgeneralpage%2FmetricFields 26 Defines the spacing between tab stops.
3a modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Foptimpressgeneralpage%2Fqickedit 6e If on, you can edit text immediately after clicking a text object. If off, you must double-click to edit text.
3b modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Foptimpressgeneralpage%2Fdistrotcb 70 Maintains relative alignment of Bézier points and 2D drawing objects to each other when you distort the object.
3c modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Foptimpressgeneralpage%2Fobjalwymov a6 Specifies that you want to move an object with the Rotate tool enabled. If Object always moveable is not marked, the Rotate tool can only be used to rotate an object.
37 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Foptimpressgeneralpage%2Funits 35 Determines the Unit of measurement for presentations.
17 .uno%3ASdGraphicOptions ae Defines the global settings for drawing documents, including the contents to be displayed, the scale to be used, the grid alignment and the contents to be printed by default.
14 .uno%3ASmEditOptions 97 Defines the print format and print options for all new formula documents. These options apply when you print a formula directly from %PRODUCTNAME Math.
34 modules%2Fsmath%2Fui%2Fsmathsettings%2Fnorightspaces 56 Specifies that these space wildcards will be removed if they are at the end of a line.
2b modules%2Fsmath%2Fui%2Fsmathsettings%2Fzoom 56 Reduces or enlarges the size of the printed formula by a specified enlargement factor.
31 modules%2Fsmath%2Fui%2Fsmathsettings%2Fsizescaled 3c Adjusts the formula to the page format used in the printout.
d tobeannounced 49 Saves only those symbols with each formula that are used in that formula.
31 modules%2Fsmath%2Fui%2Fsmathsettings%2Fsizenormal 3b Prints the formula without adjusting the current font size.
34 modules%2Fsmath%2Fui%2Fsmathsettings%2FSmathSettings 3e Defines formula settings that will be valid for all documents.
2b modules%2Fsmath%2Fui%2Fsmathsettings%2Ftext 5f Specifies whether to include the contents of the Commands window at the bottom of the printout.
2c modules%2Fsmath%2Fui%2Fsmathsettings%2Ftitle 53 Specifies whether you want the name of the document to be included in the printout.
2c modules%2Fsmath%2Fui%2Fsmathsettings%2Fframe 3a Applies a thin border to the formula area in the printout.
27 cui%2Fui%2Foptchartcolorspage%2Fdefault 4d Restores the color settings that were defined when the program was installed.
26 cui%2Fui%2Foptchartcolorspage%2Fcolors 36 Displays all the colors available for the data series.
24 cui%2Fui%2Foptfltrpage%2FOptFltrPage 81 Specifies the general properties for loading and saving Microsoft Office documents with VBA (Visual Basic for Applications) code.
21 cui%2Fui%2Foptfltrpage%2Fwo_basic d8 Loads and saves the Basic code from a Microsoft document as a special $[officename] Basic module with the document. The disabled Microsoft Basic code is visible in the $[officename] Basic IDE between Sub and End Sub.
24 cui%2Fui%2Foptfltrpage%2Fwo_saveorig 120 Specifies that the original Microsoft Basic code contained in the document is held in a special internal memory for as long as the document remains loaded in $[officename]. When saving the document in Microsoft format the Microsoft Basic is saved again with the code in an unchanged form.
20 cui%2Fui%2Foptfltrpage%2Fex_exec bf The VBA (Visual Basic for Applications) code will be loaded ready to be executed. If this checkbox is not checked, the VBA code will be commented out so it can be inspected, but will not run.
20 cui%2Fui%2Foptfltrpage%2Fwo_exec bf The VBA (Visual Basic for Applications) code will be loaded ready to be executed. If this checkbox is not checked, the VBA code will be commented out so it can be inspected, but will not run.
2e cui%2Fui%2Foptfltrembedpage%2Fchecklbcontainer ad The List Box field displays the entries for the pair of OLE objects that can be converted when loading into $[officename] (L) and/or when saving into a Microsoft format (S).
2a cui%2Fui%2Foptlanguagespage%2Fasiansupport 70 Activates Asian languages support. You can now modify the corresponding Asian language settings in %PRODUCTNAME.
2b cui%2Fui%2Foptlanguagespage%2Fuserinterface c3 Select the language used for the user interface, for example menus, dialogs, help files. You must have installed at least one additional language pack or a multi-language version of %PRODUCTNAME.
2b cui%2Fui%2Foptlanguagespage%2Flocalesetting 7b Specifies the locale setting of the country setting. This influences settings for numbering, currency and units of measure.
28 cui%2Fui%2Foptlanguagespage%2Fcurrencylb 5c Specifies the default currency that is used for the currency format and the currency fields.
28 cui%2Fui%2Foptlanguagespage%2Fctlsupport 7c Activates complex text layout support. You can now modify the settings corresponding to complex text layout in %PRODUCTNAME.
2d cui%2Fui%2Foptlanguagespage%2Fwesternlanguage 4d Specifies the language used for the spellcheck function in western alphabets.
2a cui%2Fui%2Foptlanguagespage%2Fdatepatterns cd Specifies the date acceptance patterns for the current locale. Calc spreadsheet and Writer table cell input needs to match locale dependent date acceptance patterns before it is recognized as a valid date.
28 cui%2Fui%2Foptlanguagespage%2Fcurrentdoc 5a Specifies that the settings for default languages are valid only for the current document.
2e cui%2Fui%2Foptlanguagespage%2Fdecimalseparator 7a Specifies to use the decimal separator key that is set in your system when you press the respective key on the number pad.
2e cui%2Fui%2Foptlanguagespage%2FOptLanguagesPage 4b Defines the default languages and some other locale settings for documents.
2b cui%2Fui%2Foptlanguagespage%2Fasianlanguage 4b Specifies the language used for the spellcheck function in Asian alphabets.
32 cui%2Fui%2Foptlanguagespage%2Fignorelanguagechange dd Indicates whether changes to the system input language/keyboard will be ignored. If ignored, when new text is typed that text will follow the language of the document or current paragraph, not the current system language.
2d cui%2Fui%2Foptlanguagespage%2Fcomplexlanguage 3e Specifies the language for the complex text layout spellcheck.
1f cui%2Fui%2Foptasianpage%2Fstart 51 Specifies the characters that should not appear alone at the beginning of a line.
2e cui%2Fui%2Foptasianpage%2Fpunctkanacompression 3c Specifies that punctuation and Japanese Kana are compressed.
25 cui%2Fui%2Foptasianpage%2Fcharkerning 37 Specifies that kerning is only applied to western text.
1d cui%2Fui%2Foptasianpage%2Fend 4b Specifies the characters that should not appear alone at the end of a line.
22 cui%2Fui%2Foptasianpage%2Fstandard 75 When you mark Default, the following two text boxes are filled with the default characters for the selected language:
2a cui%2Fui%2Foptasianpage%2Fcharpunctkerning 4d Specifies that kerning is applied to both western text and Asian punctuation.
22 cui%2Fui%2Foptasianpage%2Flanguage 4e Specifies the language for which you want to define first and last characters.
2a cui%2Fui%2Foptasianpage%2Fpunctcompression 32 Specifies that only the punctuation is compressed.
27 cui%2Fui%2Foptasianpage%2Fnocompression 30 Specifies that no compression at all will occur.
2b cui%2Fui%2Foptjsearchpage%2Fignoremiddledot 27 Specifies the characters to be ignored.
33 cui%2Fui%2Foptjsearchpage%2Fmatchprolongedsoundmark 39 Specifies the options to be treated as equal in a search.
26 cui%2Fui%2Foptctlpage%2Fmovementvisual 9d Pressing the Right Arrow key moves the text cursor in the right-hand direction. Pressing the Left Arrow key moves the text cursor in the left-hand direction.
22 cui%2Fui%2Foptctlpage%2FOptCTLPage 3c Defines the options for documents with complex text layouts.
28 cui%2Fui%2Foptctlpage%2Fsequencechecking 3b Enables sequence input checking for languages such as Thai.
20 cui%2Fui%2Foptctlpage%2Fnumerals ac Selects the type of numerals used within text, text in objects, fields, and controls, in all %PRODUCTNAME modules. Only cell contents of %PRODUCTNAME Calc are not affected.
22 cui%2Fui%2Foptctlpage%2Frestricted 4b Prevents the use as well as the printing of illegal character combinations.
27 cui%2Fui%2Foptctlpage%2Fmovementlogical b2 Pressing the Right Arrow key moves the text cursor toward the end of the current text. Pressing the Left Arrow key moves the text cursor toward the beginning of the current text.
24 cui%2Fui%2Fconnpooloptions%2Ftimeout 45 Defines the time in seconds after which a pooled connection is freed.
2a cui%2Fui%2Fconnpooloptions%2Fenablepooling 73 Select a driver from the list and mark the Enable pooling for this driver checkbox in order to pool its connection.
2e cui%2Fui%2Fconnpooloptions%2Fconnectionpooling 34 Specifies whether the chosen connections are pooled.
9 809226766 3a Opens the Database Link dialog to edit the selected entry.
9 809226770 29 Removes the selected entry from the list.
9 809226765 35 Opens the Database Link dialog to create a new entry.
5 35535 67 Lists the registered name and database file of all registered databases. Double-click an entry to edit.
24 cui%2Fui%2Fdatabaselinkdialog%2Fname 52 Enter a name for the database. %PRODUCTNAME uses this name to access the database.
26 cui%2Fui%2Fdatabaselinkdialog%2Fbrowse 3b Opens a file dialog where you can select the database file.
31 cui%2Fui%2Foptbasicidepage%2Fextendedtypes_enable 2c Allow UNO object types as valid Basic types.
2b cui%2Fui%2Foptbasicidepage%2Fautoclose_proc 37 Automatically insert closing statements for procedures.
30 cui%2Fui%2Foptbasicidepage%2Fcodecomplete_enable 22 Display methods of a Basic object.
2d cui%2Fui%2Foptbasicidepage%2Fautoclose_quotes 20 Automatically close open quotes.
28 cui%2Fui%2Foptbasicidepage%2Fautocorrect 3b Correct cases of Basic variables and keywords while typing.
2c cui%2Fui%2Foptbasicidepage%2Fautoclose_paren 25 Automatically close open parenthesis.
29 cui%2Fui%2Foptadvancedpage%2Fexpertconfig 5e Opens the Expert Configuration dialog for advanced settings and configuration of %PRODUCTNAME.
29 cui%2Fui%2Foptadvancedpage%2Fexperimental 1c Enable experimental features
26 cui%2Fui%2Foptadvancedpage%2Fclasspath 1c Opens the Class Path dialog.
28 cui%2Fui%2Foptadvancedpage%2Fjavaenabled 34 Allows you to run Java applications in %PRODUCTNAME.
20 cui%2Fui%2Foptadvancedpage%2Fadd 38 Add a path to the root folder of a JRE on your computer.
22 cui%2Fui%2Foptadvancedpage%2Fjavas b7 Select the JRE that you want to use. On some systems, you must wait a minute until the list gets populated. On some systems, you must restart %PRODUCTNAME to use your changed setting.
2b cui%2Fui%2Foptadvancedpage%2Fmacrorecording 16 Enable macro recording
27 cui%2Fui%2Foptadvancedpage%2Fparameters 27 Opens the Java Start Parameters dialog.
24 cui%2Fui%2Faboutconfigdialog%2Freset 28 Undo changes done so far in this dialog.
23 cui%2Fui%2Faboutconfigdialog%2Fedit 26 Opens a dialog to edit the preference.
2a cui%2Fui%2Faboutconfigdialog%2Fpreferences 3f List the preferences organized hierarchically in a tree layout.
2a cui%2Fui%2Faboutconfigdialog%2FsearchEntry 38 Type the preference you want to display in the text area
29 cui%2Fui%2Foptadvancedpage%2Fexpertconfig 5e Opens the Expert Configuration dialog for advanced settings and configuration of %PRODUCTNAME.
2b cui%2Fui%2Faboutconfigdialog%2FsearchButton 3d Click to search your preference text in the Preferences tree.
27 cui%2Fui%2Fjavaclasspathdialog%2Ffolder 35 Select a folder and add the folder to the class path.
28 cui%2Fui%2Fjavaclasspathdialog%2Farchive 4f Select an archive file in jar or zip format and add the file to the class path.
27 cui%2Fui%2Fjavaclasspathdialog%2Fremove 64 Select an archive or a folder in the list and click Remove to remove the object from the class path.
30 SVX_EDIT_RID_SVXPAGE_INET_SCRIPTING_ED_CLASSPATH 3f Specifies the location of Java classes or Java class libraries.
30 cui%2Fui%2Fjavastartparametersdialog%2Fremovebtn 29 Deletes the selected JRE start parameter.
30 cui%2Fui%2Fjavastartparametersdialog%2Fassignbtn 31 Adds the current JRE start parameter to the list.
31 cui%2Fui%2Fjavastartparametersdialog%2Fassignlist 72 Lists the assigned JRE start parameters. To remove a start parameter, select the parameter, and then click Remove.
35 cui%2Fui%2Fjavastartparametersdialog%2Fparameterfield 8e Enter a start parameter for a JRE as you would on a command line. Click Assign to add the parameter to the list of available start parameters.
33 xmlsec%2Fui%2Fsecuritylevelpage%2FSecurityLevelPage 7c Trusted file locations can be set on the Trusted Sources tab page. Any macro from a trusted file location is allowed to run.
27 xmlsec%2Fui%2Fsecuritylevelpage%2Fvhigh 7c Trusted file locations can be set on the Trusted Sources tab page. Any macro from a trusted file location is allowed to run.
26 xmlsec%2Fui%2Fsecuritylevelpage%2Fhigh bf Trusted sources can be set on the Trusted Sources tab page. Only signed macros from a trusted source are allowed to run. In addition, any macro from a trusted file location is allowed to run.
25 xmlsec%2Fui%2Fsecuritylevelpage%2Flow c5 A macro can be set to auto-start, and it can perform potentially damaging actions, as for example delete or rename files. This setting is not recommended when you open documents from other authors.
25 xmlsec%2Fui%2Fsecuritylevelpage%2Fmed e6 Trusted sources can be set on the Trusted Sources tab page. Signed macros from a trusted source are allowed to run. In addition, any macro from a trusted file location is allowed to run. All other macros require your confirmation.
2c xmlsec%2Fui%2Fsecuritytrustpage%2Fremovefile 44 Removes the selected folder from the list of trusted file locations.
29 xmlsec%2Fui%2Fsecuritytrustpage%2Faddfile 5e Opens a folder selection dialog. Select a folder from which all macros are allowed to execute.
2b xmlsec%2Fui%2Fsecuritytrustpage%2Flocations 5f Document macros are only executed if they have been opened from one of the following locations.
33 xmlsec%2Fui%2Fsecuritytrustpage%2FSecurityTrustPage 1f Lists the trusted certificates.
2a xmlsec%2Fui%2Fsecuritytrustpage%2Fviewcert 3f Opens the View Certificate dialog for the selected certificate.
2c xmlsec%2Fui%2Fsecuritytrustpage%2Fremovecert 47 Removes the selected certificate from the list of trusted certificates.
2e xmlsec%2Fui%2Fsecuritytrustpage%2Fcertificates 1f Lists the trusted certificates.
2e modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fmailconfigpage%2Ftest 44 Opens the Test Account Settings dialog to test the current settings.
2e modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fmailconfigpage%2Fport 14 Enter the SMTP port.
31 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fmailconfigpage%2Freplyto 2c Enter the address to use for e-mail replies.
3e modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fmailconfigpage%2Fserverauthentication 72 Opens the Server Authentication dialog where you can specify the server authentication settings for secure e-mail.
30 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fmailconfigpage%2Fsecure 39 When available, uses a secure connection to send e-mails.
38 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fmailconfigpage%2FMailConfigPage 10 Enter your name.
35 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fmailconfigpage%2Fdisplayname 10 Enter your name.
31 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fmailconfigpage%2Faddress 26 Enter your e-mail address for replies.
30 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fmailconfigpage%2Fserver 1b Enter the SMTP server name.
33 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fmailconfigpage%2Freplytocb 64 Uses the e-mail address that you enter in the Reply address text box as the reply-to e-mail address.
29 cui%2Fui%2Foptonlineupdatepage%2Fchecknow 1e A check will be performed now.
2b cui%2Fui%2Foptonlineupdatepage%2Feverymonth 27 A check will be performed once a month.
29 cui%2Fui%2Foptonlineupdatepage%2Feveryday 25 A check will be performed once a day.
34 cui%2Fui%2Foptonlineupdatepage%2FOptOnlineUpdatePage 82 Mark to check for online updates periodically, then select the time interval how often %PRODUCTNAME will check for online updates.
2a cui%2Fui%2Foptonlineupdatepage%2Fautocheck 82 Mark to check for online updates periodically, then select the time interval how often %PRODUCTNAME will check for online updates.
2a cui%2Fui%2Foptonlineupdatepage%2Feveryweek 43 A check will be performed once a week. This is the default setting.
29 cui%2Fui%2Fselect_persona_dialog%2Fframe4 56 Shows a random choice of nine themes based on the categories displayed in the buttons.
2b cui%2Fui%2Fpersonalization_tab%2Fno_persona 5e The toolbars background inherit the background settings of the window manager of your desktop.
30 cui%2Fui%2Fpersonalization_tab%2Fdefault_persona 27 Display the system theme, if available.
2c cui%2Fui%2Fpersonalization_tab%2Fown_persona 56 Choose this option to open the Select Firefox Theme dialog for more choices of themes.
2e cui%2Fui%2Fselect_persona_dialog%2Fsearch_term 4e Type or paste the URL of the theme page of the Mozilla Firefox themes website.
42 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fauthenticationsettingsdialog%2Finpassword 13 Enter the password.
42 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fauthenticationsettingsdialog%2Finusername 28 Enter the user name for the IMAP server.
40 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fauthenticationsettingsdialog%2Fusername 28 Enter the user name for the SMTP server.
3e modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fauthenticationsettingsdialog%2Fserver 38 Enter the server name of your POP 3 or IMAP mail server.
46 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fauthenticationsettingsdialog%2Fauthentication 43 Enables the authentication that is required to send e-mail by SMTP.
54 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fauthenticationsettingsdialog%2FAuthenticationSettingsDialog 43 Enables the authentication that is required to send e-mail by SMTP.
43 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fauthenticationsettingsdialog%2Foutpassword 25 Enter the password for the user name.
3c modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fauthenticationsettingsdialog%2Fport 2a Enter the port on the POP3 or IMAP server.
3c modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fauthenticationsettingsdialog%2Fpop3 33 Specifies that the incoming mail server uses POP 3.
4e modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fauthenticationsettingsdialog%2Fseparateauthentication 3d Select if your SMTP server requires a user name and password.
44 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fauthenticationsettingsdialog%2Fsmtpafterpop 50 Select if you are required to first read your e-mail before you can send e-mail.
3c modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fauthenticationsettingsdialog%2Fimap 32 Specifies that the incoming mail server uses IMAP.
30 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ftestmailsettings%2Fstop 36 Click the Stop button to stop a test session manually.
32 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ftestmailsettings%2Ferrors 68 In the Errors list box you can read an explanation of any errors encountered while testing the settings.
3c modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ftestmailsettings%2FTestMailSettings 68 In the Errors list box you can read an explanation of any errors encountered while testing the settings.
21 xmlsec%2Fui%2Fcertpage%2FCertPage 71 The Certificate Path page of the View Certificate dialog displays the location and the status of the certificate.
1f xmlsec%2Fui%2Fcertpage%2Fstatus 71 The Certificate Path page of the View Certificate dialog displays the location and the status of the certificate.
23 xmlsec%2Fui%2Fcertpage%2Fsignatures 71 The Certificate Path page of the View Certificate dialog displays the location and the status of the certificate.
2d xmlsecurity%2Fui%2Fcertdetails%2Fvaluedetails 45 Use the value list box to view values and copy them to the clipboard.
2c xmlsecurity%2Fui%2Fcertdetails%2FCertDetails 64 The Details page of the View Certificate dialog displays detailed information about the certificate.
2f xmlsecurity%2Fui%2Fcertdetails%2Ftablecontainer 64 The Details page of the View Certificate dialog displays detailed information about the certificate.
21 XMLSECURITY_HID_XMLSEC_TP_GENERAL 61 The General page of the View Certificate dialog displays basic information about the certificate.